ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT(EIA) REPORT

FOR

EXPANSION OF 100 KLPD MOLASSES BASED DISTILLERYUPTO 300 KLPD MULTIFEED DISTILLERY AND 86.4 KLPD IMFL

BOTTLING PLANT UPTO 216 KLPD

HERMES DISTILLERY PVT. LTD.

BY

AT POST : YADRAV, TAL.: RAIBAG, DIST.: BELGAVI,

KARNATAKA - 591 317

EQUINOX ENVIRONMENTS (I) PVT. LTD.,

PREPARED BY

ENVIRONMENTAL;CIVIL & CHEMICAL ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS & ANALYSTS,

KOLHAPUR (MS)

E-mail: projects@equinoxenvi.com, eia@equinoxenvi.com

An ISO 9001:2008 & QCI NABET ACCREDITED ORGANIZATION

2018-2019

P-7-HERMES-DISTILLERY-32018

I

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I am extremely thankful to the management of Hermes Distillery Pvt. Ltd. (HDPL), located in Village- Yadrav, Taluka - Raibag, Dist.- Belgavi, Karnataka for entrusting assignments of the EIA studies and Environmental Clearance procurement in respect of proposed expansion project of the distillery. It was indeed a great experience to have interactions, involvement and discussions with the management and technical experts of HDPL. Their knowledge and co-operation as well as support given during the EIA Report preparation impressed me a lot. Sharing of thoughts and planning with Mr. Amit Kore; Founder of Hermes Distillery pvt. Ltd. was always an interesting thing during the course of assignment. Thank you very much sir!

Prompt response as well as help from Mr. Giridhar Galande; General Manager during providing certain information, documentation and data related to the production, processes and details of manufacturing is duly appreciated. Also, the co-operation of staff of HDPL is duly acknowledged here.

I must thank our Technical Directors and In-house Functional Area Experts Prof. (Dr.) Jay Samant, Dr. Anuradha J. Samant, as well as our other Empanelled Functional Area Experts Dr. J. B. Pishte, Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe, Mr. J. M. Gadgil, Mr. B. S. Lole and Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula for their able and timely contributions in the EIA studies and report preparation. Despite their busy schedules in the universities, colleges and own professions, they were always available, on time, for the necessary inputs; field visits and discussions.

My staff of the EIA Study Cell here must receive a commendation and credit for all the in-house management and inputs during the monitoring, report preparation and presentations. Our other In-house experts of various functional areas have also contributed their best.

Last but not the least, the contributions from my non-technical staff and laboratory team is also duly appreciated here.

DR. SANGRAM GHUGARE Chartered Engineer

Chairman & MD Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur

II

CAUTION

The information, data, figures, flow charts and drawings in respect of manufacturing

processes, mass balance, chemical reactions, production layouts and instrumentation details

included in this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report are the sole property of

Hermes Distillery Pvt. Ltd. (HDPL) located in Village- Yadrav, Taluka-Raibag, Dist.-

Belgavi, Karnataka. Some of the products, reactions and process methodologies may be

patented.

The style and format of this EIA Report as well as the data, processing and presentations of

various environmental features, environmental management planning; designs; drawings;

plates; calculations, demonstrations on attributes towards pollution control and abatement

aspects etc. are the intellectual property of M/s. Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(EEIPL); Kolhapur.]

Under no circumstances, any part of this report may be used; reproduced; translated; recorded

or copied in any form and manner except by the Govt. authorities requiring this report for

taking decisions, based on details and information provided in same, during the

Environmental Clearance procedure carried out as per EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533 (E)

dated 14.09.2006 as amended from time to time.

Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur Environmental and Civil Engineers, Consultants & Analysts

ISO 9001 : 2008 & QCI-NABET accredited Organization

III

IV

V

VI

VII

CONFIGURATION OF REPORT

Questionnaire - Questionnaire in prescribed format of MoEFCC is filled.

Chapter 1 - Introduction

This chapter is an introductory chapter, presenting the background information of the project, its location, objective of project, scope of study and documentation and compliance of ToRs.

Chapter 2 - Project Description

This chapter deals with technology and process to be used for the proposed expansion of the project. It also deals with the sources of pollution and mitigation measures under existing and expansion activities.

Chapter 3 - Description of the Environment

In this chapter, study of various attributes of environment such as Air, Water, Noise, Soil, Land Use Pattern, Geology, Hydro-geology and Ecology is carried out so as to describe the existing environmental status. Also, present social status is discussed to know if there are any sensitive issues in the area.

Chapter 4 - Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This chapter presents the conclusion drawn by studying the impact considering both the pre - project and post project scenario. It describes the sum impact of the proposed project and mitigation measures for abatement of the pollution.

Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives

Various alternatives in terms of site selection and technology to be used are discussed in this chapter and the environment friendly and best suited technology is selected for the proposed distillery project.

Chapter 6 - Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter deals with the planning of Environmental Monitoring Program both during construction phase and operational phase to assess the performance of pollution control equipments to be installed.

Chapter 7 - Additional Studies

This chapter illustrates the possible risk area under the proposed distillery project and the safety and disaster management plan prepared to mitigate the same.

Chapter 8 - Project Benefits

This chapter describes the predictable benefits due to proposed expansion of distillery in existing premises of distillery and co-gen plant.

Chapter 9 - Environmental Management Plan

This chapter deals with the protection and mitigation measures for abatement of pollution after execution of the project. It also deals with the roles and responsibilities of the environmental management cell for proper implementation of the Environmental Management Plan.

Chapter 10 - Summary and Conclusion

This chapter summarizes the conclusion of the Draft EIA report.

Chapter 11 - Disclosure of Consultant Organization

In this chapter the name and brief resume of the consultant organization engaged in preparation of the Draft EIA report is presented.

VIII

CONTENTS

QUESTIONNAIRE i-xvii CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION

1 - 14

1.1 Introduction 1 1.2 The Project & Project Proponent 1 1.3 The Place 2 1.4 Importance to Country & Region 5 1.5 Scope of the Study 6 1.5.1 Details of Regulatory Scoping Carried out as per TOR 6 CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION

15 - 50

2.1 Type of Project 15 2.2 Need of the Project 15 2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential 15 2.2.2 Export Potential of the Products 15 2.3 Project Location 16 2.3.1 Site History 17 2.4 Details Of Land Requirement 18 2.5 Project Operations, Approvals & Implementation 19 2.5.1 Plan for Approval and Implementation Schedule 19 2.6 Technology and Process Description 20 2.6.1 Products 20 2.6.2 Raw Materials 20 2.6.3 Raw Material and Product Storage and Transportation Details 21 2.6.4 Manufacturing Process – Molasses based Distillery 22 2.6.5 Manufacturing Process – Grain based Distillery 24 2.6.5.1 Various Manufacturing Configurations 27 2.6.5.2 Product & By-product Storage & Transportation Details 27 2.6.6 Manufacturing Process – Bottling Plant 28 2.6.7 Manufacturing Process for Co-generation 30 2.7 Sources of pollution and mitigation measures 31 2.7.1 Water Pollution 31 2.7.1.1 Water Consumption & Effluent Generation 31 2.7.1.2 Total Water Requirement in HDPL Integrated Complex 32 2.7.1.3 Domestic Effluent 33 2.7.1.4 Industrial effluent 33 2.7.2 Air Pollution 38 2.7.2.1 Process Emissions 38 2.7.2.2 Fugitive Emission 40 2.7.3 Noise Pollution 41

2.7.3.1 Sources of Noise Pollution 41 2.7.4 Solid Waste 41 2.7.5 Hazardous Wastes 42 2.7.6 Odour Pollution 43 2.7.7 Land Pollution 43 2.7.8 Occupational Health Hazards and Safety 44 2.7.9 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection 44 2.7.10 Waste Minimization Techniques in HDPL Project Complex 46 2.8 Green belt development plan 48 2.8.1 Existing Tree Plantation 48 2.8.2 Proposed Tree Plantation 48 2.8.3 Criteria for Green Belt Development 52 2.9 Rain water harvesting 52 CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

51 - 107

3.1 Introduction 51 3.2 Land Use and Land Cover (LU & LC) 51 3.2.1 Scope of Work 51 3.2.2 Study Area 51 3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping 52 3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis 52 3.2.5 Methodology for LU & LC Study 53 3.3 Land Use Studies 56 3.3.1 Land Use of Study Area 56 3.3.2 Topographical Features 59 3.4 Soil Characteristics 63 3.4.1 Introduction 63 3.4.2 Soil Quality: Present status 63 3.4.3 Methodology 63 3.4.3.1 Methodology of Data Generation 64 3.4.3.2 Sources of Information 64 3.4.4 Comments on soil characteristics 67 3.4.5 Physical characters 69 3.4.6. Chemical Characters 69 3.5 Drainage and Geomorphology 74 3.5.1 Drainage 74 3.5.2 Geomorphology 74 3.6 Geology, Hydrology and Hydrogeology 76 3.6.1 Stratigraphic succession of Deccan Basalt Group of the Western Ghats 76 3.6.2 Extension of Deccan Trap Province 76 3.6.3 Hydrogeology 80 3.6.3.1 Ground Water Conditions in the Project area 80 3.7 Water Quality 85 3.7.1 Introduction 85 3.7.2 Methodology 85

3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 85 3.7.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation 86 3.7.4 Presentation of Results for Survey from October 2017 to December 2017 86 3.7.4.1 Surface Water 86 3.7.4.1.1 General Observations – Surface Water 88 3.7.4.2 Ground Water 88 3.7.4.2.1 General Observations – GroundWater 89

3.7.4.3 Ground Water Development and Management Strategy 90 3.8 Meteorology 90 3.8.1 Introduction 90 3.8.2 Methodology 91 3.8.2.1 Methodology and Data Generation 91 3.8.2.2 Sources of Information 91 3.8.2.3 Wind Pattern at Project 91 3.9 Air Quality 91 3.9.1 Introduction 91 3.9.2 Methodology 92 3.9.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations 92 3.9.2.2 Parameters, Frequency and Analysis Methods for AAQ

Monitoring 92

3.9.3 Presentation of Results 93 3.9.4 Observations 93 3.10 Noise Level Survey 94 3.10.1 Introduction 94 3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations 95 3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations 95 3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring 96 3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels 96 3.10.3 Presentation of Results 97 3.10.3.1 Observations 97 3.11 Socio-economic profile 98 3.11.1 Introduction 98 3.11.2 Methodology 99 3.11.3 Results and Discussion 99 3.11.4 Observations 101 3.11.5 Conclusion 102 3.11.6 Suggestions 102 3.12 Ecology 102 3.12.1 Introduction 102 3.12.2 Methodology 103 3.12.3 Ecology 104 3.12.3.1 Field Observations 104 3.12.3.2 Questionnaire survey 104 3.12.4 Biodiversity 104 3.12.4.1 Field Observations 104

3.12.4.2 Questionnaire survey 105 3.12.5 Environmental Impact of Proposed Project on Ecology and Biodiversity in

the region 106

3.12.5.1 Green Belt: Observations and recommendations 106 3.12.5.2 CSR Activity: Observations and recommendations 106 3.12.6 General Observations and Recommendations 107 CHAPTER 4 – ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

108-148

4.1 Introduction 108 4.2 Construction Phase 108 4.3 Operation Phase 112 4.3.1 Impact on Air Quality 112 4.3.1.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modeling 111 4.3.1.2 Mitigation Measures 118 4.3.2 Impact on Climate 120 4.3.3 Impact on Water Resources 120 4.3.3.1 Worst case scenario for Raw Spentwash and Untreated effluent

at HDPL 121

4.3.3.2 Mitigation Measures 122 4.3.4 Impact on Hydrology and Hydro-Geology 123 4.3.4.1 Mitigation Measures 124 4.3.5 Impact of Solid and Hazardous wastes 124 4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures 125 4.3.6 Impact on Soil and Agriculture 125 4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures 125 4.3.7 Impact on Noise Levels 127 4.3.7.1 Mitigation Measures 128 4.3.8 Impact of Vibration 129 4.3.9 Impact on Land use 129 4.3.10 Impact on Ecology and Bio- diversity 130 4.3.10.1 Mitigation Measures 130 4.3.11 Impact on Socio Economic Status of Study Area 131 4.3.11.1Mitigation Measures 131 4.3.12 Occupational Health and safety 131 4.3.12.1 Mitigation Measures 132 4.3.13 Impact on Historical Places 133 4.4 Evaluation Of Impact 133 4.4.1 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) 133 4.5 Environmental impact evaluation for expansion of HDPL 135 4.5.1 Biological Environment 135 4.5.2 Environmental Pollution 137 4.5.3 Aesthetics 139 4.5.4 Human Interest 139 4.6 Mitigation Measures 145 4.7 Impacts due to Decommissioning Activity 146

4.7.1 Decommissioning Phase 146 CHAPTER 5 - ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE & TECHNOLOGY

149 - 151

5.1 Introduction 149 5.2 Analysis of alternative sites 149 5.3 Alternative Technologies 149 5.3.1 Fermentation Process 149 5.3.2 Distillation Process 149 5.3.3 Special Features of the HDPL Plant 150 5.3.4 Technology for Abating Pollution 150 5.3.5 Co-gen Plant 151 CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

152-162

6.1 Introduction 152 6.2 Monitoring Program during Construction Phase 152 6.3 Monitoring during post construction / operational phase 152 6.3.1 Air Pollution Management 153 6.3.2 Water Management 153 6.3.3 Noise Level Management 154 6.3.4 Land Management 154 6.3.5 Odour Management 154 6.3.6 Dust Management 155 6.4 Operation Control and Equipment Maintenance 155 6.5 Occupational Health & Safety Measures 156 6.6 Measures For Socio-Economic Development 157 6.6.1 Better Employment Opportunities 157 6.6.2 Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Plan 157 6.6.3 Measures for Improvement of Ecology 159 6.7 Environmental Monitoring Program Schedule 160 6.8 Compliance with CREP guidelines 162 CHAPTER 7- ADDITIONAL STUDIES

163 - 178

7.1 Public Consultation 163 7.1.1 Details of Public Hearing (PH) 163 7.1.2 Minutes of Public Hearing 163 7.2 R &R Action plan 167 7.3 Risk Assessment 168 7.3.1 Observation of the Risk and Hazard analysis 168 7.3.2 Methodology 168 7.3.2.1 Identify hazards 168 7.3.2.2 Hazards Assessment 168 7.3.2.3 Recommendations 168 7.4 Hazard identification 168

7.4.1 Potential and major hazards in Integrated Complex of HDPL 168 7.4.2 Mitigation Measures to avoid Accidents 170 7.5 Potential and Major Hazardous in HDPL 171 7.5.1 Hazard Identification 171 7.5.2 Mitigation Measures 171 7.5.2.1 Storage of Molasses 172 7.6 Alcohol Manufacturing Unit 173 7.6.1 Fire fighting system design around alcohol storage 174 7.7 Fire triangle 175 7.8 Occupational health aspects and medical provision in the factory 177 7.8.1 Medical check-up 177 7.8.2 Occupational Health Center (OHC) 177 7.8.3 EHS policy 178 7.9 Onsite & offsite emergency plan 178 CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS

179 – 180

8.1 Introduction 179 8.1.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure 179 8.1.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure 179 8.2 Activities done by HDPL under CER 180 8.2.1 Proposed CER Plan 180 8.3 Employment potential 180 8.4 Other Tangible Benefits 180 CHAPTER 9 – ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLANT (EMP)

181-187

9.1 Introduction 181 9.2 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) 181 9.3 Working of Environmental Management Plan 183 9.4 Recommendation & Implementation Schedule 183 9.4.1 Summary of Recommendations 183 9.5 Environmental Post Monitoring Programmes 185 9.6 Post Environmental Monitoring Program 185 9.7 Monitoring Equipment 187 CHAPTER 10 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

188-193

10.1 Introduction 188 10.2 Project at a Glance 188 10.3 Process Description 189 10.3.1 Product & Raw Material 189 10.4 Sources of Pollution & Mitigation Measures 190 10.4.1 Water Pollution 190 10.4.2 Air Pollution 191 10.4.3 Noise Pollution 191

10.4.4 Solid Waste 191 10.4.5 Hazardous Waste 192 10.4.6 Odour Pollution 192 10.5 Green Belt Development 192 10.6 Environmental Monitoring Program 192 10.7 Environment Management Plan 193 10.8 Conclusion 193 CHAPTER 11 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ORGANIZATION

194-198

11.1 Organization 194 11.2 Technical key Personnel 194 11.3 Services Offered 198

ENCLOSURE- I

• APPENDICES Page No.

Appendix - A Plot Layout Plan with Green Belt 206-212

Appendix - B Copy of Consent Orders and Environmental Clearance Letter

213

Appendix - C Water Lifting Permission letter 234-238 Appendix - D Procedure for preservation and transportation of samples 239-244 Appendix - E Photographs of Ecology and Biodiversity and List of Flora

and Fauna Observations at Study Area 245-254

Appendix - F Stack height Calculations 255-257 Appendix - G GLC Model Run 258-262 Appendix - H Water Impacts – Worst Case 263-266 Appendix - I Worst case Scenario 267-271 Appendix - J Design Sufficiency of CPU 272-281 Appendix - K Details of Public Hearing 282-310 Appendix - L RO, MoEFCC; Bangalore Site visit Report 311-324

• ANNEXURES Annexure - I Soil Monitoring Report 325-328 Annexure – II Meteorological Data 329-352 Annexure – III Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Report 353-364 Annexure – IV Surface water Monitoring Report 365-368 Annexure - V Ground water Monitoring Report 369-372 Annexure - VI Noise Monitoring Report 373-374 Certificates & Other Documents 375 - 430

LIST OF TABLES

Table No.

Table Page No.

1.1 Project Investment Details 1 1.2 Promoters of HDPL 2 1.3 Summary of Terms of Reference 6 2.1 Details of Manpower 15 2.2 Salient Features of Project Site 16 2.3 Details of Area Break Up 18 2.4 Working Pattern 19 2.5 Plan for Project Implementation Schedule 19 2.6 List of Equipment’s 19 2.7 List of Products & By-products 20 2.8 List of Raw Materials for Molasses based Distillery 21 2.9 List of Raw Materials for Grain based Distillery 21 2.10 Details of Molasses Transport to HDPL 21 2.11 Details of Molasses Storage 22 2.12 Details of Grain Transport to HDPL Distillery 22 2.13 Details of Grains Storage 22 2.14 DDGS Specifications 27 2.15 Alcohol Storage Arrangements at HDPL Site 27 2.16 Details of Product Transportation 28 2.17 Details of DDGS & DWGS Storage 28 2.18 Electricity Distribution Details 30 2.19 Water Consumption Details in Existing & Expansion Distillery 32 2.20 Water Requirement after Expansion 32 2.21 Effluent Generation in Existing & Expansion Molasses Distillery &

Disposal 34

2.22 Effluent Generation Proposed Grain Based Distillery & Disposal 34 2.23 Details of Multiple Effect Evaporator (MEE) 35 2.24 Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) Design Details 35 2.25 Spentwash Characteristics 38 2.26 Spentwash Generation from Molasses Distillery after Expansion 38 2.27 Spentwash Storage Tank Details 38 2.28 Details of Boiler 39 2.29 Details of D.G. sets 39 2.30 Characteristics of Fuels to be used 40 2.31 Fuel Storage Details 40 2.32 Details of ESP 40 2.33 Details of Solid Waste 42 2.34 Ash Storage Details 42 2.35 Hazardous Waste from the Distillery 43 2.36 Capital as well as O & M Cost 44 2.37 Section & Area Wise Waste Minimization Techniques 46 2.38 Area Details 48

Table No.

Table Page No.

3.1 Existing Status of Industries in Study area of HDPL 52 3.2 Area Statics for Land use And Land Cover Classes 56 3.3 Analytical Techniques For Soil Analysis 64 3.4 Soil Sampling Locations 64 3.5 Standard Soil Classification 65 3.6 Existing Soil Characteristics 66 3.7 Stratigraphic Succession of Deccan Basalt Group 76 3.8 Well inventory Data for Area Around Project Site 82 3.9 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water 85 3.10 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water 86 3.11 Surface Water 87 3.12 Ground water 88 3.13 Meteorological Parameters 91 3.14 AAQM Location Details 92 3.15 AAQ Parameters, Monitoring Frequency and Analysis Methods 92 3.16 Summary of the AAQ Monitoring Results for Season 93 3.17 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Specified By CPCB 93 3.18 Noise Sampling Locations 95 3.19 Ambient Noise Level Standards 96 3.20 Standards for Occupational Exposure 97 3.21 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure 97 3.22 Ambient Noise Levels 97 3.23 Detail of Households and Sample Size 99 3.24 Names and distance from project site of study villages for EB survey 103 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase

of HDPL, Raibag, Belgaum 109

4.2 Predominant Wind Directions 112 4.3 Predominant Wind Direction and Speed Categories 112 4.4 Baseline Concentrations 112 4.5 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 Values (µg/m3) 114 4.6 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 Values (µg/m3) 114 4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 Values (µg/m3) 115 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 Values (µg/m3) 116 4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2 Values (µg/m3) 117 4.10 Quantification of Pollutants' Load (Distillery Spentwash) 121 4.11 Quantification of Impact under Accidental Scenario for Raw Spentwash 121 4.12 Quantification of Impact under Accidental Scenario for Untreated

Effluent 121

4.13 Permissible Exposure In Case of Continuous Noise 127 4.14 Standards In Respect of Ambient Noise Levels 128 4.15 Test Details 132 4.16 Application of Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) for

HDPL, Village: Yadrav, Tal.: Raibag, Dist.: Belgaum, KA 141

4.17 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas 144

Table No.

Table Page No.

in BEES for HDPL 4.18 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of HDPL 148 5.1 Technology for Abating Pollution 150 6.1 Details of Maintenance for Machinery/ Equipments (HDPL) 156 6.2 Health Care Facility Equipment 157 6.3 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Planning 158 6.4 CER Implementation Schedule 159 6.5 Plan for Monitoring of Environmental Attributes in and around HDPL

Complex 160

6.6 Environmental Monitoring Schedule within Industrial Premises 161 6.7 Environmental Monitoring Schedule Surrounding Industrial Premises 161 7.1 Possible Hazardous Locations Onsite 169 7.2 Areas of Operation and Hazard in Distillery 171 7.3 Degree OF Hazard and F&EI Index 174 7.4 Effect of Ethyl Alcohol 177 8.1 Activities Done under CER 180 9.1 Environmental Management Cell in HDPL 182 9.2 Summary of Recommendations 183 9.3 Implementation Schedule 186 9.4 Compliance against the Consent Condition 186 10.1 HDPL Expansion Project Details 188 10.2 Products of the Distillery 189 10.3 List of Raw Materials for Molasses based Distillery 190 10.4 List of Raw Materials for Grain based Distillery 190 10.5 Solid Waste Details 191 10.6 Hazardous Waste Details 192 10.7 Area Details 192

LIST OF FIGURES Figure

No. Figure Page No.

1.1 Location of the Project Site 3 1.2 Photographs of Existing Unit 4 2.1 Images Showing Site History 17 2.2 Mass Balance & Process Flow Chart for existing100 KLPD Molasses

based Distillery 29

2.3 Mass Balance & Process Flow Chart for expansion 100 KLPD Molasses based Distillery

29

2.4 Mass Balance & Process Flow Chart for 100 KLPD Grain based Distillery

30

2.5 Process Flow Chart for Co-gen Plant 31 2.6 Process Flow Diagram of CPU for Distillery 35 2.7 Cross-Section of HDPL Spentwash Storage Tank 37 2.8 Storage Yard for Solid & Hazardous Waste 43 2.9 Photographs of Existing Green belt 49 3.1 Process Flow Chart 53 3.2 Google Image Showing Study Area 54 3.3 Satellite Image 55 3.4 Visual Interpretation Key Used for the Study 56 3.5 Land Use Land Cover Statistics 57 3.6 Land Use and Land Cover Map 58 3.7 Topographical Map 60 3.8 Settlement Map 61 3.9 Contour Map 61 3.10 Soil Map 68 3.11 Drainage Map 75 3.12 Geomorphologic Map 77 3.13 Regional Geological Map of the Southernmost Exposures of the DVP

with other Stratigraphic Units 78

3.14 Lithological Section at Yadrav 79 3.15 Lithological Section at North of Project Site 79 3.16 Geological Map 81 3.17 Well Monitoring Locations for Area Around Project Site 82 3.18 GW Contour for the area around Hermes Distillery Pvt. Ltd. Project Site 83 3.19 Geo-hydrological Map 84 3.20 Age Distribution within Sample size 100 4.1 Windrose for the Month Oct. 2017 – Dec. 2017 113 7.1 Front views of Molasses storage tanks 173 7.2 Top view of Alcohol storage tank 173 7.3 Fire Triangle 175 9.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities 182 9.2 Environmental Management Plan 183

QUESTIONNAIRE

FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL

(INDUSTRY SECTOR PROJECTS)

Note1 All information given in the form of Chapters should be part of this file itself. Chapters as separate files will not be accepted.

Note 2 Please enter x in appropriate box where answer is Yes/No

I General Information : A Name of the Project : M/s. Hermes Distillery Pvt. Ltd. (HDPL) B Plant Capacity (TPA) : proposed expansion of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery upto 300

KLPD multifeed distillery, expansion of IMFL bottling plant from 86.4 KLPD upto 260 KLPD

Industrial Unit

Product Quantity Existing

(100 KLPD) Expansion

(200 KLPD) Total

(300 KLPD) Distillery Ethanol 100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD

Rectified Spirit (RS)

100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD

Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA)

100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD

IMFL Bottling Plant

86.4 KLPD 129.6 KLPD 216 KLPD

Co-Gen Power 4.5 MW* ---- 13 MW Note: * HDPL have been granted permission for generation of 13 MW of electricity in existing EC vide letter no. J-11011/143/2014-IA II (I) dated 31.01.2017. But onsite only 4.5 MW is being generated using Triveni turbine and 35 TPH incineration boiler. Remaining 8.5 MW will be generated through proposed 75 TPH incineration boiler.

C Location : Gat no.- 96/5A, 96/5B, 96/5C, 96/3A/2, 98/1B/3, 98/1B/4, 98/1B/5, Village - Yadrav, Taluka - Raibag, Dist.- Belgavi, Karnataka.

Tehsil District State Raibag Belgavi Karnataka.

D Geographical Information : 1. Latitude : 16031’28.74" N 2. Longitude : 74043’16.69" E 3. Elevation above Mean Sea Level (Metres) : 560 M above MSL 4. Total Area envisaged for setting up of

Project (in ha.) - : Total Industrial Area : 7.22

Built - Up area : 4.86 Existing Green Belt Area (13% of

Total plot area) : 0.95

Green Belt Area under expansion (22.4% of total open space.)

: 1.61

Total Green Belt (35.6% of total Plot area)

: 2.5.

5. Nature of terrain (hilly, valley, plains, coastal etc.)

: Plains

6. Nature of Soil (sandy, clayey, sandy Loam etc.)

: Mostly Sandy Loam

7. Permeability (cm/sec) : --

i

E Alternate Sites considered : No any alternative sites were examined since the proposed expansion shall be undertaken in existing premises of HDPL.

F Reasons for selecting the proposed site based on comparative evaluation of environmental considerations

:

II Environmental Setting : A Current land usage of the proposed project Site

Area (in hectares) : 7.2 Ha

1. Notified Industrial Area / Estate : --- 2. Agricultural : 12,672Ha • Irrigated : -- • Non-irrigated : -- 3. Homestead : -- 4. Forest : 2,998 Ha 5. Grazing : -- 6. Fallow : 9,367Ha 7. Marshy : -- 8. Mangroves : -- 9. Others (Pl. specify) : -- Vegetation - Grassland, Grassland with open

scrub : --

Water Body : 99 Ha Settelment : 1,828 Ha Plantation : -- Barren Land : 4,103 Ha River 349 Ha Total : 31,425.50 Ha B Please indicate area earmarked for each of the

following (in ha) :

Total Built – up Area : 4.86 Ha Open Space : 2.45 Ha Total Plot Area : 7.22 Ha

C Is the Proposed Site located in a low-lying area? : No. If yes, : 1. Level before filling (above MSL in metres) : Not Applicable. 2. Level after filling (above MSL in metres) : Not Applicable. 3. Quantity of Fill Material required (in Cu. M.) : Not Applicable

D Proximity to sea / water bodies :

Sea Other Water bodies like River/ creek/ lake etc.

(Please specify) Distance of Site* Boundary (in M) Not Applicable Krishna River (5 Km)

Distance of Plant Facilities (in M) Not Applicable * From highest flood line / high tide line

E Whether any of the following exist within 7

Km. of the periphery of the project site. If so, please indicate aerial distance and the name of the eco-system as given under the Table.

:

ii

Sr. No.

Description Name Area falling within 7 Km periphery of

Project (Ha.)

Aerial Distance (in Km.)

1. National Park/ Wildlife Sanctuary Nil - - 2. Tiger Reserve/ Elephant Reserve/

Turtle Nesting Ground Nil - -

3. Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve Nil - - 4. Habitat for migratory birds Nil - - 5. Lakes/Reservoir/Dams Krishna River - 5 6. Stream/Rivers Nil - - 7. Estuary/Sea Nil - - 8. Mangroves Nil - - 9. Mountains/Hills Nil - - 10. Notified Archaeological sites Nil - - 11. Any other Archaeological sites Shitole Palace,

Ankali - 5.5

Raibag Palace, Raibag

(not notified)

8.3

12. Industries/ Thermal Power Plants Shivashakti Sugars Ltd

- 0.15

13. Defense Installation Nil - - 14. Airports Belgavi - 75 15. Railway Lines* Raibag - 9.7 16. National/State highways* NH - 4 &

SH -72 - 42 Km & 5.5

Km from HDPL

F Description of the Flora/ Vegetation within 7 Km under following headings.

:

1. Agricultural crops : sugarcane, tur, maize, wheat, jowar, bajari, vegetables, rice, groundnut, tobacco and chilli etc.

2. Commercial crops : Sugarcane Common sp. which are found in Karnataka. NA NA

3. Plantation 4. Natural Vegetation/Forest Type : 5. Grass Lands : 6. Endangered species : 7. Endemic species : 8. Others (Please Specify) : G Description of Fauna (non-domesticated) within

7 Km under following headings. :

1. Total listing of faunal elements : Refer Appendix –E for details. 2. Endemic fauna species : 3. Endangered Species : Indian pangolin 4. Migratory species : 5. Route of migratory species of birds & mammals : 6. Details of aquatic fauna (if applicable) :

iii

III Meteorological Parameters A Seasonal-Monitoring Data (continuous monitoring for

the full season except monsoon should be carried out) :

1. Temperature (in oC) (a) Maximum

(b) Minimum (c) Mean

:::

36°C 22°C 30°C

2. Rain fall (in mm) 2000 mm 3. Mean value of humidity (in %) : 40% 4. Inversion occurrence : Data not available (a) In percentage : - (b) Height in meters : - 5. Seasonal Wind-rose pattern (16 points on compass scale) : Refer Chapter – 4 6. Hourly Mean Meteorological data (based on one full

season data collected at site required as input for air quality modeling)

: Refer Annexure-II for Meteorological Data

Hour Low/Medium

Cloud amount (in OCTAS)

Wind Speed in (Km/h)

Predominant wind direction

Ambient air temperature (in deg K)

Hourly stability

Mixing depth (in m)

1. Refer Annexure-II for Meteorological Data

IV Ambient Air Quality Data : Refer Chapter 3 for AAQM results. Frequency of Monitoring should be as per

guidelines of CPCB and monitoring should cover one full season (excluding monsoon)

:

A Season and Period for which monitoring has been carried out

: October 2017 - December 2017

B Frequency of Sampling : Refer Chapter – 3, table 3.15 for frequency of sampling

C Number of Samples Collected at each Site. Refer Annexure III for more details Date, Time

& Location

Wind direction & Speed

24 hourly Concentration as

monitored (in µg/m3 )

Permissible Standard (As per CPCB) (µg/m3)

Remarks (Name of the instrument)

Industrial Site

--- PM10

PM2.5

SO2

NOx

CO

100

60

80

80

2 (mg/m3) for 8hrs

HVS

HVS

HVS

HVS

NDIR Method

Kanchkarwadi Up- Wind

Nasalapur Down - Wind Bawan

Saundatti Nandikurli Diggewadi Crosswind Kempathi Yadrav Nearest

Habitation

D 24 Hourly Concentrations (in µg/m3 ) : Refer Chapter-3,

iv

Industrial Site

Pollutant(s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98% PM10 70.45 41.68 54.94 58.76 PM2.5 25.98 14.85 9.21 22.30 SO2 39.68 25.20 32.12 35.47 NOx 56.97 35.50 45.31 50.10 CO BDL BDL BDL BDL Kanchakarwadi

Pollutant(s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98% PM10 60.70 39.64 49.00 51.20 PM2.5 21.95 10.21 16.49 18.98 SO2 32.00 20.65 25.40 27.99 NOx 43.51 23.85 33.59 37.21 CO BDL BDL BDL BDL Nasalapur

Pollutant(s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98% PM10 58.08 40.00 50.04 53.66 PM2.5 23.18 13.00 18.54 20.08 SO2 39.17 24.75 28.59 31.74 NOx 47.00 28.15 37.16 40.39 CO BDL BDL BDL BDL Bawan Saundatti

Pollutant(s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98% PM10 58.08 39.48 50.21 53.35 PM2.5 23.18 13.25 18.54 20.07 SO2 39.17 24.75 28.51 31.51 NOx 47.00 28.15 37.23 40.39 CO BDL BDL BDL BDL Nandikurli

Pollutant(s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98% PM10 60.00 40.05 51.17 57.32 PM2.5 24.00 13.06 18.68 19.97 SO2 39.17 25.09 29.02 31.62 NOx 47.00 28.19 37.04 40.67 CO BDL BDL BDL BDL

v

Diggewadi

Pollutant(s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98% PM10 55.84 35.61 45.85 47.92 PM2.5 19.94 10.08 14.51 16.33 SO2 30.64 17.21 22.53 26.74 NOx 28.64 22.15 30.21 33.14 CO BDL BDL BDL BDL Kempathi

Pollutant(s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98% PM10 56.82 35.09 46.01 48.74 PM2.5 20.01 10.25 14.65 16.48 SO2 29.64 17.35 22.74 27.06 NOx 39.61 22.15 30.28 33.57 CO BDL BDL BDL BDL Yadrav

Pollutant(s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98% PM10 63.16 41.32 52.19 55.62 PM2.5 25.16 15.62 18.93 20.24 SO2 33.95 20.06 27.99 30.02 NOx 39.76 25.39 33.38 36.23 CO BDL BDL BDL BDL Note:- Sugar factory – Shivashakti Sugars Ltd. Is located at 0.15 Km from HDPL. Also,15-20 no. of

brick klins are located at about 5.50Km from HDPL. E Specific Air Pollution Issues in the Project

Area. : There are no any specific air

pollution issues in the project area V Manufacturing Process details : Refer Chapter - 2 for

Manufacturing process.

A Raw Materials (including process chemicals, catalysts & additives)

:

Molasses Based Distillery:

No Raw Materials

Existing (100 KLPD)

(MT/M)

Expansion (100 KLPD)

(MT/M)

Total (200 KLPD)

(MT/M)

Source of Material

1 Molasses 10,800.0 10,800.0 21,600.0 Nearby sugar Factories i.e. 1.Shivashakti Sugars Ltd., 2.Athani Farmers Sugars Ltd, Belagavi and 3.Doodhganga-Krisna SSKL

2 Yeast Culture 5.4 5.4 10.8 Alfaenzyme 3 Antifoaming

Agent 3.0 3.0 6.0

4 Urea 10.8 10.8 21.6 Abhijeet Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. 5 H2SO4 6.0 6.0 12.0

6 D.A.P. 3.0 3.0 6.0 7 Caustic soda 10.8 10.8 21.6 8 HCl 10.8 10.8 21.6

vi

Grain Based Distillery

No Raw Materials Proposed(MT/M) (100 KLPD)

Source of Material

1 Grains-Maize, Rice 81,000.00 Nearby Talukas & Maharashtra state 2 Yeast Culture 5.40

Abhijeet Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. 3 Urea 108.00 4 H2SO4 6.00 5 D.A.P. 3.00

B Brief description of the Process

Refer Chapter– 2 for manufacturing process. C Details of Process Technology know how/

collaboration :

D : Production Profile

Industrial Unit

Product Quantity Existing

(100 KLPD) Expansion

(200 KLPD) Total

(300 KLPD) Distillery Ethanol 100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD

Rectified Spirit (RS) 100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA) 100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD IMFL Bottling Plant 86.4 KLPD 129.6 KLPD 216 KLPD

Co-gen Power 4.5 MW* ---- 13 MW Note: * HDPL have been granted permission for generation of 13 MW of electricity in existing EC vide letter no. J-11011/143/2014-IA II (I) dated 31.01.2017. But onsite only 4.5 MW is being generated using Triveni turbine and 35 TPH incineration boiler. Remaining 8.5 MW will be generated through proposed 75 TPH incineration boiler.

E Means of transportation of raw material and final products : Sr. No

Means of Transport

Raw Material (in MT/ M) Final Product(in MT/ Month) Existing Expansion Existing Expansion

1.

Road

Molasses Based Distillery Molasses 10,800.0 10,800.0 Alcohol 1000 Tankers/season Yeast Culture 5.4 5.4 Antifoaming Agent 3.0 3.0 Urea 10.8 10.8 H2SO4 6.0 6.0 D.A.P. 3.0 3.0 Caustic soda 10.8 10.8 HCl 10.8 10.8 Grain Based Distillery Grains-Maize, Rice 81,000 Yeast Culture 5.4 Urea 108 H2SO4 6 D.A.P. 3

2. Rail Nil Nil 3. Pipeline Nil Nil 4. Others Nil Nil

vii

VI Water A Water Requirement per Day - M3/day

Purpose Avg. Demand Peak Demand

Source Treated/ Untreated/

Fresh/ Recycled

Remarks Existing

Molasses (100 KLPD)

Expansion (200KLPD) Molasses

(100 KLPD) Grain

(100 KLPD) Industrial a. Process

765 (#123

+*642)

765 (#108

+*657)

945 (#245

+$700)

2475 (#476+*1299+$700 )

Fresh Water required is taken from

Krishna river

Fresh as well as

Recycled

Raw spent wash shall be Conc. in MEE. Conc. Sp. wash blend with coal and burnt in incineration boiler. Other effluents treated in CPU. Domestic waste will be treat in proposed distillery

b. Cooling #85 #85 #85 #255 c. Boiler Feed #84 #180 Steam will be

taken from proposed 75 TPH boiler

#264

d. Lab, wash &Bottle washing

# 43

#43

#55

#141

e. WTP regeneratin

#10 #10 -- #20

Total 987 (#345 + *642)

1083 (#426 + *657)

1085 (#385 +

$700)

3155 (#1156+ *1299 +$700)

Domestic #20 #5 #25 Note # -Water taken from Krishna river. * - Treated water from Distillery CPU $ - Recycled Leese from Grain Distillery

B Source of Raw Water Supply : Krishna River

Sr. No Source Cu. M. /hr Cu. M. /day 1. Sea -- -- 2. River (Total after Expansion) 50 1,181 3. Ground water -- -- 4. Other surface water bodies (Please specify) -- --

C Lean Season flow in case of surface water source (cusecs/cumecs)

: ---

D Groundwater (a) Recharge Rate/ Withdrawal rate : No ground water is used for industrial activity.

Ground water level (M.) : Not Applicable Pre-monsoon : Not Applicable Postmonsoon : Not Applicable (to be obtained from State Ground water authorities) : E Competing Users of the Water Source : --

Sr. No.

Usage Present Consumption (cum./hr)

Addition Proposed as per local plan (cum./hr)

Total (cum./hr)

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground 1. Irrigation -- -- -- -- -- -- 2. Industry -- -- -- -- -- -- 3. Drinking -- -- -- -- -- -- 4. Others -- -- -- -- -- --

viii

Total -- -- -- -- -- --

F Physico-chemical analysis of Raw Water at intake point : Description Value

pH 7.6 TDS 400 – 450 mg/l

Hardness as CaCO3 100 - 150 mg / l Calcium as Ca 6 - 10 mg/l Magnesium as Mg 20 - 25 mg/l

G

Physico-chemical analysis of treated water to be used in project/ township.

: --

H Waste Water Management : Refer Chapter - 2 for more details. 1. Description of waste water

treatment plan with flow chart

After expansion of molasses based distillery raw Spentwash generates to the tune of 1560 M3/Day shall be concentrated in MEE. Conc. Sp. wash to the tune of 516 M3/Day (@ 2.58KL/KL of alcohol) will be blend with coal and burnt in boiler as fuel. Achieves ZLD. Spent lees, condensate from MEE, other effluent such as cooling blow down, lab & washing shall be treated in distillery CPU and recycled for various process. Effluent generated from grain based distillery plant shall comprise of number of streams-FOC leese, PRC leese, Condensate and Thin Slop. All these streams will be fully recycled back in process for liquefaction of flour. RC leese will be used for cooling tower make up water. Other effluents such as cooling blow down, effluents from lab & washing will be forwarded to CPU. Achieves ZLD

Molasses Based Distillery

Description Quantity (M3/Day) Treatment Existing

(100 KLPD) Expansion (100 KLPD)

Total After Expansion (200 KLPD)

Industrial a. Process

Raw Sp wash-780 Conc. Sp. Wash - 258

Raw Sp wash-780 Conc. Sp. Wash - 258

Raw Sp. wash - 1560

Conc. Sp. Wash - 516

Conc. in MEE – Blend with coal - used as fuel for Incineration boiler. Raw Sp.Wash-7.8 KL/KL of Alc. Conc. Sp. wash- 2.58KL/KL of Alc.

Spent lees -120 Condensate -522

Spent lees 120 Condensate -522

Spent lees – 240 Condensate -1044

Other effluent – 1443 CMD Treated in upgraded CPU. Recycled back in process - 1299 RO Reject –144 – send to MEE

b. Cooling 10 10 20 c. Boiler makeup 13 30 43 d. Lab &

washing 38 38 76

e. WTP backwash

10 10 20

Total Ind. Conc. Spent wash-258

Conc. Spent wash-258

Conc. Spent wash-516

ix

Other effluent-713 Other effluent-730 Other effluent -1443 Domestic 13 2 15 Proposed STP

Grain Based Distillery

Sr. No Process Quantity (M3/Day) (100KLPD) Disposal Method 1 Process – FOC lees 100 Recycled Back

in Process

- PRC lees 120 - Thin Slope 85 - Condensate 395 -RC lees 245 2 Cooling blow down 10 Treated in

Proposed CPU 3 Lab & Washing 50 Total 60 M3/Day - Treat in CPU

245 M3/Day - For cooling tower make-up 700 M3/Day - Recycle back

2. Characteristics of discharge stream (s) before and after treatment

: Refer Chapter - 2 for more details.

3. Daily discharge (M3 /day) from different sources

: Refer Table below

4. Quantity of water recycled : Under expansion of distillery, 1999 M3/day water will be recycled back in process for various purposes.

A (in %) : 63% B (in Cu. M/.day) : 1999 M3/day Details of recycling mechanism : -- 5. Mode of final discharge/

disposal of treated effluent: : Reused in process.

6. Table : Mode Length (M.) Quantity (M3/Day) (i) Open Channel Nil Nil (ii) Pipeline - Closed Pipeline @ 5 Km 1181 (iii) Others (Please specify) Nil Nil 7. Point of final discharge : Treated water will be recycled and reject will be forwarded

to MEE thereby achieving zero liquid discharge Final Point Existing Expansion

1.Green belt within the plant/township

9550.58 Sq.M (13 % of total plant area)

16187.4 Sq.M. (22.4% of total plant area)

2. Agricultural land -- -- 3. Fallow Land -- -- 4. Forest Land -- -- 5. River/Stream -- -- 6. Lake -- -- 7. Estuary -- -- 8. Sea -- -- Total -- -- 8. Lean season flow rate in case

of discharge in a river/stream : Not Applicable

9. Downstream users of water (in case if river, reservoir, lake)

: Not Applicable

x

A Human : - B Irrigation : - C Industry : - D Others (Pl. specify) : - 10. Analysis of river water 100

meters upstream of discharge point and 100 meters downstream of discharge point (except in rainy/monsoon season) along with details of aquatic life.

: To know the existing status/quality of surface water bodies in study area refer Chapter- 3.

11. What is the predicted impact on water quality of the receiving body due to discharge? (Briefly state the prediction tool adopted)

: Wastewater from molasses based distillery i.e. spentwash shall be concentrated in MEE. Concentrated spentwash shall be burnt in boiler along with coal. Condensate from MEE & other effluents will treat in CPU and recycled back in process. Effluent from grain based distillery will be in the form of various streams namely - FOC leese, PRC leese, Condensate & Thin Slop. All these streams will be fully recycled back in process for liquefaction of flour. RC leese will be used for cooling tower make up water. Other effluents such as cooling blow down, effluents from lab & washing will be forwarded to CPU.

VII Solid Waste Management : Molasses Based Distillery

Sr. No

Source Qty. (TPM) Form (Sludge/ Dry/ Slurry etc.)

Disposal Existing Expansion Existing Expansion

1 Yeast Sludge 600 600 Sludge Burnt in Boiler 2 Boiler ash 1350 3100 Dry Sold to Brick

manufacturer 3. CPU Sludge 1 1 Sludge Used as mannure

B If waste(s) contain any hazardous/toxic substance/ radioactive materials or heavy metals, provide data and proposed precautionary measures.

: Category & name of HW

Existing Expansion

Spent Oil – Cat.5.1

50 Lit/M ---

C What are the possibilities of recovery and recycling of wastes?

: Solid waste Ash generated from boilers shall be collected separately and taken to ash silo system. Same will be sold to brick manufacturers Yeast sludge will burnt in incineration boiler

Hazardous waste

Spent oil generated will be burnt in boiler. CPU Sludge will used as manure in field.

D Possible users of Solid Waste (s). : Boiler ash from existing and proposed boiler would be sold to brick manufacturers.

E Method of disposal of Solid waste (s) : Method : --

xi

1. Landfill : -- 2. Incineration : -- 3. Recovery : -- 4. Downstream users : -- 5. Others : Ash for brick manufacturers F In case of landfill : Not Applicable. 1. Is Solid Waste Amenable for Landfill

A) Yes B) No

: -

2. Dimensions and life of landfill : - 3. Life of landfill (Years) : - 4. Proposed precautionary and mitigative measures

along with design features : -

G In case of incineration : Not Applicable. 1. Details of incinerator : - Type : - Size : - Capacity : - Fuel : - 2. Likely composition and quantum of emissions : -

VIII Noise Pollution Control and

Management :

A Source : Source of noise generation is mainly the boiler and D.G. sets.

B Level at Source (dB) : Approximately 65 dB (A) - 75dB (A) C Level at Project boundary capacity : Shall be within the norms of KSPCB,

CPCB & MoEFCC. D Abatement Measures (give source-

wise details) : Refer Chapter- 3.

IX A Fuel/Energy Requirements : Total Power Requirement (MW) : Project Township Other (KPTCL Grid) Total Existing (On Season)

3.5 MW - 1 MW 4.5MW

Expansion (On Season)

7 MW 6 MW 13 MW

Coal would be used as fuel for existing 35 TPH and proposed 75 TPH boiler at HDPL project complex. Further, electricity required for manufacturing operations shall be met from in-house co-gen. plant. Under existing unit two DG set of capacities 500 KVA are already installed on site. Under expansion activities new boiler of capacity 625 KVA will be installed. Both DG set will operate only during power failure situations. C Details of Fuel used : Sr. No.

Fuel Daily Consumption Calorific value (Kcal/Kg)

% Ash

% Sulphur Existing Proposed

1. Gas - - - - - 2. Naphtha - - - - - 3. HSD** 30 Lit/Hr 30 Lit/Hr 10,200 - 1 4. Furnace Oil # OR - - - - -

xii

5. Coal 87 MT/D 288 MT/D 3500 - 4000 25-30 0.5 6. Bagasse - - - - - 8. Other(Pl. specify)

Conc.Spentwash 258 KL/D 258 KL/D 1500-2000 Kcal

/Kg 12 0.8

D Source of Fuel (Distance in Km) : HSD and Coal is purchased from outside suppliers. 1. Port :

2. Mine : 3. Refinery : 4. Storage depot/Terminal :

E Mode of Transportation of fuel to Site : 1 Trucks (numbers/day) : HSD & coal is transported by road

through trucks. 2 Pipeline (length in km.) : -- 3 Railway Wagons (numbers/day) : -- 4 Other : -- X Atmospheric Emissions : A Flue gas characteristics

(SPM, SO2, NOx, CO in µg/m3 ) : --

Sr. No. Pollutant Source of Emission Emission rate Kg/hr

Concentration in flue gas (µg/m3 )

1. SPM Boiler stack

--

< 150 mg/Nm3 2. RPM

3. SO2 4. NOx 5. CO

B Size distribution of SPM at the top of the stack : Not done.

Sr. No. Range % by weight

1. Micron - 2. 1-10 Micron - 3. 10-20 Micron - 4. <20 Micron -

C Stack Emission Details (All the stacks attached to Boilers, D.G. Sets for proposed activity).

:

Stack No.

Height from

ground level (M)

Diameter (Top) (M)

Emission on Rate (kg/hr)

Heat Gas Temp. of Exhaust Gases

(deg K)

Exit Velocity (m/sec)

Exhaust Gas Temp Density Specific

Heat Volume/

flow

Existing 35 TPH 90 1.5 114179

Nm3/hr. 423 6.6 -- -- -- --

-- -- -- -- 500 KVA 7 0.15 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Expansion Distillery 75 TPH 90 1.5 M 25962 423 5.06

625 KVA 7 0.15 -- -- -- -- --

xiii

D Details of fugitive emissions (Indicate the points of fugitive emissions and quantities estimated)

: Refer Chapter- 2

E Predicted impact on air quality (as per CPCB Guidelines for conducting the air quality modeling)

: Refer Chapter- 4

XI Pollution load statement (Applicable to Expansion and Modernization Projects only)

:

Parameter Proposed Expansion/ Modernization

Remarks

1. Land area - Expansion in Existing Premises

2. Raw water - From Existing Lift Scheme 3. Power - From Captive Cogen Plant 4. Waste water (effluent generation) a) Process b) Domestic

Refer Chapter – 2 for Water consumption & effluent generation details.

5. Air emissions a) SPM b) CO c) SO 2 d) NOx e) Other (like HC, Cl2 , NH 3 etc.) 6. Hazardous Chemical Storage

(give item-wise) 7. Solid waste a) Non-Hazardous b) Hazardous

XII Storage of chemicals (inflammable/ explosive/ hazardous/ toxic substances)

: Not Applicable

Sr. No.

Description Height of tank (M)

Diameter of tank (M)

Tank capacity (KL) Existing Expansion

1. Area under storage (Sq.M) 2. Extra Neutral Alcohol - 2

No. 10.5 14.8 1807.04 -- --

3. Rectified Spirit -1 No 10.5 14.8 1808 -- -- 4. Impure Spirit -1 No 6 7.35 254.6 -- -- 5. Ethanol – 2 No. 10.5 14.8 1808 1808 -- 6. Firefighting arrangement Hydrant / fire extinguish

XIII Occupational Health and Industrial Hygiene

A What are the major occupational health and safety hazards anticipated. (Explain briefly)

: There would be no any use or handling & storage of hazardous chemicals in the manufacturing process.

B What provisions have been made propose to be made to confirm to health/safety requirements. (Explain briefly)

: Regular checkup of workers by qualified and authorized doctors shall be done.

C Details of personal protective equipment provided/to be provided to the workers

: Refer Chapter-7

D Details of proposed measures for control of : Refer Chapter-2

xiv

fugitive emission/odour nuisance from different sources

E Details of fire protection and safety measures envisaged to take care of fire and explosion hazards

: Refer Chapter-7

XIV Pollution Control Aspects : A Details of Pollution Control Systems : --

No. Description Proposed to be installed in the 1 Air Existing unit of HDPL; one boiler of 35 TPH is already installed. Fuel-Conc.

Spentwash blended with coal. A stack of 90 M height along with ESPas APC equipment is provided. Two D.G. of capacities 500 KVA is provided. Fuel-HSD. APC-Stack of 7 M above ground level. Under expansion unit; a new boiler of 75 TPH will be installed. Conc. Spentwash blended with coal will be used as fuel. Stack of 90 M height along with ESP as APC equipment will provided. An additional D.G. of 625 KVA will installed under expansion. Fuel- HSD. Apc-Stack of 7 M above ground level.

2 Water After expansion; effluent generated from molasses based distillery will be in the form of raw spentwash, Spentlees and other effluents. Here, raw spentwash will be treated in Multiple Effect Evaporator (MEE). Conc. spentwash from MEE will blend with coal and incinerated in incineration boiler. Other effluent viz. spent lees, MEE condensate and other effluents will treat in Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU). RO reject from CPU will be send back to MEE. Treated water from CPU recycled back in process for dilution of molasses. This achieves Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). Effluent from grain based distillery plant shall comprise of number of streams namely - FOC leese, PRC leese, Condensate and Thin Slop. All these will be fully recycled back in process for liquefaction of flour. RC leese will be used for cooling tower make up water. Other effluents-cooling blow down, lab & washing effluents will be forwarded to CPU. Thereby achieves ZLD. Domestic effluent will be treated separately in existing STP provided on site

3 Noise Major source of noise in HDPL complex is DG set, distillation column, boiler etc. For control of noise at source, steps like - enclosing machine, reducing vibrations with sound absorbing materials, isolating the work place containing noisy equipments, covering walls/ ceilings with sound absorbing materials, using sound absorbing screens, building sound proof control areas/ rest rooms etc. In short; insulation, isolation, separation techniques shall be implemented

4 Solid Waste

From molasses based distillery yeast sludge and boiler sh. Boiler ash will be sold to brick manufacturer and yeast sludge will burnt in boiler.

5 Hazardous Waste

Hazardous waste generated in the form of Spent oil and CPU sludge. Spent oil is burnt in boiler. CPU sludge will be used as mannur.

B Efficiency of each Pollution Control Equipment/ System installed

:

1 Existing Units : Distillery , Co-gen plant and Bottling unit Sr. No

Name of the System Equipment

Design Efficiency% Present Working efficiency %

1. ESP 98% 95% 2. CPU 90 % 85 %

2. Proposed Project : No. Name of the System Equipment Design Efficiency %

1. ESP 98 %

XV Green Belt Plan : A Total area of project/township (in ha.) : 7.22

xv

B Area already afforested (for existing projects), in ha.

: 0.95

C Area proposed to be afforested (in ha.) : 1.61 D Plant species proposed : 1. Indigenous : 2. Exotic : -- E Width of green belt (minimum, in m.) : 1. Along plant boundary : -- 2. Roads and avenues within the plant : -- 3. Ash Dike : -- 4. Township : -- 5. Other-ornamental, garden spaces, : -- 6. Commercial plantations etc. : Refer Chapter 2 F Trees planted : 1 Proposed : 2 Planted : 1,500 Nos. Survival Rate : 100% 3 List of Species Planted : Refer Chapter - 4. 4 Proposed (No) : 5 List of species : Refer Chapter - 3 & 4 XVI Construction Phase Management Aspects A Estimated duration of construction in

months : 7-8 Months

B Number of persons to be employed for construction

: Only few structures as required would be installed for which local labors shall be used 1 Peak :

2 Average : C What provision has been made for the

sewage treatment for the construction workers?

: There are arrangements in existing set up for toilets and treatment and disposal of sewage.

D How the fuel (kerosene/ wood, etc.) requirement of labour force will be met to avoid cutting of trees from the adjoining areas

: Raibag town is well-established, with all the facilities for human habitation. All things like fuel etc. are readily available from local suppliers.

E Proposed Health care Measures with emphasis on protection from endemic diseases

: There are hospital and educational facilities provided for people working in existing factory. There is no such report of occurrence of any waterborne diseases or any disease vectors.

F Educational and other social welfare measures proposed

: Nil, as all facilities are available near the proposed project area.

VII Human Settlement : -- Sr. No

Description Aerial distance from the periphery of the site Up to 500m

from periphery 500m to 3000m

from the periphery 3000m to 7000m

from the periphery 1. Population

Refer Chapter 3 for Socio-economic details. 2. Number of Houses 3. Present Occupational Pattern

xvi

XVIII Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan (Wherever applicable)

: As this is an expansion of distillery and bottling plant in existing premises of HDPL project. Hence there would not be R & R Plan.

A Village(s) affected by the project : Not Applicable No Village (Tribal/Others) Population Occupation Average Income per annum

B Population to be displaced : Not Applicable. Sr. No.

Name of village

Population Land oustees only Oustees only Land and Homestead Oustees

- - - - -

C Salient features of Rehabilitation Plan : Not Applicable i Site where the people are proposed to be

resettled : -

ii Facilities proposed at the resettlement site : - iii Compensation package : - iv Agency/Authority responsible for their

resettlement. : -

XIX Expenditure on Environmental Measures

:

A Capital cost of the Project (as proposed to be approved by the funding agency / financial Institutions.

: Rs. 306 Crores (Rs. Three hundred and six Crores only). [For expansion unit 153 Crores only and existing unit - 153 Crores only]

B Cost of Environmental protection measures (Rs. Lakhs)

:

Sr. No.

Description Cost Component (In Crores) Capital Annual O & M

1. Air Pollution Control: (ESP; 75 TPH incineration boiler), Stack 90 M

30.00 2.00

2. Installation of CPU 50.00 5.00 3. Installation of STP 0.20 0.02 4. Noise Pollution Control 0.15 0.01 5. Occupational Health & Safety 0.10 0.05 6. Env. Monitoring & Online Systems for Stack 0.50 0.05 7. Solid Wastes Disposal –Ash Silos, Transportation 1.00 0.05 8. Green Belt Augmentation Plan & Rain Water Harvesting

implementation. 0.10 0.02

9. CSR amount (for5 years after expansion) 4.40 --- Total 86.45 7.2

1. Details of organization set up/cell for environmental management and monitoring

: An separate EMC is alread designed under existing project. It will take care after expansion.

2. Details of community welfare/peripheral development programs envisaged/being undertaken by the project proponent

: --

xvii

Chapter 1

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION…1

1.1 INTRODUCTION

'Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)' is the process of evaluating likely environmental impacts, both positive and negative, of a new or expansion project by taking into account natural, social and economic aspects. It also comprises of suggesting possible mitigation measures, for negative impacts, before implementation or expansion of project. Main objectives of an EIA report are -

• To describe a pre-project baseline condition with respect to Environmental Indicators. • To identify possible sources of pollution and their environmental impacts including

identifying risks associated with setting up of a new / expansion project and suggesting appropriate mitigation measures for alleviating adverse impacts to the extent possible.

• To suggest environmental / risk management plans for implementing the mitigation measures.

• Ultimate aim of EIA report preparation is that the project proponent (PP) can use this report as a manual for developing company’s environmental strategy, communication and formulating environmental policy.

Molasses is a very important by-product of the sugar industry. There is a good demand for alcohol produced from molasses based distillery as well as grain based distillery in country. There is a good export potential for alcohol. With a due consideration to all the above facts, the management of Hermes Distillery Pvt. Ltd. (HDPL), Raibag has decided to go for an expansion of distillery project and Indian Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) Bottling plant. 1.2 THE PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENTS Project site of HDPL is located on Gat no.-96/5A, 96/5B, 96/5C, 96/3A/2, 98/1B/3, 98/1B/4, 98/1B/5, Village- Yadrav, Taluka-Raibag,Dist.- Belgavi, State - Karnataka. Expansion of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery upto 300 KLPD multifeed distilley (expansion by 200 KLPD) and IMFL bottling plant from 86.4 KLPD to 216 KLPD (expansion of bottling plant by 129.6 KLPD) in its existing premises of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery, 86.4 KLPD IMFL bottling plant and 13 MW co-gen plant.After expansion capacity of distillery will be 200 KLPD molasses based distillery and 100 KLPD grain based distillery. This report has been prepared in overall context of EIA Notification dated 14thSeptember 2006 and amendments thereto issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi. As per the said notification, the project comes under Category A, listed under Item 5(g). EIA report has been prepared by incorporating required information and details w.r.t. project as mentioned in the standard Terms of Reference (TORs) issued by MoEFCC vide letter No. J-11011/424/2017-IA II(I)dated 25.01.2018to HDPL. Project would be designed in a versatile fashion by adopting latest process techniques as well as with state-of-the art machinery. Investment of HDPL project is presented at table 1.1. Names and designation of HDPL promoters are given in table 1.2.

Table 1.1 Project Investment Details

Sr. No.

Industrial unit Capital Investment (in Rs. Crores) Existing Expansion Total

1. Distillery, Co-gen Plant & Bottling Plant

153 153 306

1

INTRODUCTION…1

Table 1.2 Promoters of HDPL

Sr. No. Name Designation 1. Mr. Amit Prabhakar Kore Chairman 2. Mrs. Mahima Amit Kore Director 3. Mr. Babu Appasaheb Patil Director

1.3 THE PLACE Proposed expansion of distillery and IMFL bottling plant will be carried out in existing premises of distillery, IMFL bottling plant and co-gen plant by HDPL. Total land acquired by industry is 72,237Sq. M. (7.22 Ha).Total built-up area after expansion of HDPL will be 41,841Sq. M. (4.1 Ha).Detailed area break-up is presented at Chapter 2, Table – 2.3.ANo Objection Certificate (NOC) for proposed distillery expansion project has been obtained from Grampanchayat of Yadrav. Documents of company are attached at end of this EIA report under Certificate and other documents. Following aspects have been taken into consideration while planning the expansion activities in the HDPL complex - Proximity to the raw material availability. Adequate land for implementation of proposed expansion projects. Convenient location on the South (S) side of Belagavi city at a distance of about 75 Km.

Moreover, National Highway (NH-4) is about 42 Km and State Highway (SH-72) is about 5.5 Km from the project site.

Existing convenient availability as well as ease towards supply of proposed utilities such as water, steam and electricity from existing setups for conducting various operations and processes.

No rehabilitation and resettlement are required to be done.

2

INTRODUCTION…1

Figure 1.1 Location of the Project Site

3

INTRODUCTION…1

Figure 1.2 Photographs of Existing Unit

4

INTRODUCTION…1

1.4 IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY & REGION Alcohol has assumed very important place in the Country’s economy. Alcohol is a vital raw material for a number of chemicals. It has been a source of a large amount of revenue by way of excise duty levied by the Govt. on alcoholic liquors. It has a potential as fuel in the form of power alcohol for blending with petrol. Also, the fermentation alcohol has great demand in countries like Japan, U.S.A., Canada, Sri Lanka etc., as the synthetic alcohol produced by these countries, from naphtha of petroleum crude, is not useful for beverages. India is the fourth largest producer of alcohol in the world and there has been a consistent increase in its production over the last 22 years or so. Demand for alcohol in the country is expected to go upto almost 6000 million liters by year 2020.Present average alcohol production from molasses in the country is around 2,500 million liters per annum (Reference Opportunities For Green Chemistry Initiatives, 2014). Considering the upcoming demand of alcohol, the management of HDPL has decided to go for an expansion of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery upto 300 KLPD multifeed distillery (after expansion scenario will be 200 KLPD molasses based distillery and 100 KLPD grain based distillery). Ethyl Alcohol is an important feedstock for manufacture of a number of chemicals. These chemicals are primarily basic carbon based products like Acetic Acid, Butanol, Buta0diene, Acetic Anhydride, Vinyl Acetate, PVC etc. Acetic Acid & Butanol, which are needed in pharmaceuticals, paints and in many other industries, are important value added products. Ethylene, Ethylene oxide and Mono-ethylene glycol are also produced via petrochemical route. However, due to the latest technological developments and taking in to account the ever-increasing cost of petrochemical raw materials, it is now possible as well as more economical to produce Ethylene oxide, Mono-ethylene glycol etc. starting from ethanol. The petrochemical route needs designing of plants in mega range. Alcohol has an advantage of setting up of plants in medium as well as mini range. Average capacities of Indian molasses based distilleries ranges between 30 to 60 KLPD. There are very few distilleries above 100 KLPD capacities and the largest distillery capacity in the country is 420 KLPD. Gap between availability of alcohol and its requirement by industries is increasing constantly. During last decade, number of alcohol-based industries have come up and existing ones have marginally increased their capacities. Raw material needs of these alcohol-based industries have to be met to facilitate maximum capacity utilization of units in order to meet domestic demands for end products. These units are starving for want of raw materials. Shortage is wide spread and has hit most of the chemical drug and allied industries. Producers of insulin, antibiotics, tonics and several other essential bulk drugs as well as finished formulations are unable to obtain their quota of industrial alcohol, which is a vital raw material for them. Denatured Spirits and Rectified Spirit are made unfit for drinking by addition of certain chemicals which have strong disagreeable odour and which cannot be easily separated from spirit. Denatured Spirits are taxed at nominal rates so that their use in industries becomes economical. Use of alcohol for purpose of potable liquor is as high as that for the industrial purpose. Alcohol is used for manufacture of country liquor, which is used by common masses. This is manufactured by diluting rectified spirit with water to different grades of 250 U. P. strength. Different varieties are produced by addition of flavors and are called spiced liquor. Liquors are manufactured in a synthetic way to imitate foreign liquors viz. Whisky, Brandy, Rum and Gin. They are called IMFL. Excise duty on IMFL is much higher than that on

5

INTRODUCTION…1

country liquor. Supply of country liquor at low rates is very much needed to keep away the illicit liquor manufacturers and traders. IMFL requires alcohol of very high purity. For this purpose separate distillation plant to redistill and purify Rectified Spirit is necessary, this alcohol is called Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA). It is also useful in cosmetics and perfumes manufacturing. Alcohol has great future as a renewable source of energy. Trend for use of alcohol as an alternative to mineral fuel oils is well established as oil and natural gas sources are depleting at faster rates. It could, therefore, be seen that demand for alcohol will be ever increasing and there would not be any problem of marketing alcohol, which would be produced by distillery. Manufacture of alcoholic beverages from the alcohol is also an attractive diversification as there is a great demand for the beverages. Moreover, diversification by way of manufacturing alcohol based chemicals, such as acetic acid, acetic anhydride, ethyl acetate, ethyl benzene, vinyl acetate etc., would be a big boon to the distillery. 1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 1.5.1 Details of Regulatory Scoping Carried out as per Terms of Reference HDPL submitted a duly filled online Form – 1 application to the MoEFCC, New Delhi on 3rd August 2017 for grant of Terms of Reference (TORs).Proposal was accepted by Member Secretary (MS) on 25th December 2017. Subsequently monitoring for primary data collection was carried out in months namely October – November – December 2017.Draft EIA report was presented to KSPCB, Bangalore and Chikodi along with Executive summary report for conducting Public Hearing (PH). PH was conducted on 11th July 2018. This EIA report has been complied with TORs issued by MoEFCC. Summarized details of same are provided in following table -

Table 1.3Summary of Terms of Reference

No List of TOR’s Compliance A Standard ToR 1 Executive Summary Refer Chapter 10 Page 188-193 2 Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET

accreditation. Refer Chapter 11, page 194-191

ii Information about the project proponent Refer Chapter 1, Table 1.2, Page 2.

iii Importance and benefits of the project Refer Chapter 1, Section 1.4 Page 5-6.

3 Project Description i. Cost of project and time of completion. Capital cost of the project will

be Rs. 153 Cr. Refer Chapter 1, Table – 1.1, Page 1 and Chapter 2, Section 2.5.1,Table 2.5 Page 19

ii Products with capacities for the proposed project. Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.7 Page 20

iii If expansion project, details of existing products with Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.7,

6

INTRODUCTION…1

No List of TOR’s Compliance capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Page 20 for details of existing products with capacities. Refer Chapter 2, table 2.3 page 18 for details of area statement. Refer Appendix B for earlier EC.

iv List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.8 and table 2.9, Page 19-20 for list of raw materials, Section 2.6.3, Page21-22for details of transportation.

v Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.3, Page 19-20 for details of storage

vi Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1 to Section 2.7.5, Page no. 31 -42

vii Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.20 Page32 for Water requirement of HDPL project. Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.18 Page 30electricity requirement of industry. Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.1, Page no. 15 for details of man power requirement. Refer Appendix – C for water lifting permission

viii Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.5.1for manufacturing process, Table2.6 for list of equipments and Figure 2.2 & 2.3 for process flow sheet Page 24 - 25

ix Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems

Refer Chapter – 7, Section 7.2 to 7.8 Page no. 168 - 178

x Expansion/modernization proposals a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s)

including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing/ existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Refer Appendix - B for copy of existing Environmental Clearance (EC) order w.r.t. 100 KLPD molasses based distillery by HDPL,Belgavi.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under

NA

7

INTRODUCTION…1

No List of TOR’s Compliance the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/ or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/ No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005 - 2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4 Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/

Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Refer Chapter – 1 , Figure 1.1, Page 3

ii A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.3.2, Figure 3.7, Page 60

iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site. As the expansion of distillery will be done within the existing premises of HDPL, Belgavi. Industry has sufficient land for expansion and hence no any alternative sites were considered.

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners - 16031’31.76’’N, 74043’21.90’’E 16031’21.24’’N, 74043’19.42’’E 16031’21.91’’N, 74043’11.57’’E 16031’32.33’’N, 74043’14.12’’E 16031’33.25’’N, 74043’11.29’’E 16031’34.23’’N, 74043’11.56’’E 16031’34.18’’N, 74043’18.79’’E

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. Refer Chapter – 3 , Figure 3.2, Page 54

vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Refer Appendix – A

vii Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Refer Appendix – A for plot layout, Chapter 1, Figure 1.2, Page 4 for existing photographs. Photographs of green belt are presented at Chapter 2, figure 2.8, page no. 48

viii Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area).

Refer Chapter – 3, Table 3.2, and Figure 3.5, Page no. 56-58 for landuse breakup of total land.

8

INTRODUCTION…1

No List of TOR’s Compliance ix A list of major industries with name and type within

study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area.

Two major sugar factories are present in study area of HDPL viz. Shivashakti Sugars Ltd. (0.15Km) and Raya Sugar Factory (8.7Km)

x Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.6 Page 76-84

xi Details of Drainage of the project up to 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1km radius of any major river, peak & lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site & maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.5 & 3.6 page 74-84 for study of Drainage & Geomorphology. Drainage map is at figure 3.11, page 75. Krishna River at a distance of 5 Km from project site.

xii Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

Land was taken on lease from Shivshakti Sugars Pvt. Ltd. in year 2016 for 30 years.

xiii R & R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

There will not be any R & R plan as the expansion of HDPL project will be carried out in its existing premises.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable) i Permission and approval for the use of forest land

(forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

NA

ii Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

NA

iii Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

NA

iv Projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

NA

v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

NA

vi Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

NA

6 Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the

project site and site-specific micrometeorological data By using meteorological data the wind rose have been plotted.

9

INTRODUCTION…1

No List of TOR’s Compliance using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Same are reflected in Chapter 4, section 4.3.1.1, Table 4.5-4.9, Page 111-117. Appendix – G for GLC model run.

ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.9.3, Table 3.16Page no. 93 for AAQM data.

iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAAQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.9.3, Table 3.16 Page no. 93 for AAQM data.

iv Surface water quality of nearby River (100 M upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines.

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.7.4.1, Table 3.11, Page 87-88for surface water analysis results.

v Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/ MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

NA

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.7.4.1, Table 3.12, Page 88-89 for ground water analysis results.

vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.10, Table 3.22, page no 98for noise level monitoring results

viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.4, Table 3.6 page 63-74 for soil analysis results

ix Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Refer Chapter – 2, Table 2.10, 2.10, 2.12, page 20-21 for transportation details.

x Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Refer Chapter 3, section 3.12 page 102 for detailed study of Ecology. photographs and list of Flora and Fauna observed in study area are appended at Appendix –E.

xi Socio-economic status of the study area. Refer Chapter – 3, section 3.11, page no. 99 for details of socio-economic profile of study area.

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants

from the stack emission based on site specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using

Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.3.1.1, Table 4.5 – 4.9, Page 114 - 117for GLC details. Refer appendix – G for GLC model

10

INTRODUCTION…1

No List of TOR’s Compliance inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

run.

ii Water Quality modeling - in case of discharge in water body

As ZLD of effluent will done hence no any effluent will discharge in to nearby water body. Refer Chapter –2, Section 2.7.1.3 and 2.7.1.4, page 33-34for treatment of effluent.

iii Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail/rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum- rail transport shall be examined.

Entire transportation of products and raw material shall be done by road.

iv A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules.

Refer Chapter –2, Section 2.7.1.3 and 2.7.1.4, page 34 for detailed treatment of wastewater.

v Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.2, Table 2.28 & 2.29, Page33 for action plan of stack emissions.

vi Measures for fugitive emission control Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.2.2, Page 40

vii Details of hazardous waste generation & their storage, utilization & management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste - minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, & natural resource conservation.

Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.5 page 42 for hazardous waste generation, their disposal and storage.

viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Refer Chapter – 2, Table 2.33 & 2.31, page 41-42 for details of quantity of fly ash. Fly ash will be sold to brick manufacturers for secondary use.

ix Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning

Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.8 page 47.

11

INTRODUCTION…1

No List of TOR’s Compliance schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.9, page 49-50for rainwater harvesting details.

xi Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Capital cost for environmental pollution control under expansion will be Rs. 36.45 Cr. and recurring cost will be Rs. 2.20 Cr. For details refer Chapter – 2, section 2.7.9, Table 2.36, page 44.

xii Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Refer Chapter – 6, Table 6.4 page 160-61

xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Refer Chapter – 7, section 7.3, page 168– 178

8 Occupational health i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational

health & safety of all contract and casual workers Under expansion activities Rs. 10 Lakhs will be allocated for Occupational Health &Safety of workers. Refer Chapter – 2, section 2.7.8, Table 2.36 page 44

ii Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Refer Chapter – 7, section 7.8, page 176-177

iii Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,

Refer Chapter – 7, section 7.3, page 168 – 178

iv Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

NA

9 Corporate Environment Policy

12

INTRODUCTION…1

No List of TOR’s Compliance i Does the company have a well laid down Environment

Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

--

ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process /procedures to bring into focus any infringement /deviation/ violation of theenvironmental or forest norms/conditions? If so, it may be detailed in EIA.

--

iii What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Refer Chapter 9, figure 9.1, page 182

iv Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

Refer Chapter 9, table 9.1, page 182 for Environmental Management Cell and their responsibilities.

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.2, Table 4.1, Page 109– 111

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be

earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

An amount of Rs. 4.40 Cr. Will be allocated for CER for next 5 years. Refer Chapter – 6, section 6.6.2, Table 6.2 and Table 6.3, page 157-159for detailed CER

12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

NA

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

Refer Chapter 1, Section 1.4, Page 6-13

B Specific ToRs 1 List of existing distillery units in the study area along with their

capacity and sourcing of raw material There is no any distillery present in study area of HDPL.

2 Number of working days of the distillery unit Working days of the distillery-300-330. Refer Chapter2, table 2.4, page no. 19

3 Details of raw materials such as molasses/ grains, their sources with availability

For molasses based distillery molasses is used as fuel. For proposed grain based distillery grains such as Maize, Rice are used as fuel. Refer chapter 2, table 2.8 & 2.9, page 20-21.

13

INTRODUCTION…1

No List of TOR’s Compliance 4 Details of the use of steam from the boiler Under proposed expansion unit

a boiler of 75 TPH capacity will be installed. Refer chapter 2, section 2.7.2, table 2.28, page no. 38-40

5 Surface and Ground water quality around proposed spentwash store lagoon, and compost yard

Refer chapter 3, section 3.7, table 3.11 & 3.12, page no. 87 – 89.

6 Plan to reduce spent wash generation within 6-8 KL/KL of alcohol production.

Conc. Spent wash generation at 2.58 KL/KL of alcohol. Refer chapter 2, section 2.7.1.3 & 2.7.1.4, table 2.21, page no. 34.

7 Proposed effluent treatment system for molasses/ grain based distillery (spent wash, spentlees, condensate and utilities) as well as domestic sewage and scheme for achieving zero effluent discharge (ZLD)

Refer chapter 2, section 2.7.1.4, table 2.21, page no. 34.

8 Proposed action to restrict fresh water consumption within 10 KL/KL of alcohol production

Refer chapter 2, section 2.7.1, table 2.19, page no. 32.

9 Details about capacity of spentwash holding tank, material used, design consideration, No. of piezometers to be proposed around spent wash holding tank.

Refer chapter 2, figure 2.7, page 37 for cross section of spent wash storage tank.

10 Action plan to control ground water pollution Refer chapter 4, section 4.3.3, page 120 – 123 for details.

11 Details of solid waste management including management of boiler ash, yeast etc. Details of incinerates spentwash ash generation and its disposal.

Refer chapter 2, section 2.7.4, table 2.33, page 41

12 Details of bio-composting yard (if applicable) Not applicable. Spentwsh will be incinerated in incineration boiler along with coal.

13 Action plan to control odour pollution Refer chapter 4, section 4.3.1., page 119.

14 Arrangement for installation of continuous online monitoring system (24x7 monitoring device)

HDPL has installed online monitoring system to its existing boiler stack. Same practices will be followed after expansion.

14

Chapter 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT An integrated complex of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery, 86.4 KLPD IMFL bottling plant and 4.5 MW co-gen plant (13 MW permission in earlier EC) is established by HDPL. Now, HDPL is planing to go for expansion of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery upto 300 KLPD multifeed distillery. Here, it is planned to operate the additional 200 KLPD distillery using molasses for 100 KLPD and using grains for 100 KLPD. Also, they have planned to expand the IMFL bottling plant from 86.4 KLPD to216 KLPD (expansion of bottling plant by129.6 KLPD). 2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT As discussed in Chapter-1 production of alcohol is gaining more importance with regards to production, usage, and easy availability of raw material (grains as maize, rice, and sugarcane molasses). With the increase in business it has a considerable share in national income. Alcohol industry is the second largest source of revenue of the state. Industry is probably only one in which the inputs are de-controlled, but selling prices are determined by local state levies and excise duties. Moreover, there is a good export potential, out of the country for the alcohol. Alcohol has number of applications - • Blending with petroleum fuels, in pharmaceutical industry for blending with medicines

and drugs, in manufacturing of chemicals. • Used in perfumes, cosmetics and vegetable essences. • In manufacture of IMFL & Country Liquors. Apart from this following are also the need of the projects 2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential Activities in proposed expansion would improve the socio-economic status of people in the study area in terms of local labour employment andcontract basis jobs.Proposed expansion activity provides employment opportunities to local populace, especially in business and other services. Following are the details of manpower under existing and expansion project.

Table 2.1 Details of Manpower

Sr. No.

Unit Existing Expansion Unskilled Skilled Unskilled Skilled

1 Distillery, Co-gen plant and bottling unit

88 65 88 65

Total 153 153 2.2.2 Export Potential of the Products

There is a good demand for products from proposed manufacturing in India as well as abroad. Alcohol produced has a demand for blending in petrol after making anhydrous alcohol from the conventional Rectified Spirit (RS). Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA) is utilized for production of value added product, for the production of spirit such as whisky, rum, brandy, gin and vodka but also as a base for a wide range of flavored alcoholic beverages providing huge market opportunity. Moreover, the electricity produced from existing co-gen plant shall

15

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

be taken to switch yard from where it would be used for industrial needs in industrial complex. 2.3 PROJECT LOCATION As described in earlier chapter, expansion would be implemented in existing HDPL complex. Geographical location of the site is:16031’28.74" N Latitude and 74043’16.69" E Longitude.At the time of site selection for existing industry, certain vital aspects were looked in to by project proponents. Same included - (1) Availability of all basic facilities like water, electricity, man power etc., (2)Raibag taluka is well connected with rail and road to prominent marketplaces so that procurement of raw material as well as marketing of finished product was easier and economical, (3) Adequate land for implementation of proposed projects, (4)Availability of good communication facilities, (5) No rehabilitation and resettlement required, (6) no national park or wildlife habitats were located in immediate vicinity of the project site. Refer Figure 3.2 for Google image of study area within 10 Km radius of the HDPL plant.

Table 2.2Salient Features of Project Site

No Particulars Details 1 Name and Address of the Industry M/s. Hermes Distillery Pvt. Ltd.(HDPL)

Gat No.: 96/5A, 96/5B, 96/5C, 96/3A/2, 98/1B/3, 98/1B/4, 98/1B/5, Village- Yadrav, Taluka-Raibag,Dist- Belgavi, Karnataka

2 Land acquired by the Industry 72,237 Sq. M. (7.22 Ha) 3 Elevation 560 M above MSL 4 Nearest habitation Village Yadrav (0.4 Km) 5 Nearest city Raibag Taluka (6.8 Km) 6 Nearest highway SH- 72 (5.5 Km ) & NH – 4 (42 Km) 7 Nearest railway station Raibag Railway station (9.7 Km) 8 Nearest airport Belgavi Airport (75 Km) 9 Nearest tourist place(s) Nil within 10 Km radius 10 Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius 11 Archaeological important Raibag palace (8 Km) 12 Ecological sensitive zones Nil within 10 Km radius 13 Reserved forest/Protected forest/

National Parks/Wildlife Sanctuary etc. Saundatti Reserve Forest (3.12 Km) Shivaji Park Reserve Forest (2.23 Km)

14 Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies (from Project Site)

Krishna River (5 Km)

15 Nearest Industrial Area / Industry Shivashakti Sugars Ltd. (10,000 TCD Sugar Factory & 30 MW Co-gen Plant) – Besides HDPL (0.15 Km)

16 Interstate Boundary Maharashtra–Karnataka interstate boundary @ 9.73 Km.

17 Site Co-ordinates (all corners) 16031’31.76’’N, 74043’21.90’’E 16031’21.24’’N, 74043’19.42’’E16031’21.91’’N, 74043’11.57’’E 16031’32.33’’N, 74043’14.12’’E 16031’33.25’’N, 74043’11.29’’E 16031’34.23’’N,74043’11.56’’E 16031’34.18’’N, 74043’18.79’’E

16

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

2.3.1. Site History

HDPL is located in the Village Yadrav, Taluka –Raibagof Belagavidistrict in Karnataka state.HDPL was registered on 30thJuly 2008.Land was taken on lease from Shivshakti Sugars Pvt. Ltd. in year 2016 for 30 years.Before establishment of HDPL project, entire land wasbarren. Environmental Clearance (EC) from MoEFCC; New Delhiwas granted to establishment of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery, 86.4 KLPD IMFL bottling plant and 13 MW co-gen plant by HDPL vide no. J-11011/143/2014-IA II (I) dated 31stJanuary 2017. Commissioning of project was started in June 2017.

Figure 2.1 Images Showing Site History

Image a: - Landuse Status of Site before Establishment of Distillery by HDPL – January 2015

Image b: - Landuse Status of Site before Establishment of Distillery by HDPL–March 2017

17

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

2.4 DETAILS OF LAND REQUIREMENT Total land acquired by HDPL is 72, 237 Sq.M. (7.2Ha). Total built-up area after expansion will be 48,686 Sq.M (4.86 Ha).Detailed area break-up in the HDPL is present in table 2 . 3 . From the table, it could be seen that the land available with HDPL for various purposes is adequate as per the requirements. In an area other than the project space, additional infrastructure for green belt development and roads would be provided. Refer Appendix–A for plot layout plan of project site.

Table 2.3 Details of Area Break Up

Sr. No.

Description Built Up Area (Sq. M.) Existing Expansion Total

A Administration Block 90 -- 90 B Co-gen Plant 1 Boiler 3103 -- 3103 2 Power House 530 -- 530 3 Cooling Tower Co-gen 200 -- 200 Total 3833 -- 3833

C Distillery 1 Bottling Plant 7500 -- 7500 2 Molasses Tank -3 nos. 3600 -- 3600 3 Distillation 900 1800 2700 4 Fermentation 1080 2160 3240 5 Alcohol Storage 1702 3404 5106 6 Cooling Tower Process 150 300 450 7 WTP 420 840 1260 8 Weigh Bridge 24 --- 24 9 Water Storage Tank 50 100 150 10 ETP 124 258 382 11 5 Days Spent wash Storage Tank 1650 --- 1650 12 Boiler -- 6206 6206 13 Power House -- 1560 1560 14 Cooling Tower Co-gen 400 400 15 CO2 Bottling Section 2045 -- 2045 16 Coal and Ash Storage Area 4800 -- 4800 Total 24,045 17,028 41,073

D Area under Roads 3690 -- 3690 Total (A+B+C+D) 31,658 17,028 48,686 Open area 24,551 Existing Green Belt Area (13% of Total plot area) 9,550.58 Proposed Green Belt Area under expansion

(22.4% of Total plot area.) 16,187.40

Total Green belt – 35.6% of total Plot area 25,737.98 Total plot area 72,237

18

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

2.5 PROJECT OPERATIONS, APPROVALS & IMPLEMENTATION Presently, in the integrated project complex of HDPLfollowing projects are in operation –

1. 100 KLPD Molasses based distillery 2. 86.4 KLPD IMFL Bottling Plant 3. 4.5 MW co-generation Plant (Permission for 13 MW in EC)

Existing unit of HDPL has been granted EC by MoEFCC on 31stJan. 2017 for above said units and subsequently Consent to Operate (CTO) form KSPCB was procured. Copy of the EC for existing units and that of the CTO are enclosed at Appendix-B. Proposed expansion project would be implemented only after obtaining requisite approvals, permissions, consents from KSPCB etc. Project would be formulated in such a fashion and manner so that the utmost care of safety norms and environment protection measures shall be taken. Project details in respect of capital investment are given in Chapter 1, Table 1.1 and days of operation w.r.t HDPL project is given in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4 Working Pattern

Sr. No. Type Of Activity Days of Operation

1. Distillery 300-330 2. Co-gen Plant 300

2.5.1. Plan for Approval and Implementation Schedule

Table 2.5Plan for Project Implementation schedule

Sr. No

Activity Date of Approval / Implementation Schedule

1 Grant of EC December 2019 2 Construction and Erection of Machinery January – March 2019 3 Application for CTO from KSPCB March 2019 4 Trials & Commissioning of Project May 2019

Table 2.6 List of Existing Equipment’s

No. Section Main instruments & Machineries 1. Continuous

fermentation section

Molasses storage tank, molasses weighing system, molasses broth mixture, yeast vessels, air blower, nutrient (dosing) tank, heat exchanger plants, sludge pump, antifoam pumps, standard magnetic flow meters etc.

2. Distillation Mash (Analyzer) column, degasification column, Pre rectification column, Purifying column, Rectifying column, I.S. Purification column, Simmering column, condensers shell and tube type multi pass, vent condensers, Fusel oil decanter, instrumentation including flow meters, pressure gauges, temperature indicators, steam flow meter cum totalizer, densitometers, etc.

3. Auxiliaries for fermentation and distillation

Cooling tower, cooling water piping, process water piping, pumps for cooling water and fermentation etc.

4. AA and RS Storage Piping and valve MS, safety measures, fuel oil storage etc.

19

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

2.6 TECHNOLOGY &PROCESS DESCRIPTION 2.6.1 Products Products to be manufactured under existing as well as expansion of distillery shall be RS/ Ethanol/ ENA. Spent Oil, Distilleries Dry Grain Soluble (DDGS), Distilleries Wet Grain Soluble (DWGS)and Carbon Dioxide (CO2) will be by-products generates during production of alcohol. CO2 will be bottled and sold to beverage industry. By-products from grain based distillery generated in the form of DDGS, DWGS. Same will be sold to farmers as cattle feed. Details of products under existing and expansion distillery activities are given in following table 2.7.

Table 2.7List of Products & By-products

Industrial

Unit Product Quantity

Existing (100 KLPD)

Expansion (200 KLPD)

Total (300 KLPD)

Distillery Rectified Spirit (RS) 100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA) 100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD Ethanol 100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD IMFL Bottling Plant 86.4 KLPD 129.6 KLPD 216 KLPD

Co-gen Power 4.5 MW* ---- 13 MW By-products CO2 2100 MT/M 4200 MT/M 6300 MT/M Fusel Oil 50 Lit/M 100 Lit/M 150 Lit/M

Industrial Unit Product --

Proposed Grain based

distillery (100 KLPD)

Total Grain based

distillery (100 KLPD)

Distillery DWGS --- 15000 MT/M 15000 MT/M DDGS --- 3000 MT/M 3000 MT/M

Note: * HDPL have been granted permission for generation of 13 MW of electricity in existing EC vide letter no. J-11011/143/2014-IA II (I) dated 31.01.2017. But onsite only 4.5 MW is being generated using Triveni turbine and 35 TPH incineration boiler. Remaining 8.5 MW will be generated through proposed 75 TPH incineration boiler. 2.6.2 Raw Materials Basic raw materials required for existing as well as proposed along with their quantities and sources are listed in the table 2.8 & table 2.9 respectively. Presently molasses required for molasses based distillery is taken from outside parties on tender basis. Same practices will be followed during expansion project also.

20

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Table 2.8List of Raw Materials for Molasses based Distillery

No Raw

Materials Existing

(100 KLPD) (MT/M)

Expansion (100 KLPD)

(MT/M)

Total (200 KLPD)

(MT/M)

Source of Material

1 Molasses 10,800.0 10,800.0 21,600.0 Nearby sugar Factories i.e. 1.M/s.Shivashakti Sugars Ltd., 2.M/s.Athani Farmers Sugars Ltd., Belagavi & 3.M/s.Doodhganga - Krisna S. S. K. Ltd.

2 Yeast Culture 5.4 5.4 10.8 Alfaenzyme 3 Antifoaming

Agent 3.0 3.0 6.0

4 Urea 10.8 10.8 21.6 M/s.Abhijeet Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. 5 H2SO4 6.0 6.0 12.0

6 D.A.P. 3.0 3.0 6.0 7 Caustic soda 10.8 10.8 21.6 8 HCl 10.8 10.8 21.6

Table 2.9 List of Raw Materials for Grain based Distillery

No Raw Materials Proposed (100

KLPD)(MT/M) Source of Material

1 Grains-Maize, Rice 81,000.00 Nearby Talukas & Maharashtra state 2 Yeast Culture 5.40

M/s.Abhijeet Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. 3 Urea 108.00 4 H2SO4 6.00 5 D.A.P. 3.00

2.6.3 Raw Material and Product Storage and Transportation Details

HDPL is located in rural area and there is no any commercial complex, recreational complex, schools, colleges, hospitals or any residential complex surrounding project site. Moreover, the SH -72 is 5.5 km and NH-4 is about 42 Km away from HDPL. As such there is not much traffic near HDPL project area. Tables 2.10, 2.12 and 2.14 show the details of transportation of raw material from fields to factory and transportation of molasses required for distillery from other sugar factories as well as product (Alcohol) to market.

Table 2.10 Details of Molasses Transport to HDPL

Sr. No.

Type of Vehicle

Avg. wt (MT)

Daily No. of Vehicles

Quantity(MT/D) Source Existing Expansion

1. Tankers 25.00 16 400 400 1.M/s.Shivashakti Sugars Ltd., Raibag, 2. M/s.Doodhganga - Krishna S. S. K. Ltd., Chikkodi, 3. M/s.Athani Farmers Sugars Ltd, Belagavi

21

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Table 2.11 Details of Molasses Storage

Sr. No. Product Tank Details (M) Capacity(Lit.) Remark 1. Molasses Storage tank 1 Height :- 12.5

Dia:- 30.50 91,31,250 Existing

Tanks 2. Molasses Storage tank 2 Height :- 12.5

Dia:- 30.50 91,31,250 Existing

Tanks 3. Molasses Storage tank 3 Height :- 12.5

Dia:- 30.50 91,31,250 Existing

Tanks 4. Molasses Storage Tank Height :- 12.5

Dia:- 30.50 91,31,250 Proposed

Table 2.12 Details of Grain Transport to HDPL Distillery

Sr. No.

Type of Vehicle

Avg. wt (MT)

Daily No. of Vehicles

Quantity (MT/Day)

Source

1. Maize 25.00 6 150 Belgavi, Khanapur, Raibag, Maharashtra 2. Broken Rice 25.00 6 150

Table 2.13Details of Grains Storage

Sr. No. Product Storage Capacity

1. Grains (Maize, Broken Rice) Silo’s 5000 MT/M 2.6.4 Manufacturing Process– Molasses based Distillery

A. Fermentation Molasses, diluted with water to the desired concentration is metered continuously into a bigger fomenters where maximum reaction for conversion will take place. Additives like urea (if required in the form of pellets or pills) and deforming oil are also introduced in the fomenters as required. There is anautomatic foam level sensing and dosing system for de-foaming oil. Every Kilogram of alcohol produced, generates about 290 Kcal of heat. This excess heat is removed by continuous circulation of the fermenting wash through an external plate heat exchanger called the Fermented Cooler. Fermented temperature is always maintained between 32 and 35 deg. C, the range optimum for efficient fermentation. The yeast for fermentation is initially (i.e. during start-up of plant) developed in Propagation Section described further on. Once propagated, available cell population of about 300-500 million cells/ml is maintained by yeast recycling and continuous aeration of the fermented. Fluctuations in the yeast count of ±20 % have little effect on the overall fermented productivity. Yeast cell vitality which is usually above 70% may, in times of stress (such as prolonged shut-downs) drop to 50 % without affecting the fermentation. Fermented wash passes through Decanter Centrifuge, where the concentrated sludge of 25–30% v/v is generated which can be disposed on the sludge drying beds. Clarified portion of the wash is taken back to wash holding tank for feeding the distillation section for alcohol recovery. Propagation- Propagation section is a feeder unit to the fermenter. Schizosaccharomycae crevice Yeast is used. This is grown in 3 stages. First two stages are designed for aseptic growth. Propagation

22

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

vessel III, develops the inoculums using pasteurized molasses solution as the medium. This vessel has a dual function. During propagation, it serves for inoculums build-up. When the fermented enters the continuous production mode, Propagation Vessel III issued as an intermediate wash tank. Propagation is carried out only to start up the process initially or after very long shut-downs during which the fermented is emptied. B. Integrated Distillation Section

Distillation section is designed with multi pressure vacuum distillation technique to produce 100 KLPD RS or 100 KLPD ENA or 100 KLPD Ethanol. System designed is integrated for minimum steam consumption while producing RS/ENA /ethanol directly from the fermented wash. System comprises of Wash-cum-Degasifies Column with Rectifier Column, & Heads Column. Clarified wash after heating in wash heater by overhead vapours from wash column is further heated in spent wash heater is fed to degasifying section of column. Beer/ wash column is operated under vacuum and designed with sieve trays. Design of wash column enables operation of the column continuously for longer durations (minimum 180 days without opening for cleaning). Energy to beer column is provided by re-boiler located at the bottom of column and heated by over head vapors from rectifier column. The raw spirit approx 40% w/w is sent to intermediate raw spirit tank. Raw spirit is then fed to stripper rectifier column for removing high volatile impurities. Fusel oils are tapped from appropriate trays and separated in fusel oil decanter after cooling in fusel oil cooler. Rectifier column is designed to operate under pressure with sieve tray construction and heated by steam through re-boiler located at the bottom of column. Alcohol from rectifier column is then taken to product cooler to cool it down to 350C.Technical Alcohol cut from top of the degasifying section is taken to degas condenser & condensed against water. Condensate is then fed to heads / aldehyde column where it is diluted with water for further rectification in the column & finally the technical alcohol cut is removed from the top vent condensers of the heads column as Grade –II RS. RS from product cooler can be stored in storage vats or it can be send to further set of columns for removing impurities & making Neutral Alcohol by Re distillation of RS. While refining the RS will be diverted & proceed through another sets of distillation columns in closed circuit for removing impurities & polishing to produce ENA. Brief Description of Extra Neutralization of alcohol is as below- RS of 94.68-95% v/v strength is fed to the Extractive Distillation column. Dilution water is fed on the top most tray of the column with a dilution ratio of 1:9. Dilution of water is maintained in column such a way that it selects the higher alcohols and other impurities to move upward and extracts alcohol to the bottom. Purified dilute alcohol is removed from the bottom of the column and fed to rectification column, which concentrates alcohol to 96% v/v. High-grade spirit is drawn from one of the upper trays of the rectification column and then fed to simmering column for removal of methanol. ENA is taken out from bottom of the simmering column. Lees of column are recycled as dilution water after a part of it is purged. Lower side draw streams are taken from rectification column to avoid fusel oil build up in the column. These streams are sent to the FOC column where these fusel oils are concentrated and then sent to decanter where these streams are diluted with water and fusel oil rich layer is separated. Washings are sent back to the column to recover alcohol. An impure sprit cut will be taken from top of this column.

23

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

In case the main RS plant is closed, we can still make ENA by processing RS through series of various purifying & Refining Distillation columns provided in the main battery of Distillation columns. C. Evaporation Section

Spent wash from Analyzer column is passed through a forced circulation re-boiler to generate vapors. This concentrates the effluent and reduces the volume further. This Spent is fed to Falling Film Evaporation and forced circulation evaporation Plant for further reduction in volume of Effluent. 60% concentrated spent wash is further spray in Incineration Boiler & burn in the Furness as a fuel. 2.6.5 Manufacturing Process – Grain based Distillery Incoming grains will be inspected upon receipt. Inspection is carried out to determine the bushel weight, moisture content, mold infestation and general appearance. The accepted quality corn grain is unloaded into silos for storage before milling. The stored grain is weighed to determine the incoming quantity. A. Milling The purpose of milling is to break up the grains to the required particle size in order to facilitate subsequent penetration of water in the cooking process. The milling section of the plant has the necessary equipments for cleaning of the raw materials and screening the milled floor so as to get the desired particle size. Selected hammer mill will be able to mill either corn or sorghum. The raw material is first milled to form flour in the milling section. The reduced particle size makes the starch accessible to gelatinization during cooking. The size distribution test or sieve analysis of the meal is done regularly in order to ascertain the mill setting and particle size distribution. Slurry of the milled raw material is prepared in water (and possible baskset stillage) and the slurry is then sent to liquefaction. B. Liquefaction Liquefaction initiates the conversion of starch into simple molecules of Dextrins. It is divided into three-sub processes i.e. Pre liquefaction, Jet cooking and Post liquefaction. i. Pre- Liquefaction This involves partial hydrolysis/liquefaction of starch, in presence of enzyme α-amylase, at a temperature much below the gelatinization temperature. Gelatinization results in reduction in viscosity of the mash. Gelatinization temperature varies for the different grains (e.g. for corn, it is 62-720C and for sorghum, it is 68-770 C). Part of the enzyme is added in this step after necessary adjustment of pH and Ca++ ion concentration. ii. Jet Cooking

This step involves the cooking of the starch slurry with live steam so as to instantaneously raise its temperature. Mash is pumped continuously through a jet cooker, where temperature is raised to 1200C. It then passes into the top of the vertical column. With plug flow the mash moves down the column in about 20 minutes and passes into the flash chamber for post-

24

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

liquefaction at 80-900C. This gelatinizes and opens up starch molecule, thus allowing water to penetrate and making it accessible to enzyme action. Jet cooking also sterilizes the slurry. iii. Post-Liquefaction Retention time in post-liquefaction/ flash chamber is 30 minutes Second part of α-amylase enzyme is added in post-liquefaction. Jet-cooked slurry is again held at high temperature in presence of enzyme to complete the process of post-liquefaction. α-amylase enzyme used will be able to break down the starch molecule at higher temperature. C. Pre-Saccharification From the post-liquefaction chamber, the mash is pumped through a heat exchanger to be cooled for saccharification. Saccharification is the formation of fermentable glucose & process is carried out with a residence time of between 45 and 90 minutes. Breakdown of Dextrines formed during liquefaction takes place with help of a second enzyme, Amyloglucosidase. pH is required to be adjusted in the range of 4.0 to 5.0 and the optimum temperature for the Amyloglucosidase enzyme is about 65-750C. Mash is, therefore, acidified with sulfuric acid or backset stillage before the addition of the enzyme. Quantity of glucose produced is monitored by measuring Dextrose Equivalent (DE) of the mash. D. Simultaneous Saccharification and Batch Fermentation Partial saccharified slurry from pre-saccharification tank is pumped into fermenter and is diluted to appropriate sugar concentration with process water. During fermentation process, saccharification progresses further and releases glucose required by yeast. Fermentation is initiated by inoculating with required quantity of yeast. Assimiable nitrogen is added in the medium in the form of urea and di-ammonium phosphate. Temperature in the fermenter is maintained at 30oC with the help of external plate heat exchanger (PHE). Fermented mash is re-circulated continuously through the PHE. Recirculation also helps in proper mixing of fermented mash. The rate of fermentation reaction gradually increases and after about 55 to 65 hours fermentation completes. At the end of fermentation, the alcohol concentration in the mash is 10.0 to 12.0 % (v/v). This section will have six fermenters of capacity giving 70 hours retention time. After completion of fermentation the mash is transferred to mash holding tank. CO2, which will be liberated during fermentation, is scrubbed in water, in CO2 scrubber. This CO2 contains alcohol, which is recovered by collecting CO2 scrubber water into mash holding tank. CO2 can is collected, washed, purified and compressed in cylinders and sold. E. Distillation and DDGS Production Ethanol is separated and concentrated using principles of fractional distillation. This is based on difference in boiling points of volatile compounds in mixture. F. Rectified Spirit Production Next stage in the manufacture of alcohol is to separate alcohol from fermented wash and to concentrate it to 95% alcohol called as rectified spirit. For this purpose, method of distillation is employed. This system consists of following columns.

25

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

1. Degasifying Column 2. Wash Column 3. Heads Concentration Column 4. Rectification Column 5. Exhaust Column

Distillation column consists of number of bubble cap plates where wash is boiled and alcoholic vapours are separated and concentrated on each plate stage by stage. Fermented wash first enters the beer heater, which is a condenser for condensing alcoholic vapours by using wash as cooling medium. Objective of this beer heater is to recover heat from the hot vapours of alcohol. Fermented wash from beer heater goes to degasifying column; degasifying column bottom goes to the top plate of the wash column. This column consists of 18 plates. Steam is admitted through the steam sparger situated at the bottom of the column. As the steam rises up, the wash descending from the top to the bottom of column gets heated and by the time it reaches to bottom plate, it consist practically no alcohol. Wash going out is called spent mash, which is taken to the evaporation section. Vapours coming from wash column now consists approximately 50% alcohol and 50% water with impurities such as higher alcohols, aldehydes, acids, esters and sulphur containing compounds etc. Part of these vapours are led to Heads Concentration Column where low boiling impurities are separated from spirit which is produced at the rate of total production depending on extent of purity required & stored separately. Other portion of the vapours, which is major quantity, is led to rectifying column. This column consists of 44 plates, which helps the removal of bad smelling fusel oil, which is a mixture of higher alcohol. As the vapours coming from wash column rise to the top of rectifying column, the concentration of alcohol goes on increasing & finally it reaches to concentration of 95.5% alcohol. The alcoholic vapours from rectifying column are condensed in the beer heater, principle condenser using water as a coolant and finally vent condenser. Condensate of all three condensers goes back to top of rectifying column & uncondensed gasses is let out from the vent pipe. Actual product of rectified spirit is drawn from the 3rdplate from top & cooled in alcohol cooler & taken out as a product. Fuseloil which is a mixture of higher alcohol is drawn from the 6th to 10th plate from bottom of rectifying column as a stream of vapours, it is condensed & cooled & led into a decanter where it is mixed with water. Fusel oil being immiscible with water collects at the top and is decanted through a funnel and sent to storage. The lower portion contains water and alcohol and is sent back to wash column for recovery of alcohol. Fusel oil is recovered at the rate of 0.2% of alcohol produced. Alcohol both pure and impure is first led into separate receivers. Quantity of alcohol produced is assessed daily in receivers & it is finally transferred to storage vats in warehouse. Spirit from storage vats could be issued for denaturation, or for own consumption, or directly to the tankers of the customer depending upon the type of requisition. G. DDGS Production Alcohol stripped whole stillage is subjected to centrifugation to separate suspended fibrous mass and thin stillage. This thin stillage is concentrated in multi-effect evaporation system, which is supplied with steam. Part of thin stillage is recycled back to be used in the process as backset. Water vapour’s coming out of evaporator is condensed and sent back to be used as recycle condensate. Concentrated thin stillage in form of syrup is taken to the drying section where it is mixed with the fibrous mass and subjected to drying in the decanter-dryer system

26

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

to produce DDGS. This also requires additional steam. The final moisture content of DDGS is about 10 %.Quantity of DDGS produced is around 300 to 335 kg per MT of corn or sorghum processed. Production of DDGS to the tune of 25 MT/day has been envisaged under the proposed project. DDGS specifications are given in following table.

Table 2.14 DDGS specifications

Sr. No. Description Quantity / Percentage

1 DDGS final product 300-335 Kg/MT of grains 2 Moisture 10 % w/w 3 Dry matter solids 90 % w/w 4 Proteins 36-38 % w/w 5 Fats & oils 6-8 % w/w 6 Inorganic ash 3-5 % w/w 7 Other organics 39-43 % w/w

2.6.5.1. Various Manufacturing Configurations 1. Wash to ENA Manufacturing Mode Fermented Wash -- CO2Stripper --Stripper Column -- Pre Rectifier Column -- Extraction Column -- Fusel Oil Column --Rectifier Column-- Refining Column

2. Wash to RS Mode

Fermented Wash -- CO2 Stripper -- Stripper Column -- Extraction Column -- Fusel Oil Column -- Rectifier Column

3. Wash to Ethanol Mode Fermented Wash -- CO2 Stripper -- Stripper Column -- Extraction Column -- Fusel Oil Column -- Rectifier Column 2.6.5.2. Product & By-product Storage & Transportation Details

Table 2.15 Alcohol Storage Arrangements at HDPL Site

No. Description Tank Details

Existing Proposed 1 Rectified

Spirit Quantity: 1No Capacity: 1808. KL Dimensions:10.5M X Dia. 14.8M

--

2 Extra Neutral Alcohol

Quantity: 2 No. Capacity: 1807.04 KL Each tank Dimensions:10.5M X Dia. 14.8M

--

3 Impure Spirit

Quantity: 1 No Capacity: 254.6 KL Dimensions: 6 M X Dia. 7.35 M

--

4 Ethanol Quantity: 2 Nos Capacity: 1808 KL Each tank Dimensions:10.5M X Dia. 14.8M

Quantity: 2 Nos. Capacity: 1808 KL Each tank Dimensions:10.5M X Dia 14.8 M

27

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

2.6.6 Manufacturing Process – Bottling Plant Capacity of existing bottling plant of HDPL is 84.6 KLPD. Under this 10,000 cases per day per shift are manufactured. Now HDPL has planned go for an expansion of bottling plant upto 216.4 KLPD. Under expansion of bottling plant 15,000 cases per day per shift are manufactured. HDPL manufactured various IMFL namely- Red Bliss (Vodka), Lincoln (Brandy), Indian Honey, Bullet (Whiskey), Murano (Rum), Rockdove (Premium Whisky). Mainly glass bottles or PET bottles are used. These bottles are washed through machines. 3 kg/cm2 water pressure used for washing of glass bottle and 1.5 kg/cm2 water pressure used for washing of bottles. Washed bottles are then inspect under light for crack, neck chip, dirt etc. After inspection of bottles; bottles are filled by using semi-automatic using machine. HDPL fill bottles in 180ml, 375ml, 500ml, 750ml, 1lit & 2 lit bottles. After filling of bottles bottles are transferred to manual capping section. Then they are transferred to automatic sealing section. After sealing of bottles, all the bottles are inspected for any defect or any foreign matter. Water droplets present on bottle are removed using air blower. Through automatic machines labels are stick on all bottles. After this workers manually fill the boxes after putting excise afesive lables on cap of each bottle. By using machine all boxes are packed & send to godown area for storage.

Table 2.16 Details of Product Transportation

Sr. No.

Unit Type of Vehicle

Production KL/M

Cap. of Vehicles

No. of Vehicles per Month

Avg. No. Daily Vehicles

1. Existing Tanker -Alcohol

3,000 25KL 120 4 2. Expansion 6,000 240 8 Total 9,000 360 12

Final products are initially stored in tanks. The details of Alcohol storage is listed in Table 2.15. Later on, it is sold in market as per market demand.

Table 2.17 Details of DDGS & DWGS Storage

Sr. No. By-Product Days Storage Capacity of Tank 1. DWGS One day 400 MT 2. DDGS One day 200 MT

28

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Figure 2.2 Mass Balance & Process Flow Chart for Existing 100 KLPD Molasses based Distillery

Figure 2.3 Mass Balance & Process Flow Chart for Expansion 100 KLPD Molasses based Distillery

29

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Figure 2.4 Mass Balance &Process Flow Chart for 100 KLPD Grain based Distillery

2.6.7 Manufacturing Process for Co-generation

Incineration (co-generation plant) boiler of capacity 35 TPH is already installed under existing unit. Steam parameters are 67 ata pressure and 4850C temperature. Main steam from boiler is expanded in a turbine of double extraction of steam and condensing system. Steam turbine has provisions for steam extraction points, which is used to supply steam to process. A branch line from main stream piping with a pressure reducing station, shall supply pegging steam to detector. Steam system design is provided for an emergency by pass with pressure reducing and de super heating stations to meet the process steam demand during forced outage of steam turbine /generator unit. Extraction steam system is designed to supply 3 ata steam. Steam Turbine Generator: One condensing steam turbine generator (make-Triveni) of capacity 4.5 MW, one main stop valve and independent bar lift type control valves system; one controlled extraction, one uncontrolled extraction ports, combined lubrication and hydraulic oil system. TEWAC brush less generator, gland steam sealing system, complete with instrumentation and control and rated at 11 kV, 3 phase, 50 Hz, Power factor (PF) + 0.8 to 0.85.

Table 2.18 Electricity Distribution Details

Sr. No. Description Existing (MW) Total After Expansion (MW) 1. Co-gen 1.5 3.0 2. Distillery 2.0 4.0

Total 3.5 7.0 5. KPTCPL Grid 1 6.0

Grant Total 4.5 13

30

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Figure 2.5 Process Flow Chart for Co-gen Plant

2.7 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES Basic sources of pollution from the existing and proposed distillery operations are mainly operations &processes in industry, boilers and stand by D. G. set. Detailed identification and quantification of impacts, due to above sources, are separated under various heads. They are – (1) Water Pollution, (2) Air Pollution, (3) Noise Pollution, (4) Hazardous Wastes, (5) Solid Waste(6) Odour Pollution, (7) Land Pollution and (8) Occupational Health Hazards and safety.

2.7.1. Water Pollution

Water pollution may be defined as the presence of impurities in water in such quantities and of such nature that impair / restrict use of water for the stated purpose. In short, it can be said that water is not potable. Fresh water requirement for existing and proposed activities shall be met from River Krishna. Assignment w.r.t. water pollution aspect was done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare who is an in-house Functional Area Expert (FAE) for Water pollution (WP). 2.7.1.1 Water Consumption & Effluent Generation Water requirement for industrial operations in existing 100 KLPD molasses based distillery is987m3/day. Out of this total water requirement 345 m3/day is fresh water taken from river Krishna and 642m3/day would be treated water from CPU. For domestic purpose 20m3/day fresh water is required. For expansion of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery 1083 m3/day water will be required for industrial purpose and additional 5 m3/day water will be required for domestic purpose. Out

Condensate

Electricity

Exhaust steam for Process

Double Extraction

Condensing Turbine

Coal + Conc. Spentwash

2 Boiler

35 TPH (Existing) &75

TPH(Proposed)

Condenser

Steam for Distillery

To KPTCPL power Grid

Power for Inplant use

31

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

of the total water requirement for industrial purpose 426 m3/day will be fresh water taken from river Krishna and 657 m3/day will be treated water from distillery CPU. For proposed 100 KLPD grain based distillery 1085m3/day of water would be required. Out of this 385m3/day will be fresh water and 700 m3/day will be recycled lees from grain based distillery. Total water consumption for existing and expansion distillery activities in HDPL campus is tabulated in following tables–

Table 2.19 Water Consumption Details in HDPL Complex

Sr. No. Process

Quantity (m3/day) Existing Molasses

(100 KLPD)

Expansion (200KLPD) Total (300 KLPD) Molasses

(100 KLPD) Grain

(100 KLPD) 1 Domestic #20 #5 -- #25 2 Industrial Process 765

(#123 +*642) 765

(#108 +*657) 945

(#245 +$700) 2475

(#476+*1299+$700 ) Cooling #85 #85 #85 #255 Boiler Feed #84 #180 Steam will be taken

from proposed 75 TPH boiler in expansion in 100 KLPD molasses distillery

#264

Lab, wash &Bottle washing

# 43

#43

#55

#141

WTP regeneration

#10 #10 -- #20

Industrial Total

987 (#345 + *642)

1083 (#426 + *657)

1085 (#385 + $700)

3155 (#1156+*1299 +$700)

Grand Total (1+2)

1007 (#365 + *642) (64% Recycle)

1088 (#431 + *657) (60% Recycle)

1085 (#385 + $700) (65%Recycle)

3180 (#1181 +*1299 +$700)

(63% Recycle) Note # -Water taken from Krishna river. * - Treated water from Distillery CPU $ - Recycled Leese from Grain Distillery

2.7.1.2 Total Water Requirement in HDPL Integrated Complex

Table 2.20 Water Requirement after Expansion

Sr. No

Activities Fresh Water Consumption

(m3/day)

Condensate / Recycled lees

(m3/day)

Total water (m3/day)

1. Distillery,Bottling plant&Co-gen

1181 (37%)

1999 (63%)

3180

For the working pattern in HDPL complex, overall water requirement becomes as follows – 1. For the Distillery activities; total fresh water requirement in a season of 330 Days shall be

1181 CMD X 330 Days = 3, 89,730 m3/season

32

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Hence, total water requirement for HDPL complex shall be – 3, 89,730 m3/season From above calculations; it is seen that total fresh water requirement in HDPL campus is 3, 18,120 m3/season. This figure works out to be 0.389 Million M3. The permission granted to HDPL by irrigation department of Government of Karnataka [Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Limited] for lifting fresh water from the 'Krishna River’ 0.019 trillion M3per Year i.e. 19,000 Million M3 per Year, which is more than the actual usage under existing as well as proposed expansion activities in the complex. Refer Appendix – C for water lifting permission letter and water budget flow diagram.

2.7.1.3 Domestic effluent Quantity of domestic effluent generated from existing 100 KLPD distillery was 13m3/day. Same is being treated in septic tank followed by sock pit. Moreover, under expansion activity 2 m3/day of waste water shall be generated. After expansion total domestic effluent to the tune of 15 m3/day would be treated separately in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) having capacity 20 m3/day. Treated domestic effluent shall be reused for flushing. 2.7.1.4 Industrial effluent Industrial effluent would be generated from the various operations & processes in the distillery. From existing 100 KLPD distillery raw spentwash to the tune of 780m3/day (7.8 KL/KL of alcohol) is generated. Same is concentrated in MEE and concentrated spentwash to the tune of 258 m3/day (2.5 KL/KL of alcohol) is blended with coal and burnt in 35 TPH incineration boiler. Other effluent viz. spent lees @ 120m3/day, MEE condensate522m3/day and other effluents 71m3/day will be treat in Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU). Treated water from CPU to the tune of 642m3/day is recycled back in process and 71m3/day of RO reject is send to MEE. Under expansion of molasses based distillery the raw spentwash to the tune of 780 m3/day would be concentrate in MEE and conc. spentwash to the tune of 258 m3/day (2.5 KL/KL of alcohol)would be blended with coal and burnt in proposed 75 TPH incineration boiler. Other effluent viz. spent lees @ 120m3/day, MEE condensate 522m3/day and other effluents 88 m3/day will be treated in duly upgraded CPU. Treated water from CPU to the tune of 657m3/day is recycled back in process and 73m3/day of RO reject is send to MEE. This achieves Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). Same is presented at table – 2.21 Effluent generated from proposed 100 KLPD grain based distillery plant shall comprise of number of streams namely - FOC leese – 100 m3/day, PRC leese – 120 m3/day, Condensate –395m3/day and Thin Slop – 85m3/day. All these streams aggregating to 700m3/day will be fully recycled back in the process for liquefaction of flour. RC lees to the tune of 245 m3/day will be used for cooling tower make up. Other effluents such as cooling blow down – 10m3/day, effluents from lab & washing – 50m3/day will be forwarded to CPU. Details of effluents generated from existing and expansion activities in distillery is presented in table – 2.21. Refer Appendix – J for design sufficiency of CPU& layout of existing CPU.

33

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Table 2.21 Effluent Generation in Existing & Expansion Molasses Distillery & Disposal

Sr. No

Process Quantity (m3/day) Disposal Method Existing

(100 KLPD) Expansion (100 KLPD)

Total (200 KLPD)

1 Domestic 13 2 15 Proposed STP 2 Industrial Process Raw Sp. wash-

780 Conc. Sp. Wash -

258

Raw Sp wash-780

Conc. Sp. Wash - 258

Raw Sp. wash - 1560

Conc. Sp. Wash - 516

Conc. in MEE – Blend with coal - used as fuel for Incineration boiler. Raw Sp.Wash-7.8 KL/KL of Alc. Conc. Sp.wash- 2.58KL/KL of Alc.

Spent lees -120 Condensate -

522

Spent lees 120 Condensate

-522

Spent lees – 240

Condensate -1044

Other effluent – 1443 CMD Treated in upgraded CPU. Recycled back in process - 1299 RO Reject –144 – send to MEE

Cooling blow down

10 10 20

Boiler blow down 13 30 43 Lab & Washing 38 38 76 WTP backwash 10 10 20

Total

Conc. Spent wash-258

Other effluent-713

Conc. Spent wash-258

Other effluent-730

Conc. Spent wash-516

Other effluent -1443

Table 2.22Effluent Generation from Proposed Grain Based Distillery& Disposal

Sr.No Process Quantity (m3/day) (100KLPD)

Disposal Method

1 Process – FOC lees 100 Recycled Back in Process

- PRC lees 120 - Thin Slope 85 - Condensate 395 -RC lees 245 2 Cooling blow down 10 Treated in CPU 3 Lab & Washing 50 Total 60 M3/Day -Treat in CPU

245 M3/Day- For cooling tower make-up

700 M3/Day- Recycle back

34

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Table 2.23 Details of Multiple Effect Evaporator(MEE)

Sr. No.

Description Details Existing Expansion

1. Make Tomsa Destil India Ltd. 2. Operating Hours 24 Hours (Continuous Operation) 3. Feed Composition Raw Spentwash 4. Heating Medium Steam (Dry & Saturated) 5. Type Falling film Evaporator. Forced circulation evaporator 6. Efficiency 75% 7. Capacity 825 M3/ Day 825 M3/ Day

Figure 2.6 Process Flow Diagram of CPU for Distillery

Table 2.24 Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) Design Details

No. Name of Tank Dimension in M (SWD) Volume M3 1 Equalization Tank 15 X 10 x 2 300.00 2 Neutralization Tank 3.7 X 2.8 X 3 31.08 3 Tube Settler 1 3.7 X 3 X 4 44.40 4 Buffer Tank 11 X 7 X 2.5 192.50 5 UASB 17.9Φ X 9.5 2389.50 6 Aeration Tank 18 X 18 X 4 1296.00 7 Secondary Clarifier Tank 11Φ X 3 1139.80 8 Intermediate Sump 3 X 4 X 3 36.00 9 MBBR 13.7 X 3 X 4 164.40 10 Flash mixture 2 no.

(one existing & one expansion) 1 X 1 X 1 1.00

11 Flocculator 3X 3 X 2.5 22.50 12 Tube Settler 2 7 X 3 X 2.5 52.50

RO

UASB-Upflow anaerobic sludge blanket MBBR M i B d

Effluent

Recycle

Equalizati

Tube S

Ultra

Neutralizati T k

Treated

RO

Buffer

Flash

Flocculat

Tube

Chlorine

RA

MBBR

UASB (17 9M

Aeration T k (18

Sec. Clarifier T k

Intermediat

Existing Unit Expansion

35

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

No. Name of Tank Dimension in M (SWD) Volume M3 13 Chlorine Contact Tank 3 X 3 X 2.5 23.25 14 Treated water sump 3 X 4 X 2.5 30.00 15 Ultra Filtration (UF) 2 no.

(one existing & one expansion) -- 40.00

16 Reverse Osmosis (RO) 2 no. (one existing & one expansion)

-- 15.00

Provision of five days storage tank is already done on site towards northwest direction of plot layout. A PLC based operative system shall be installed in distillery wherein raw spentwash from distillation section shall be automatically transferred to MEE in closed circuit. Spentwash tank shall be designed as per CPCB norms wherein HDPE layer of 500 micron thickness and RCC lining shall be provided to avoid seepages and ground water contamination. Figure 2.6 given below shows cross section of proposed spentwash lagoon. Two spent wash holding tanks of Stainless Steel (SS) are provided near boiler and evaporation section. Details of same are presented at table 2.25.

36

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Figure 2.7 Cross-Section of HDPL Spentwash Storage Tank

37

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Table 2.25 Spentwash Characteristics

Sr. No. Parameter Raw Spentwash Concentrated Spentwash 1. pH 3.9 – 4.5 3.5 – 4.0 2. Total Solids (mg/l) 1,00,000- 1,15,000 4,00,000- 4,50,000 3. SS (mg/l) 15,000 - 20,000 70,000 – 75,000 4. TDS (mg/l) 80,000 – 90,000 4,90,000 – 5,40,000 5. BOD (mg/l) 60,000 - 80,000 2,00,000 -4,00,000 6. COD (mg/l) 1,20,000-1,40,000 5,00,000-5,50,000

Table 2.26 Spentwash Generation from Molasses Distillery after Expansion

No. Description Quantity

1. Quantity of raw spentwash generated from 200 KLPD molasses distillery

1560m3/day

2. Total quantity of spentwash generated after Conc. in MEE 516m3/day 3. Working days 330 Nos. 4. Total quantity of Conc. spentwash generated 1, 70,280m3/Season.

Table 2.27 Spentwash Storage Tank Details

Sr. No. Spentwash Material of

construction Storage Tank

Dimenssions (M) Duration of

Storage 1. Raw Spentwash SS 7.5Φ X 8.7 8 Hrs 2. Conc. Spentwash SS 4.5Φ X 4.5 5 Hrs

2.7.2. Air Pollution Air Pollution can be defined as the presence in the outdoor atmosphere, of one or more air contaminants (i.e. dust, fumes, gas, mist, odour, smoke or vapour) in sufficient quantities, of such characteristics and of such duration so as to threaten or to be injurious to human, plant or animal life or to property, or which reasonably interfere with the comfortable enjoyment of life or property.Assignment w.r.t Air Pollution (AP) was done by In-house FAE of EEIPL namelyDr. Sangram Ghugare, Mr. Yuvraj Damugadeand Functional Area Associate (FAA) Mr. Sangram Patil. Moreover, the empanelled expert of EEIPL Mr. J. M. Gadgil, in-house FAE Mr. Yuvraj Damugadeand FAAMr. Sangram Patilwere involved in the overall exercise w.r.t. Air Quality (AQ) and Modeling studies i.e. AQ aspect w.r.t. the project. 2.7.2.1. Process Emissions 1. Boiler and D.G. Set Steam requirement for existing 100 KLPD molasses based distillery is met from existing 35 TPH boiler. Concentrated Spentwash blended with Indian coal is used as fuel for the same. A stack of 90 M height along with Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) as Air Pollution Control (APC) equipment is provided for 35 TPH boiler. As per CTO granted by KSPCB it has been mentioned that HDPL has installed 2 boilers as 35 TPH & 60 TPH. But onsite HDPL has installed only one boiler of 35 TPH. Boiler of 60 TPH is not installed on site. Under expansion of distillery new boiler of 75 TPH will be installed. ESP will be provided to new boiler as APC equipment. Concentrated spentwash blended with Indian coal will be used

38

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

as fuel for the same. Fuel used for boiler and other details are presented at table 2.28. Stack height calculations for 75 TPH boiler are appended at Appendix- F. Two DG of capacity500 KVA areprovided under existing distillery set up. Both DG sets will be provided with silencer and stack of 7 M height each. HSD will be used as fuel.Under expansion project one DG set of capacity 625 KVA will be installed. A stack of 7 M height will be provided to same. HSD will be used as fuel for the DG set. DG sets will be operated only during power failure situations.

Table 2.28 Details of Boiler

Sr. No.

Description Details Existing Proposed

1 Capacity 35 TPH 75TPH 2 Fuel type Spent Wash slope & Indian coal 3 Fuel Quantity Coal - 87 MT/D 288 MT/D

Sp. wash- 258 KL/D 258 KL/D 4 Height of Stack, M (above ground level) 90 M 90 M 5 Material of construction RCC RCC 6 Shape (round/rectangular) Round Round 7 Diameter/ size, in meters 1.5 M 1.5 M 8 Flue Gas Temp 1500C 1500C 9 ID Fan Capacity 50 m3/sec 50 m3/sec 10 Gas flow rate in Nm3/Hr 1,22,760 NM3/Hr 1,22,760 NM3/Hr 12 Height of sampling Port 20 M 20 M 13 Control Equipment preceding the stack ESP ESP 14 Online monitoring system Installed

(Parameters – SPM)

To be Installed (Parameters –

SPM)

Table 2.29 Details of D.G. sets

Sr. No.

Description Details Existing Proposed

1 Capacity 500 KVA (2 No.) 625 KVA 2 Fuel type HSD HSD 3 Fuel Quantity 30 Lit/Hr 30 Lit/Hr 4 Height of Stack, M (above ground level) 7M 7 M 5 Material of construction MS MS 6 Shape (round/rectangular) Round Round 7 Diameter/size, in meters 6 Inch 6 Inch

Table 2.30 Characteristics of Fuels to be used

No Fuel Description

Coal (Indian) Spentwash Diesel Existing Expansion Existing Expansion Existing Expansion

1 Fuel consumption

87 MT/day

288 MT/day

258 MT/day

258 MT/day

30 Lit/Hr

30 Lit/Hr

2 Calorific value 3500 - 4000 Kcal/Kg 1500-2000 Kcal /Kg 10,200 Kcal/Kg 3 Ash content 25-30 % 12 % 0.1 % 4 Sulphur content < 0.5 % 0.8 % 1.0 %

39

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Table 2.31 Fuel Storage Details

Sr. No.

Fuel Type

Storage Type

Dimensions / Area (M)

Days of Storage

Mode of Transportation to Boiler

1 Coal Coal Yard 20 X 60 15 Days Truck /Tr. Trolley

Table 2.32 Details of ESP

No. Description Details ESP Existing Proposed

1. Make Thermex 2 Gas Flow Inlet 34.1 AM3/Sec(TB4) 21 AM3/Sec (TB4) 3 Temp Inlet 180deg. 4 Dust Load at ESP Outlet 100 5 Inlet Dust Conc. 35(TB4) 18(TB4) 6 Overall Dust Collection

Efficiency with all fields 99.44

7 Effective Migration Velocity 0.79M/S(TB4) 0.49M/S(TB4) 8 Treatment Time 17.7Sec (TB4) 28.8Sec(TB4)

2. CO2 Emissions CO2 generation shall take place in fermenters of the distillery. CO2 to the tune of 140 MT/Day shall be released from 200 KLPD molasses based distillery and from 100 KLPD grain based distillery 70 MT/Day of CO2 releases. In a fermenter, sugar in wash gets converted to alcohol through metabolic activities of yeast. Consequently, CO2is evolved as emission of the bio-chemical reaction. CO2 has been labeled as one of major gases responsible for Green-House effect, its release in atmosphere has to be properly controlled. To curb this process emission CO2 shall be bottled and supplied to manufacturers of beverages. 2.7.2.2. Fugitive Emissions Fugitive emission under existing and expansion activities of distillery shall be mainly dust emissions. Sources of same are internal kuccha roads, ash storage yard in HDPL plant and improper function of APC equipment etc. Trouble with dust in work zone and ambient atmospheres shall be controlled by certain dedicated measures. An action plan has been prepared in industry that includes –monitoring of proper working of pollution control equipment, proper handling; storage and disposal of dust collected, augmentation of existing green belt with adequate density and type to control and attenuate dust transfer in the premises, provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises (tarred and concrete). 2.7.3 Noise Pollution

Noise is normally defined as objectionable or unwanted sound, which is without agreeable quality and essentially non-euphonious. Concern on noise depends upon the noise level near the source, on the work environment and near the residential zone. Earlier, noise was summarized to be exclusively an occupational problem. But, since the effects are found also

40

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

on people who are not directly involved, it has acquired wider dimension. Hence it is necessary to know the noise levels near the sources as well as near the residential colonies. 2.7.3.1 Sources of Noise Pollution 1. Distillation section & fermentation section would be the other minor noise generating

sources. Expected noise levels in these sections would be in the range of 60 to 65dB(A). All preventive measures such as regular operation & maintenance of pumps, motors, and compressors would be carried out and enclosures would be provided to abate noise levels at source.

2. It is predicted from an experience elsewhere that the magnitude of noise levels, from various sources in the proposed unit, to the human habitation at a distance of 0.5 Km would be around 12 dB(A). Therefore, there would be no any significant change in the background noise levels in the premises of the industrial unit.

3. Green belt will be developed in and around the HDPL complex. It would further help for attenuate the noise levels.

4. Noise would also be created by movement of truck and other vehicles for material transportation. However, this would not be of a continuous nature and would not have much impact on the work environment of the project site.

5. Insulation helps considerably in limiting noise levels. The workers entering the plant shall be protected by earmuffs, which would give the reduction of about 30 dB(A).

6. D.G. Sets provided on site are one of the major noise generation sources. However, this is not continuous source. D.G. set is operated only during power failure and same is enclosed in a canopy as per the Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2010. Further, people working in close vicinity of the high noise generating equipment’s and sources in project complex are provided with Personal Protective Equipment’s (PPE) such as ear plugs, ear muffs etc. so as to attenuate noise levels and minimize bad effects of exposure to high sound. Moreover, a care towards working pattern is taken due to which no person is subjected to high noise levels beyond the stipulated time schedule for exposure.

2.7.4 Solid Waste Solid wastes from the Industries are categorized as hazardous and non-hazardous. Wastes that pose a substantial danger immediately or over a period of time to human, plant or animal life are classified as hazardous wastes. Non- hazardous waste is defined as the waste that contributes no damage to human or animal life. However, it only adds to the quantity of waste. Assignment w.r.t. Solid and Hazardous waste (SHW) was done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare who is FAE of EEIPL for SHW.

Table 2.33Details of Solid Waste

Sr. No.

Molasses Based Distillery

Quantity (MT/M) Storage Disposal Existing Expansion

1. Yeast Sludge 600 600 Immediate utilization Burnt in Boiler 2. Boiler ash 1350 3100 Store in Ash storage

area Sold to Brick manufacturer

3. CPU Sludge 1 1 HDPE Drums Used as manure

41

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Table 2.34 Ash Storage Details

Sr. No

Boiler Ash Qty. (MT/M)

Storage Type Days of storage

Capacity (MT)

Dimensions (M)

Transport

1 35 TPH 1350 Given to brick manufacturers

90 90000 300 x 300 Trolleys 2 75 TPH 1800 90 90000 300 x 300 Trolleys

Ash generated from boilers shall be collected separately and taken to ash storage area. Water sprinkling arrangement shall be made to avoid suspension of fly ash into air. Ash generated from boilers would be supplied to brick manufacturers. 2.7.5 Hazardous Wastes Different types of hazardous wastes being generated from existing unit. Their disposal methods are presented in table 2.35. Refer the Figure 2.7 given below for storage yard of hazardous waste.

Table 2.3 5Hazardous Waste from Distillery

Sr. No.

Hazardous Waste Category

Quantity (Lit/M) Storage Disposal Existing Expansion

1. Spent Oil – Cat.5.1 50 --- HDPE Drums

Burnt in Boiler / Authorized Re-processor

Figure 2.8 Storage Yard for Solid & Hazardous Waste

2.7.6 OdourPollution Under expansion of molasses based distillery project, spentwash shall be carried through closed pipelineand concentrated in MEE. Hence, odour nuisance due to spentwash storage activity will be entirely eliminated.

42

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Sources of odour pollution under proposed 100 KLPD grain based distillery will be fermentation section, DDGS and DWGS outlet. DWGS generated after distillation of fermentation wash will be collected & dispose off immediately. To abate odour nuisance, HDPL has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions – 1. HDPL has provided covered fermentation and tapping of CO2 gas system, 2. Collection of waste yeast sludge from fermentation section in a closed system and its

immediate and proper disposal. 3. DWGS will be collected in tractor trolley and sold to farmers immediately as animal feed.

Moreover, DWGS will be dried to form DDGS; same will be packed and sold to farmers as cattle feed.

4. Reduced volume of effluents (spentwash, spent leese) by adopting strategic approaches such as use of the effluents back in process under Reduce-Reuse-Recycle planning.

5. Suitable plantation in and around the treatment units, which can minimize undesirable smells around the treatment units.

6. Adoption ofGMPs (Good Management Practices). 7. Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. 8. Use of PPE like masks by everybody associated with odour potential prone areas.

2.7.7 Land Pollution Land pollution may take place due to use of untreated effluent for gardening / irrigation purpose. Fly ash, if deposited on land, would lead to land pollution. Spentwash from distillery would be concentrated in MEE and the concentrated spentwash shall be mixed with coal and used as fuel for existing as well as proposed boilers. Other effluents generated from distillery activities like spentlees, boiler & cooling blow downs would be treated along with the condensate from MEE in a dedicated CPU. Treated effluent shall be mostly recycled in process operations like molasses dilution as well as liquefaction of flour etc. Solid waste generated from distillery is in the form of yeast sludge, CPU sludge, boiler ash. Yeast sludge will be burnt in boiler along with coal blended with Spentwash. Boiler ash generated after burning of coal will be sold to brick manufacturer. 2.7.8 Occupational Health Hazards and Safety • OHS hazards anticipated in the HDPL complex are mostly due to chemical exposure

hazard, physical hazard due to electrical & mechanical operations &maintenance works. • Accidental skin or eye irritation & burns, respiratory & pulmonary diseases on exposure to

chemicals, fire etc. • Accidents resulting from unsafe conditions due to poor housekeeping& not using PPE’s • Accidents due to unsafe practice of operation and maintenance like gas cutting and

wielding may lead to injuries to various parts of the body. • Muscular & skeletal disorders like muscular pains, spinal & joint pains due to ergonomic

problems, lifting with wrong postures etc.

2.7.9 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection Capital as well as O & M cost towards environmental aspects under existing & expansion project in HDPL complex is as follows –

43

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Table 2.36Capital as well as O & M Cost

Sr. No.

Description Cost Component (In Rs. Crores) Capital Annual O & M

Existing Project 1. Air Pollution Control: (ESP; 35 TPH incineration

boiler at Co-gen Boiler), Stack 90 M 15.00 1.00

2. Spentwash Treatment - MEE & CPU. 4.00 0.10 3. Noise Pollution: Insulation, Isolation, Attenuation

Infrastructure of Plant & Machinery, PPEs 0.25 0.05

4. Env. Monitoring & Online Systems for Stack 1.00 0.05 5. Occupational Health and Safety 0.10 0.05 6. Green Belt Development 0.15 0.02 7. Provision towards CSR since year 2016 0.85 --

Total 21.35 1.27 Expansion Project

1. Air Pollution Control: (ESP; 75 TPH incineration boiler), Stack 90 M

30.00 2.00

2. Installation of CPU 50.00 5.00 3. Installation of STP 0.20 0.02 4. Noise Pollution Control 0.15 0.01 5. Occupational Health & Safety 0.10 0.05 6. Env. Monitoring & Online Systems for Stack 0.50 0.05 7. Solid Wastes Disposal –Ash Silos, Transportation 1.00 0.05 8. Green Belt Augmentation Plan & Rain Water

Harvesting implementation. 0.10 0.02

9. CSR amount (for5 years after expansion) 4.40 --- Total 86.45 7.2

44

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

2.7.10 Waste Minimization Techniques in HDPL Project Complex

Table 2.37Section & Area Wise Waste Minimization Techniques

Sr. No.

Station Pollutant Nature Action Waste Management Options

Cost

1. Boiler House Liquid

Boiler blow Down

Maintain boiler condition & also feed water quality

Treat it in CPU and recycled back in process.

Low

Gaseous Stack emissions Adjust air fuel ratio for efficient Combustion. Check the APC equipment performance

Fly ash can be sold tobrickmanufacturing

High

2. Cleanings of Vessels, boilers etc., & Laboratory Washings

Liquid High BOD & COD, chemicals as NaOH, Sulphamic Acid, lead

- Recycle NaOH for next cleaning

- Provide standby units to have continuous operations

- Store effluent in a holding tank to avoid shock loads on ETP

Controlled loading inETP from a storage TankSegregate laboratoryeffluents and join to storage tank

High

3. Molasses Semisolid Raw material Use only steel tanks for storage Provide mixing & cooling arrangements

High

4. Fermenter Semisolid Yeast sludge Mixed with coal & concentrated Spentwash. And burnt in boiler.

Low

Semisolid DDGS/DWGS Sold to farmers; used as cattle feed

5. Distillation Column Liquid Spent wash (High organic Effluent). Spent lees Effluent, MEE Condensate and other effluents.

Immediate disposal Appropriate Treatment

Concentration in MEE – Conc. Sp.wash blend with coal and burnt in boiler Forwarded to CPU to be installed under proposed expansion

High

45

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Sr. No.

Station Pollutant Nature Action Waste Management Options

Cost

6. Vibrating& Heavy Machinery

Noise Sound Use silencer pads & closed rooms

Provide earplugs & earmuffs to workersand also change the work environmentfrequently

Low

7. Odor Gaseous ETP, Molasses tank, Bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes & unattended drains, DDGS/ DWGS

Proper House Keeping, Sludge management in biological ETP units, Steaming of major pipe lines, Regular use of Bleaching powder in the drains.

Low

*The chimney height should be above the roof level.

46

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

2.8. GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

Table 2.38 Area Details

No. Description Area (Sq. M) A Total Built up area 48,686 B Total Open Area 24,551 Existing Green Belt Area (13% of Total plot area) 9,550.58 Proposed Green Belt Area under expansion

(22.4% of Total plot area.) 16,187.4

C Total Green belt – 35.6 % of total Plot area 25,737.98 Total plot area 72,237

Refer detailed area break up of industry at Table 2.3 of Chapter 2. 2.8.1. Existing Tree Plantation Total space accounted for green belt in premises of HDPL is 2.57 Ha. Thereunder, 6000 Nos. of trees have been planted covering an area of 0.95 Ha which accounts for 13% of total plot area. The remaining plantation for accounting 33% of total plot area will be planted in ensuing monsoon under expansion activities. 33% green belt is not developed on site since, existing 100 KLPD distillery had been granted EC from MoEFCC, New Delhi on 31.01.2017 and immediately management had planned to go for an expansion. 2.8.2. Proposed Tree Plantation A comprehensive ‘Green Belt Development' programme would be implemented in a phase wise manner under proposed activities, salient features of which are as follows – 1. Tree plantation at different tiers to suit existing topography. 2. Avenue plantation along the roads and shelterbelt plantation along the peripheral fence of

the plots. 3. Mass Plantation in certain pockets in the HDPL campus. 4. Plantation of peculiar tree species serving typical purposes such as noise attenuation and

dust suppression at selected premises. 5. Lawns and landscaped gardens in the campus. To arrest dust and to attenuate noise, plantation of certain species like Mangifera indica (Mango), Sesbania grandiflora (Shewarie) Derris indica (Karanj), Terminalia catappa (Indian Almond Tree), Polyalthialongi folia (Ashok) etc. shall be done

47

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Figure 2.9 Photographs of Existing Green belt

48

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

49

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

50

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

2.8.3. Criteria for Green Belt Development Emission of SPM, SO2 is the main criteria for consideration of green belt development. Plantation under green belt is provided to abate effects of the above emissions. Moreover, there would also be control on noise from the industry to surrounding localities as considerable attenuation would occur due to the barrier of trees provided in the green belt. Preparation for Plantation:

• Take pits of 2X2X2 ft. for good soil strata while 3X3X3 ft. for poor soils or murum strata. • Expose them to direct sun for 15 days • Fill the pits as per availability of site soil-

o In case of shortage of good quality site soil : site soil (35%) + good fertile soil (35%) + good composted cow dung (30%) + Neem cake (200 gm)

o In case of good quality site soil: site soil (80%) + good composted cow dung (20%) + Neem cake (200gm) + leaf litter and grass or agri residue.

• Plant appropriate sapling after rain starts • Start watering after rains • Make shade for saplings when temperatures rise, generally after February or March

depending upon local climate and condition of plants. This can be managed with bamboo sticks and locally available grass.

2.9. RAIN WATER HARVESTING As mentioned above the total area of plot would be 72,237Sq. M. Out of this area the actual activities of industry would be carried out on 48,686Sq. Areas and a space of about24,551Sq.M would be left as open space. As far as the rainwater harvesting aspect at the project site of HDPL is concerned, the details are as follows- Rain harvesting could be of two types namely harvesting from ground and harvesting from rooftops. The quantity of harvested rainwater that becomes available during and after precipitation depends upon a number of factors such as area of land, nature of soil, impervious or paved areas, plantation on the land, average annual rainfall in the region, ambient temperatures of the region, wind direction and speed etc. A. Rooftop Harvesting

Here collection of the rainwater getting accumulated from direct precipitation on the total roof area is taken in to account. The rainwater thus becoming available from terraces as well as roofs of various structures and units in the industrial premises would be collected through arrangements of channels and pipes to be provided as per appropriate slopes at the roof level. The collected rain water would then be taken to ground and either stored in open excavated tanks / ditches in the ground or charged directly to bore wells to be provided in the premises. For the calculation of rain water quantity that is going to become available subsequent to rooftop harvesting, a computation method from the‘Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering’ has been adopted. Thereunder, A.N. Khosala’s formula has been followed. The allied calculations are as under- Average annual rainfall in the area = 2000 mm.

51

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

Now, as per “A. N. Khosla’s Formula”, the average annual accumulation can be calculated by using the following equation:

R = (P- t / 2.12) Where, R=Average annual accumulation in cm, for the catchment area. P=The corresponding average annual rainfall or precipitation, in cm, over the entire

catchment. (In current case it is 2000 mm i.e.200 cm) t = Mean annual temperature in deg. Centigrade. (In current case it is 330C.) Area under administration building, Bottling section, Distillation section and Fermentation section are consider for roof top harvesting.

∴The accumulation on the entire catchment area will be, R=(200 – 33/2.12) =184.4 say 184cm. ∴ Volume acquired by this accumulation water will be, = 184 cm × Roof Top Area = 1.84m × 13,530m2 = 24,895.2m3 Thus, about 24,895.2 m3of rainwater could become available during every season from the ‘Roof Top Harvesting’ operations. This when charged to open / bore wells would definitely have a positive impact on the ground water quantity. B. Surface Harvesting Under this type of harvesting, the rainwater getting accumulated through surface runoff, from land area in the industrial premises, would be collected and stored in open excavated tanks / pits to be provided in the industrial plot. This harvested rainwater would recharge the ground water through actions namely seepage and infiltration to the aquifers. On the open land in the premises counter bunding, terracing and dressing would be done so as to divert the rainwater as per natural slopes to various tranches excavated on the plot in a decentralized manner. Entire industrial premises would be divided in zones and the harvested water from such zone would be directed to the nearest available ditch / tank constructed as mentioned above. Further, the recharge points would be located as per geometry of zones.

(Total Plot Area) – (Built- up Area) = Open Land Area 72,237m2 –48,686 m2 = 24,551m2

Now, a. Average annual rainfall in the Raibagarea - 2000 mm b. Open land area in the industrial premises – 24,551 m2 c. Type and nature of the Area with about 30% area being impervious (paved). Here an area

under curing yard and storage yards as well as roads comes in the category of paved surfaces.

d. Type of Land in Raibag is on an average flat. e. Value of Runoff Co-efficient based on type and nature of area as well as the land – 0.40 f. Runoff getting accumulated from the land area under above point No. b -

24,551 m2 X 2 m x 0.4 = 19640.8 m3

Hence, the total water becoming available after rooftop and surface harvesting would be -

24,895.2 m3+ 19,640.8 m3 = 44,536 m3 i.e. 44.53 ML

52

Chapter 3

DESCRIPTION OF THE

ENVIRONMENT

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 3.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter incorporates description of existing environmental status in the 'Study Area' which is a region within a circle of 10 Km radius with the industry/ plant at its center. Existing environmental condition of study area is representative of impacts due to all industries, units and projects in it and is described with respect to the topography, climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil characteristics, flora, fauna, socio-economic profile, land use and places of archaeological importance. Study area in respect of expansion project by HDPL is located in Taluka Raibag, of Belgavi district of Karnataka. Industrial site is located at 16031’28.74" N Latitude,74043’16.69" E Longitude and 560 m MSL. 3.2 LAND USE AND LAND COVER (LU&LC) The term Land Use relates to the human activity or economic function associated with a specific piece of Land, while the term Land Cover relates to the type of feature present on the surface of the earth (Lilles and and Kiefer, 2000). The knowledge of LULC is important for many planning and management activities as it is considered as an essential element for modeling and understanding the earth system. Land use maps are presently being developed from local to National to Global Scales for Environmental Impact Studies. The satellite Remote Sensing technology has found its acceptance worldwide for rapid resource assessment and monitoring, particularly in the developing world. All these advancement have widened the applicability of remotely sensed data in various areas, like forest cover, vegetation type mapping, and their changes in regional scale. If satellite data is judiciously used along with the sufficient ground data, it is possible to carry out detailed forest inventories, monitoring of land Use and vegetation cover at various scales. Assignment w.r.t. land use and land cover mapping of study area using LISS IV Satellite Image has been done by Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula who is an empanelled FAE of EEIPL for LU & LC. Scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs. 3.2.1 Scope of Work Major objective of assignment was to prepare LULC map of study area and simultaneously demarcating topographic features especially emphasizing drainage map of region. 3.2.2 Study Area

For the present study, an area of 10 Km radius from the HDPL plant, (which comes to about 314 Sq. Km.) has been marked and selected as per guidelines. Also, there are many industries located in study area. Location of HDPL industry is shown on satellite image in figure 3.3 and visual interpretation keys used for the study are given in figure 3.4. Existing status of industries in study area of HDPL is mentioned in following tables-

51

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Table 3.1 Existing Status of Industries in Study area of HDPL

Sr. No. Name of Industry Distance from Project site (Km) 1. M/s.Shivashakti Sugars

0.15

2. M/s.Raya Sugar Factory 8.70 3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping Land use study requires data regarding topography, zoning, settlement, industry, forest, roads and traffic etc. Collection of this data was done from various secondary sources viz. census books, revenue records, state and central government offices, Survey of India toposheets etc. and through primary field surveys as well as high resolution multi spectral satellite image from IRSRESOURCESAT 2 Satellite with LISS IV sensor. The date of pass of the image is 28.12.2016. Image has a spatial resolution of 5M X 5M. Apart from LULC Map, topographic features of region were extracted covering village locations, streams, roads, river in the satellite image. In addition to this, natural drainage network is also captured to prepare drainage map as required. Purposes of land use studies are– • To determine the present land use pattern; • To determine the temporal changes in land use pattern over a period of ten years or so; • To analyze the impact on land use due to industrial growth in the study area; • To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern vis-à-vis growth of

industries in the study area and its associated impacts.

3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis Land use Map Analysis done based on the image colour, texture, Tone etc. Following steps are used to analyze the Land use pattern of project site: • Collection of IRS Resourcesat-2 images and made fused and blended the images for

colour combinations using Image interpreter-Utilities and Layer stack option available in ERDAS.

• Identification AOI and made a buffer of 10km radius. • Enhance the Fused and blended IRS Resourcesat-2 image using the Spatial, Radiometric

and Temporal options in ERDAS. • Rectified the IRS Resourcesat-2 image using Geo-referencing technique, Toposheet to get

UTM coordinate system. • Subset the IRS Resourcesat-2 images and Toposheet using 10Kms buffer AOI. • Automatic classifications done for IRS Resourcesat-2 images using maximum iterations

and number of options in unsupervised classification options. • Created the signature file by selecting the more samples of different features with AOI on

Unsupervised classification image. • Export to Vector layer from supervised classification image. • Conducting QC / QA and finalized the data.

Satellite Data: Obtained from NRSC, Hyderabad

52

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 3.2.5 Methodology for LU & LC Study Overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of present study involves the following steps - Satellite data of IRS Resourcesat-2 sensor is geometrically corrected and enhanced using principal component method and nearest neighbourhood re-sampling technique. Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and from the satellite image by visual interpretation. Essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use / Land cover map are prepared by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is carried out based on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture, location, association, background etc. in conjunction with existing maps/ literature. Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps prepared. All the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and drainages. In that process editing, labelling, mosaicing, quality checking, data integration etc are done, finally Land use areas are measured in square kilometers.

Figure 3.1Process Flow Chart

53

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.2 Google Image Showing Study Area

54

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.3 Satellite Image

55

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.4Visual Interpretation Keysused for the Study

Project Site

Settlement

Industrial Area

Roads

Crop Land

Fallow Land

Water Bodies

River

Barren Land

3.3 LAND USE STUDIES It includes study of topographic features and land use under which area statistics for LULC classes and statistics are included. 3.3.1. Land Use of Study Area Land use map developed was based on the image colour, texture, tone and also ground truth verification data. Ground truth verification was carried out to validate the results of classified image and reconciliation was carried out with actual location of land mark features such as water bodies, agriculture land, etc. Supervised classification of satellite image yielded the following classes:

Table 3.2 Area Statistics for Land Use Land Cover Classes

Sr. No. Land Use Land Cover Area(Ha) Percentage (%)

1 Built Up Area 1828 5.82 2 Crop Land 12672 40.34 3 Fallow Land 9367 29.82 4 Scrub Land 2998 9.54 5 River 349 1.11 6 Barren Land 4103 13.06 7 Water Bodies 99 0.32

Total 31415.50 100.00

56

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.5 Land Use Land Cover Statistics

Graphical Presentation of Land use classification within 10 km radius of proposed project is presented at figure 3.5. Built Up Area: Built Up Area cover about 5.82 % of area within 10Km radius of study area. The surrounding villages around the project site are well developed with road electricity, and water connectivity. Crop land: Most of the land use within 10 Km radius buffer is crop land. Crop land covers about 40.34% area. Fallow land: Fallow land, that cover about 29.82% area within 10Km radius buffer. This fallow land is because of changing of crop type and leaving the land uncultivated to get fertile. Some of the fallow land is seen because of hilly region where there is lack of continuous water supply. Water Bodies: Water bodies covers about 0.32% in this study area. Main river that is passing is Krishna river on the Northern side of the plant. Barren land:Barren land covers about 13.06 % of study area, this is due to open dry land with rocky surface. There is no possibility of any crop growth or plantation on this land.

5.82%

40.34%

29.82%

9.54%

1.11% 13.06%

0.32%

Land Use Classification

Built Up Area

Crop Land

Fallow Land

Scrub Land

River

Barren Land

Water Bodies

57

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.6Land Use and Land Cover Map

58

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 3.3.2. Topographical Features Topographical map of proposed site is of scale 1:50,000 which was obtained from Survey of India. Map is prepared with four topographical maps to cover study area. Area has good literacy rate and there is a lot of development taking place. Because of existing industries, the area is well developed. All the villages are well connected with the roads, water and electricity supply. Settlement map (Figure 3.8) showing location of villages and other allied details is presented below. Contours are digitized using the topographical maps with scale 1:50,000. Contours levels range from 540 to 620 M in 10 Km buffer zone. Contour map has been developed with contour interval of 20 M.In order to know height information, contour liners are indicated with different colors. Source of contour is from survey of India, topographical map. Contour values are with reference to mean Sea level. Proposed site is located at a height of around 560 M from MSL. Contour map of study area is given at Figure – 3.9.

59

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.7 Topographical Map

60

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.8Settlement Map

61

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.9 ContourMap

62

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 3.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

3.4.1 Introduction Agriculture is the main occupation pattern in the area. Hence, it is essential to determine agriculture potential of soil from the area and identify the impacts of urbanization and industrialization in the area. Study has been conducted to determine the agricultural and afforestation potential of the soil. Assignment w.r.t. Soil Conservation (SC) was done by Mr. Balkrishna Lole; the FAE for SC. 3.4.2 Soil Quality: Present status Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or managed ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity, maintain or enhance water and air quality and support human health and habitation. Soil quality reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling and providing support for plants and other structures. Thus, soil quality plays vital role in any particular geographical phenomenon of ecology as well as physico-chemical environment. Soil quality can indicate the current as well as future issues related with the water, ecology and life in the particular region. Thus, it is clearly visible that soil Contamination may result in eventuality in form of contamination of water, ecological destruction, and loss of productivity, food crisis and so threat to life. Major source of contamination is wastes from industries as well as overuse of fertilizers & pesticide. Thus, to determine the exact impacts of any proposed project, it is very essential to determine the existing status of soil quality and existing stress through a study of soil quality assessment. Considering this, for studying soils of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the project area representing various, physiographic conditions, geology, land form and land use conditions. Physical, chemical characteristics were determined. Samples were collected by soil auger and other required equipments, up to a depth of 30 cm. as per standard soil sampling procedure , given in Soil survey manual , All India soil and land use survey, New Delhi-1970 of Ministry of agriculture, Govt. of India. Present study of soil profile establishes the baseline characteristics and this will help in future identification of the incremental concentrations if any, due to the operation of project. Sampling locations have been identified with the following objectives:

• To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area; • To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics; and • To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural productivity

point of view. 3.4.3 Methodology Eight locations in and around the proposed plant boundary were selected for soil sampling. At each location, soil samples were collected from surface 0-30 cm depth by taking samples at different spots in the same area and then by mixing it homogeneously & considering it as one sample. Soil samples were collected in Nov 2017 i.e. post-monsoon season.

63

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 3.4.3.1 Methodology of Data Generation Physical and chemical properties and heavy metal concentrations of the soil were analyzed. Soil samples were collected once during October 2017 – November 2017 - December 2017. 3.4.3.2 Sources of Information In addition to field surveys, the other sources of information were offices of National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use Planning (NBSS and LUP) as well as District Census Data from Census of India, 2011.

Table 3.3 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis

Parameter Method (ASTM Number) Grain size distribution Sieve analysis (D 422 – 63) Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads Administration Bulk density Sand replacement, core cutter Sodium absorption ratio Flame photometric (D 1428-82) pH pH meter (D 1293-84) Electrical conductivity Conductivity meter (D 1125-82) Nitrogen Kjeldahl distillation (D 3590-84) Phosphorus Molybdenum blue, colourimetric (D 515-82) Potassium Flame photometric (D 1428-82) Iron AAS (D 1068-84) Zinc AAS (D 1691-84) Boron Surcumin, colourimetric (D 3082-79) Chlorides Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)

Overall, Five Soil Sampling points were selected. The locations are listed in Table 3.4. Soil characteristics presented in Table 3.6 are compared with standard classification given in Table 3.5. Refer Annexure-I for Soil monitoring reports.

Table 3.4 Soil Sampling Locations

Sample

No. Location Latitude/ Longitude Direction

from site Distance from site

S1 Industrial Site 160 31.491 N, 740 43.326 E -- -- S2 Nandikurli 160 30.042 N, 740 42.552 E SSW 2.7 S3 Kempathi 160 27.644 N, 740 40.707 E SSW 8.23 S4 Raibag 160 30.367 N, 740 47.793 E EES 8.34 S5 Jalalpur 160 33.349 N, 740 45.982 E NE 6.20 S6 Manjarwadi 160 34.163 N, 740 41.186 E NNW 6.31 S7 Siddarpurwadi 160 31.544 N, 740 39.326 E W 6.87 S8 Soundatti 160 33.417 N, 740 42.353 E NNW 4.08

64

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Table 3.5 Standard Soil Classification

No Soil Tests Classification 1. pH <4.50 extremely acidic

4.50-5.50 very strongly acidic 5.00-5.50 strongly acidic 5.50-6.00 moderately acidic 6.00-6.50 slightly acidic

6.5-7.3 neutral * 7.3-7.8 slightly alkaline * 7.6-8.5 moderately alkaline* 8.5-9.0 strongly alkaline 9.0 very strongly alkaline (* tolerable to crops)

2. Salinity Electrical conductivity (mhos/ cm) (1 mhos/ cm = 640 PPM)

upto 1.00 average 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination

2.01-3.00 harmful to crops sensitive to salts

3. Organic Carbon upto 0.2 very less 0.21-0.4 less 0.41-0.5 medium

0.61-0.8 on an average sufficient 0.81-1.0 sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4. Nitrogen (kg/ha) upto 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good

151-300 better above 300 sufficient

5. Phosphorus (kg/ha) upto 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium

51-65 on an average sufficient 65-80 sufficient above 80 more than sufficient

6. Potash (kg/ha) 0 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium

240-300 average 301-360 better above 360 more than sufficient

65

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Table 3.6Existing Soil Characteristics

Sr. No

Parameter Unit Location S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 pH @ 240C --- 8.34 8.41 7.58 7.91 8.05 7.67 7.53 7.41 2 Electric Conductance µS/cm 0.27 0.16 0.19 0.23 0.24 0.13 0.17 0.13 3 Texture --- Sand % 65 57 53 46 41 39 54 60 Silt % 25 28 27 30 34 34 27 32 Clay % 10 15 20 24 25 27 19 08 4 Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.03 1.25 1.18 1.36 1.43 1.24 1.37 1.57 5 Permeability cm/hr 8.11 17.40 21.18 19.14 23.37 34.15 27.76 31.14 6 Water Holding Capacity % 15.26 42.00 46.71 52.18 59.08 53.67 43.49 52.09 7 Porosity % 18.19 52.54 59.74 63.80 71.18 66.39 55.24 63.18 8 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100g 1.12 1.95 2.18 2.28 2.37 2.11 2.02 2.74 9 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca mg/kg 3127.18 5654.37 7184.45 6289.0 8257.12 7259.32 8024.56 7584.80 10 Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg mg/kg 1082.91 1170.61 2193.81 1815.12 2517.82 2179.82 2564.59 3015.82 11 Available Potassium as K mg/kg 51.80 87.58 62.84 78.59 64.37 79.04 91.64 71.82 12 Available Sodium as Na mg/kg 112.52 143.34 152.84 167.82 211.53 191.57 164.92 200.82 13 Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) --- 1.18 2.45 2.34 2.44 2.28 2.33 2.45 2.53 14 Nitrogen as N kg/ha 25.16 37.65 44.24 62.59 52.20 51.07 48.15 51.57 15 Available Phosphorous as P mg/kg 2.14 3.80 4.17 3.94 2.74 2.87 3.99 3.84 16 Chloride as Cl- mg/kg 18.65 18.00 20.18 24.16 21.15 25.18 29.13 32.33 17 Sulphate as SO4 mg/kg 1.84 2.90 2.94 3.05 2.84 2.71 2.78 3.12 18 Aluminium as Al ppm Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 19 Iron as Fe ppm 0.18 0.10 0.07 0.08 0.07 0.11 0.13 0.12 20 Manganese as Mn ppm 7.84 6.85 6.11 5.84 4.14 3.87 4.24 5.11 21 Boron as B ppm 1.00 1.10 1.18 1.24 1.33 1.37 1.12 1.02 22 Zinc as Zn ppm 0.21 0.17 0.13 0.18 0.25 0.27 0.30 0.34 23 Total Chromium as Cr ppm Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 24 Lead as Pb ppm 0.98 0.94 Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 0.98 25 Nickel as Ni ppm 0.02 Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 0.001

66

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Sr. No

Parameter Unit Location S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

26 Arsenic as Ar ppm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 27 Mercury as Hg ppm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 28 Cadmium as Cd ppm 0.001 Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 0.001 29 Organic Carbon % 0.30 0.41 .0.54 0.58 0.64 0.74 0.84 0.28 30 Organic Matter % 0.52 0.72 0.93 0.99 1.10 1.27 1.44 0.48

3.4.4 Comments on soil characteristics are as follows – From interpretation of field data, physical and chemical data it can be concluded that- As per the physical data soils are coarse to medium texture, having moderate bulk density, imperatively moderate to good water holding capacity, and moderately slow to moderate permeability. As per physical characters soils are rated as moderate to good for agriculture. As per chemical characters soil reaction (pH) soils are slightly alkaline, moderately to strongly alkaline and EC is non saline (normal). Organic matter is low to sufficient. Macro nutrient like nitrogen is very low to low and phosphorus is low, potassium is low, calcium, magnesium are medium to good and base saturation is moderate to good Sodium is below the limit to make soil saline or sodic or alkali.Micro-nutrients, Mn (very low may cause deficiency), Zn, Fe, Al (nil to low, will cause deficiency), B is moderate to high(may be toxic) SO4 very low and Cl are medium to high.Cation Exchange capacity is high indicating moderate to good fertility. Exchangeable Ca is medium to good with medium to good base saturation, Ex K is low, and Ex Na is also low not indicating any alkalinity. Sodium adsorption ratio indicates the soils are normal.As observed during field visit of 10 km buffer area from boundary of proposed plant.Area is located in east Western Ghats, North –West Karnataka in Krishna river basin. From Geomorphologic point of view, the area consists of Maland region and Main land region. Maland region is eastern part of Western Ghats and composed of foot hills of Sahydri, rugged hills. Maidan is almost a flat topography with elevation ranging from 530 to 558 M MSL. In general, area is characterized by slightly undulating and flat terrain. As per soil map of Maharashtra at 1:500000 scale by NBSS&LUP, the soil family association observed in the area are1 Moderately deep, moderately well drained, calcareous, clayey soils on side slopes of plateau and valleys, with moderate erosion associated with shallow excessively drained clayey soils 2.Very deep, well drained, cracking clay soils on side slopes of plateau, valleys and undulating plains with moderate erosion associated with moderately deep well drained clayey soils 3.Very shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loam soils with very low AWC on summits of plateau, with moderate erosion associated with shallow well drained clayey soils Thus as per analysis of soils data and field observation the land represented by eight samples can be classified as class III e land i.e. moderate soils on plain to gentle slopes subject to water erosion, as per land capability classification (USDA)

67

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.10 Soil Map

68

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 3.4.5 Physical characters Physical characters include Bulk density, grain size distribution (textural analysis). a. Grain size distribution: Texture indicates relative proportion of various sizes of primary

soil particles such as sand, silt and clay present in the soil. Based on their quantities present in the soil sample and using the textural classification diagram. Textural classes of eight soil samples are sandy loam, loam to sandy clay loam (coarse to medium) bulk density values confirm the textural class.

b. Bulk Density: In case of bulk density total soil space (space occupied by solid and pore

spaces combined) are taken in to consideration. Thus Bulk Density is defined as the mass (weight) of a unit volume of a dry soil. This volume would, off course include both solids and pores. Soil texture, soil structure and organic matter content are the factors influencing the bulk density of a soil. Bulk Density, besides being an interesting and significant physical characteristic, is very important as a basis for certain computations. The Bulk density of the eight soil sample under consideration ranges between1.03 to 1.57 gm/cc, and confirms the fine texture of the soils of the area under study.

c. Porosity: The pore spaceof a soil is the space occupied by air and water and is expressed

as percent pore space. The amount of this pore space is determined by structural conditions,that is by inter-related influence of texture, compactness and aggregation. Porosity is also related to aeration and retention and movement of water in the soil. The porosity of eight soil sample ranges between 18.19 to 71.18 % and is moderate to good in accordance to the texture of soil, and considered moderate to good for air and water movement in the soil for crops.

d. Permeability: Permeability is the entry of fluid from one medium to another. In soil –

water relationship, it means entry of water from air in to soil. : permeability rate is defined as maximum rate at which a soil in a given condition can absorb rain or irrigation water as it comes at soil surface, permeability rate is the rate of water entry in to the soil when flow is non-divergent. It is a surface and sub surface character, and is expressed as mm/sec or cm/hr .Permeability of eight samples under study is between 1.09 to 5.19 cm /hour, and classified as moderately slow to moderate for agriculture and conservation, indicating moderate availability of moisture to cops after rain or irrigation.

e. Water Holding Capacity (WHC): Water holding capacity of soil is the maximum

amount of moisture, a dry soil is capable of holding, under given standard condition. If the moisture content is increased further percolation result WHC is of great value to practical agriculture, since it provides a simple means to determine moisture content. WHC required for good crop growth is 35 to 70%. The WHC of the eight soil samples is between 15.26 to59.08 % and is low, moderate to good indicating availability of water for crop growth indicating somewhat less frequent water application for growing crops

3.4.6 Chemical Characters Parameters considered for chemical analysis are: Soil reaction (pH), EC, Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)) Cations, like Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium and Potassium, water soluble sulphatesand chlorides, SAR, macro nutrients like Available Nitrogen, total organic carbon, organic matter Available phosphorus, available potassium Micro nutrients like Iron, Zinc,

69

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 manganese and boron. Heavy metals like, Chromium(Cr),Lead (Pb),Nickel (Ni),Arsenic(As), Mercury (Hg) and Cadmium (Cd). a. Soil reaction (pH): Nutritional importance of pH is illustrated, thus hydrogen ion

concentration has influence not only on, solubility of nutrients, but also upon facility with which these nutrients are absorbed by plants, even already in soil solution for e.g. Fe,Mn and Zn become less available as pH rises from 4.5 to 7. At pH 6.5 to7.0 utilization of nitrate and ammonia nitrogen becomes more available. In case of phosphorus it becomes less available to plant as pH increases above 8.5, due to its fixation in exchange complex of soil. For the eight soil sample under consideration the pH ranges between 7.41 to 8.41 indicating soils are slightly alkaline, mod.alkaline to strongly alkaline in different samples, and suitable for growing all crops except some crops.

b. Electrical conductivity (EC):Salt content of soils are estimated by EC measurements,

and is useful to designate soils as normal or sodic (saline). Electrical conductivity is expressed as µS/cmat 250C. EC of eight soil samples is between0.13 to 0.27 µS/cmand are below the limits to be called as saline and hence soils are normal for crop growth.

c. Organic Carbon / Organic Matter (OC/OM) (%): Although accounting for only a

small part of the total soil mass in mineral soils, OM influences physical, chemical, and biological activities in the soil. OM in the soil is plant and animal residue which serves as a reserve for many essential nutrients, especially nitrogen. Determination of OM helps to estimate the nitrogen which will be released by bacterial activity for the next season depending on the conditions, soil aeration, pH, type of organic material, and other factors. Eight soil samples under consideration contain 0.52 to 1.44 % organic matter; OM is calculated from OC estimation. As per crop requirements the soils are having low to sufficient OM content in different samples, required for growing crop in next season.

d. Available Nitrogen (N):Nitrogen is a part of all living cells and is a necessary part of all

proteins, enzymes and metabolic processes involved in the synthesis and transfer of energy. Nitrogen is a part of chlorophyll, the green pigment of the plant that is responsible for photosynthesis. Helps plants with rapid growth, increasing seed and fruit production and improving the quality of leaf and forage crops. The available nitrogen in the eight samples in question, as per analysis ranges between 25.16 to 62.59 kg / ha showing very low to low nitrogen content for crop growth.

e. AvailablePhosphorus (P): Like Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P) is an essential part of the

process of photosynthesis involved in the formation of all oils, sugars, starches, etc. Helps with the transformation of solar energy into chemical energy; proper plant maturation; withstanding stress. Effects rapid growth.Encourages blooming and root growth. Phosphorus content of soil of eight samples ranges between 2.14 to 4.12 kg/ha and falls under very low category for crop growth.

f. AvailablePotassium (K): Potassium is absorbed by plants in larger amounts than any

other mineral element except nitrogen and, in some cases, calcium. Helps in the building of protein, photosynthesis, fruit quality and reduction of diseases. Potassium content of eight soil samples ranges between 51.80 to91.64 kg/ha and is very less for crop growth.

g. Cation Exchange capacity (CEC): Total amount of exchangeable cations that a soil can

retain is designated as cation exchange capacity (CEC) and usually expressed as

70

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

me/100gm of soil. Determination of amount of cations present in soil is useful, because CEC influences the availability of adsorbed cations to both higher plants and soil microorganisms. Thus CEC is directly related to fertility of soils. The CEC of the eight samples ranges between 34.91 to 40.10meq/100gmsoil. A soil with low CEC indicates low fertility and soils with high CEC indicates high fertility. Eight soil samples are coarse to medium textured having moderate percentage of clay with dominating montmorrilonitic clay mineral, showing high CEC, in turn fertility is also high.

h. Exchangeable Calcium (Ca++):Calcium, an essential part of plant cell wall structure,

provides for normal transport and retention of other elements as well as strength in plant. It is also thought to counteract the effect of alkali salts and organic acids within a plant and soil acidity. Exchangeable calcium content of eight soil samples ranges between 14.02 to 18.89 meq/100gm soil, and having moderate to good base saturation percentage (ranging from 43.81 to 56.91%). For normal crop growth a calcium base saturation percent of soils between 50 to 75%. 50% is required.

i. Exchangeable Magnesium (Mg++): Magnesium is part of the chlorophyll in all green

plants and essential for photosynthesis. It also helps activate many plant enzymes needed for growth. The magnesium content of the eight soil samples ranges between 8.49 to 14.35 meq/100 gm soil( BS % ranges between23.3 to 36.3), which is further adding to base saturation. Magnesium base saturation percent of 5 to 15 % is normal.

j. Exchangeable Sodium (Na+): Though sodium is not an essential plant nutrient, but it has

some role in potassium nutrition. Sodium also has a role in affecting the pH of soils; Sodium present above a certain limit makes soil alkaline which affect soil physical condition, and fixing of available phosphorus. Out of the eight samples sodium ranges between 1.94 to 3.67 meq/100gm soil, which is below the content(i.e. ESP is below 15%) at which soil show, saline alkali or alkaline properties, hence no adverse effect on soils.

k. Sodium Adsorption ratio (SAR): Sodium adsorption ratio is ratio of Na+ to under root

of Ca++, Mg++ by 2. SAR values of soil solution along with EC and pH helps in diagnosing soils as normal, saline, saline-alkali or alkali. Eight soil samples show SAR values between 1.18 to 2.53 and indicate that samples are normal (SAR below 13)

l. Iron (Fe): Iron is essential for crop and other plants for chlorophyll formation Iron

deficiency likely occurs in soils with high pH, poor aeration, excessive phosphorus, or low organic matter. It may be produced also by an imbalance of Mo, Cu, and Mn. In plants, the deficiency shows up as a pale green leaf color (chlorosis) with sharp distinction between green veins and yellow inter-venial tissues. Iron content of eight samples ranges between0.07 to0.18% and is very low to low. Thus may cause problem of iron deficiency.

m. Aluminum (Al):Exchangeable Aluminum (Al) is not present in a plant available form in

soils with a pH above 5.5 and therefore tests for extractablealuminum need only be done on distinctly acid soils. In soils with a pH range of 4.5 - 5.5 are those most likely to be affected by aluminum toxicity. In the eight samples the total Aluminum is nil.

n. Manganese(Mn): Is an important plant micro nutrient and is required by plants in second

greater quantity compared to iron, like any other element, it can have limiting factor on plant growth, if it is deficient or toxic in plant tissue.Manganese is used in plants as major

71

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

contribution to various biological systems, including photo synthesis, respiration and nitrogen assimilation. Mn content in the eight samples ranges between 3.87 to 7.84 mg/kg and is low and may cause deficiency in plants.

o. Zinc (Zn): Zn deficiency most often is present in sandy soils with neutral or alkaline pH,

or with low organic matter. Total zinc may be high but the availability depends on other factors. In the present eight samples Zinc content ranges between0.13 to 0.34 mg/kg or ppm and are low, considered deficient for crop growth.

p. Boron (B): There is a very narrow range between deficiency and toxicity in boron.

Deficiencies are more often when organic matter is low and dry weather slows the decomposition. Uptake of boron is reduced at pH level higher than 7.0 Plant toxicity symptoms manifest as leaf tip and marginal chlorosis. Boron toxicity occurs in dry areas and is generally associated with irrigation water. In the eight samples of the project the boron content is between1.0 to1.37is low and will cause deficiency to crops.

q. Water-Soluble Sulphates as SO4: This test measures readily available sulphur in the

form of dissolved plus absorbed sulphate. Sulphur testing is important where low sulphur or sulphur-free fertilizers are used, such as high analysis NPK fertilizers. Retention of sulphate sulphur by the soil is related to its phosphate retention, with high leaching losses of sulphate being associated with low phosphate retention soils. This should also be taken into account when considering sulphur fertilizer options. In the eight samples the water soluble sulphate as SO4 ranges between 1.84 to 3.05 mg/kg and very low.

r. Water Soluble Chlorides as Cl:Cl−anion does not form complexes readily, and shows

little affinity (or specificity) in its adsorption to soil components. Thus, Cl− movement within the soil is largely determined by water flows. Chlorine is an essential micronutrient for higher plants. It is present mainly as Cl−. Chloride is a major osmotically active solute in vacuole and is involved in both turgor- and osmo regulation. In the cytoplasm it may regulate the activities of key enzymes. In addition, Cl−also acts as a counter anion and Cl−

fluxes are implicated in the stabilization of membrane potential, regulation of intracellular pH gradients and electrical excitability. In eight samples the water soluble chloride ranges between18.0 to 32.33 mg/kgand ismedium tohigh.

s. Heavy Metals: Soils may become contaminated by the accumulation of heavy metals and

metalloids through emissions from the rapidly expanding industrial areas, mine tailings, disposal of high metal wastes, leaded gasoline and paints, land application of fertilizers, animal manures, sewage sludge, pesticides, wastewater irrigation, coal combustion residues, spillage of petrochemicals, and atmospheric deposition. Heavy metals constitute an ill-defined group of inorganic chemical hazards, and those most commonly found at contaminated sites are Lead (Pb), Chromium (Cr), Arsenic (As), Zinc (Zn), Cadmium (Cd)), Mercury (Hg) and Nickel (Ni) Soils are major sink for heavy metals released into environment by aforementioned anthropogenic activities and unlike organic contaminants which are oxidized to Carbon (IV) oxide by microbial action, most metals do not undergo microbial or chemical degradation and their total concentration in soils persists for a long time after their introduction changes in their chemical forms (speciation) and bioavailability are, however, possible. Presence of toxic metals in soil can severely inhibit the biodegradation of organic contaminants Heavy metal contamination of soil may pose risks and hazards to humans and the ecosystem through: direct ingestion or contact with contaminated soil, food chain (soil-plant-human or soil-plant-animal-human), drinking of

72

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

contaminated ground water, reduction in food quality (safety and marketability) via phyto-toxicity, reduction in land usability for agricultural production causing food insecurity and land tenure problems

t. Chromium (Cr):Chromium mobility depends on sorption characteristics of the soil,

including clay content, iron oxide content, and the amount of organic matter present. Chromium can be transported by surface runoff to surface waters in its soluble or precipitated form. Soluble and un-adsorbed chromium complexes can leach from soil into groundwater. Leachability of Cr (VI) increases as soil pH increases. Most of Cr released into natural waters is particle associated, however, and is ultimately deposited into the sediment. In eight samples the chromium is nil hence no chromium contamination.

u. Lead (Pb):Typical mean Pb concentration for surface soils worldwide averages

32 mg kg−1 and ranges from 10 to 67 mg kg−1. Most serious source of exposure to soil lead is through direct ingestion of contaminated soil or dust. In general, plants do not absorb or accumulate lead. However, in soils testing high in lead, it is possible for some lead to be taken up. Studies have shown that lead does not readily accumulate in the fruiting parts of vegetable and fruit crops (e.g., corn, beans, squash, tomatoes, strawberries, and apples). Higher concentrations are more likely to be found in leafy vegetables (e.g., lettuce) and on surface of root crops (e.g., carrots). Since plants do not take up large quantities of soil lead, the lead levels in soil considered safe for plants will be much higher than soil lead levels where eating of soil is a concern (pica). Generally, it has been considered safe to use garden produce grown in soils with total lead levels less than 300ppm. Risk of lead poisoning through food chain increases as soil lead level rises above this concentration. Even at soil levels above 300ppm, most of risk is from lead contaminated soil or dust deposits on the plants rather than from uptake of lead by plant. In eight samples Lead ranges between nil to 0.8 mg/kg and within permissible limit.

v. Nickel (Ni):Nickel is an element that occurs in the environment only at very low levels and is essential in small doses, but it can be dangerous when the maximum tolerable amounts are exceeded. . It usually takes a long time for nickel to be removed from air. Larger part of all Ni compounds that are released to the environment will adsorb to sediment or soil particles and become immobile as a result. In acidic soils, however, Ni becomes more mobile and often leaches down to the adjacent groundwater. In the eight soil samples, the nickel content is between nil to 0.02 and below limit of contamination.

w. Arsenic (As):Arsenate can adsorb or co precipitates with metal sulfides and has a high affinity for other sulfur compounds. Elemental arsenic and arsine, AsH3, may be present under extreme reducing conditions. Biotransformation (via methylation) of arsenic creates methylated derivatives of arsine. As compounds adsorb strongly to soils and are therefore transported only over short distances in groundwater and surface water. In eight samples arsenic values are below detectible limit and within permissible limit of contamination.

x. Mercury (Hg): Sorption to soils, sediments and humic materials is an important mechanism for removal of Hg from solution. Sorption is pH dependent and increases as pH increases. Mercury may also be removed from solution by co-precipitation with sulphides. Under anaerobic conditions, both organic and inorganic forms of Hg may be converted to alkylated forms by microbial activity, such as by sulfur-reducing bacteria. Elemental mercury may also be formed under anaerobic conditions by demethylation of methyl mercury or by reduction of Hg (II). Acidic conditions (pH < 4) also favor the

73

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

formation of methyl mercury, whereas higher pH values favor precipitation of HgS(s). In eight samples the mercury content is below detectible limit and within permissible limit of contamination.

y. Cadmium (Cd): Application of agricultural inputs such as fertilizers, pesticides, and bio-

solids (sewage sludge), the disposal of industrial wastes or the deposition of atmospheric contaminants increases the total concentration of Cd in soils, and the bioavailability of this Cd determines whether plant Cd uptake occurs to a significant degree. Cadmium is very bio -persistent but has few toxicological properties and, once absorbed by an organism, remains resident for many years. Eight samples contain cadmium is nil to0.001 and within permissible limits of contamination.

3.5 DRAINAGE AND GEOMORPHOLOGY 3.5.1 Drainage Topography of the region governs the drainage pattern of that area. If the area has well developed drainage pattern then the other resources are also well benefited through this. Geomorphologically the area exhibits rolling country. No prominent hills or other geomorphologic features are visible in the area. As far as the drainage pattern of the study region is concerned, it has dendritic drainage pattern with one perennial river, which flows in meanders from West to East direction along with its large & tiny tributaries.Assignment w.r.t. Hydrology, Ground water & Water conservation and Geology (HG & GEO) has been done by Dr. J. B. Pishtewho is an empanelled expert FAE of EEIPL for HG & GEO. Drainage map of study area was mapped using using the latest satellite image and the topographical map. The district as a whole is monotonously covered by Deccan Trap basaltic lava flows, which, in turn, are covered by a thin mantle of soil almost everywhere. These flows, on account of differential weathering, give rise to undulating relief. There are no prominent hill ranges in the district and the region is characterized by typical Deccan Trap geomorphology. Drainage map shows that there are Tiny small lakes in the southern vicinity of the project site appeared. Drainage maps shows that there are many small streams and drains near proposed project site. Most of these streams are connected to Krishna River. Drainage pattern reveals the impression of subsurface formations and lithological characteristics of the study area. As per topography and drainage pattern, the proposed project is not under any flood area. 3.5.2. Geomorphology The area around the project site rests on Northern slopes of the plateau. It has maximum elevation of about 570 m asl along the Southern periphery and lowest elevation of less than 500 m asl is seen on Northern peripheral regions. The project site is located at around 560 m elevation on a gentle high-ground that slopes North Eastern region from the plateau. It has a relief of about 50 m over the surrounding low land.

74

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.11 Drainage Map

75

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 3.6. GEOLOGY, HYDROLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY 3.6.1. Stratigraphic succession of Deccan Basalt Group of the Western Ghats

(After Beane et al.1986, Bodas et al. 1988, Cox and Hawkesworth, 1985, Subbarao and Hooper, 1988 and Khadri et al. 1988 in Geology of Maharashtra, editor Dr. G. G. Deshapande, 1998, by Geological Society of India, Bangalore – Modified to suite this report). The Deccan Trap Group is divided into three Sub-groups viz. Kalasubai, Lonawala and Wai. The Wai Sub-group is the youngest among these. It is exposed in the south with progressively younger flows from Nasik to Belgaum. As shown in Figure 3.12, the Wai Sub-group is divided into five Formations. The area under study forms a part of the Mahabaleshwar Formation of Wai Sub-group.

Table 3.7Stratigraphic Succession of Deccan Basalt Group

Deccan Basalt Group Sub Group Formation

Wai

Desur Panhala

Mahabaleshwar Ambenali Poladpur

Pre-Deccan Kaladagi Group

3.6.2. Extension of Deccan Trap Province

Geologically the area falls roughly in the middle part of the Deccan Volcanic Province (DVP) of Peninsular India. The DVP is dominated by basaltic lava flows of Deccan Traps. The Deccan Traps is the second most extensive geological formation in Peninsular India, next only to the Archaean igneous and metamorphic complex. It occupies large area covering parts of the states of Gujarat, Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka

76

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.12 Geomorphological Map

77

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.13 Regional Geological Map of the Southernmost Exposures of the DVP with other Stratigraphic Units

(adapted from GSI, 1987; Kale et al, 1999). The stratigraphic units depicted are (1) Quaternary sediments and Laterites; (2) Deccan Traps; (3) Badami Group; (4) Simikeri Subgroup; (5) Lokapur Subgroup; (6) Closepet Granite and equivalents; (7) Hungund Schist Belt; (8) Shimoga Schist Belt; (9) Early ArcheanGranitoids and (10) Undifferentiated Peninsular Gneissic Complex)

Lava flows of Deccan Traps are laterally continuous for considerable distances. It is possible to trace them laterally in exposures and sections on hill slopes and streams, and dug-wells on the basis of their physical properties. Two different types of lava flows have been recognized in Deccan Traps. They are the ‘Pahoehoe’ type and the ‘Aa’ or ‘Block’ type. Usually the flows which are made up of sub-flows or lobes, are called ‘compound’ flows. The other type, the ‘simple’ flows are without sub-flows or lobes. The simple flows equate to classic flood basalts formed by quiet effusive eruption of very large quantities of low viscosity lava from open fissures. The compound flows are either the product of explosive activity from more viscous lavas or can be formed at the distal portion of simple flows where there is an increased viscosity from cooling and degassing. Both types of basalt flows tend to weather variably even across small outcrops. The compound flow basalts result from lavas, which lose much of their volatile gases prior to or during extrusion and hence are more viscous. This greater viscosity causes the remaining volatile gases to be trapped within the rapidly solidifying lava. The lava is characterized by rubbly upper and lower surfaces. Almost everywhere in district, black cotton soil ranging in thickness from 0.3 m to 2.5 m is found to cover the top of different flows. This black cotton soil is the ultimate product of weathering of Deccan Trap. Calcareous kankar and nodules are commonly associated with these soils. Thickness of soil cover along the river Channel increases to as much as 3 to 4 m.

78

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure3.14 Lithological Section at Yadrav

Figure 3.15 Lithological Section at North of Project Site

Figure3.14 and figure 3.15 reflect the different types of lithological characteristics in a single Compound flow. In the area under study pahoehoe type flow consisting mainly of vesicular

79

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 /amygdaloidal basalt is found exposed in all outcrops and sections at the locations visited during fieldwork. These rocks are reddish or violet in color. Comparatively, these varieties of basalt are softer than the compact basalt. They are hard to break when fresh, but have become fragile on exposure to atmosphere. Spacing of vesicles in some parts of the flow is close while that in other parts is wider. Vesicles are generally smaller than 1cm in diameter. Some of the vesicles are filled with secondary minerals belonging mostly to Zeolite Group. This form of cavity filling minerals is called ‘amygdaloidal’. These varieties of basalt do not show distinct joints but have irregular fractures. They can serve as good aquifer if weathered sufficiently. Compact basalt in study area occurs as small patches or lenses in the vesicular type. This rock is dark grey to black in color. It is dense, hard, and tough, fine grained and show sparsely distributed vesicles at some places. Some of these vesicles are filled with secondary minerals (amygdales). Size of majority of the vesicles and amygdales is less than a centimeter. Jointed part of this rock is suitable for movement and storage of groundwater. 3.6.3. Hydrogeology

Hydrogeology is the study of occurrence, movements and storage of water in the rocks below the earth surface. Such water is called ‘Groundwater’. The rocks which allow movement and storage of water are called ‘aquifers’. The weathered part of rocks immediately below the surface forms a good aquifer. It is called ‘unconfined’ aquifer and is generally tapped by dug wells. The upper surface of confined aquifer is known as ‘water table’ and it apparent as the standing water level in dug wells. The aquifers occurring at some depth below the surface (and beyond unconfined aquifer) that are tapped by bore wells can be ‘confined’ or ‘semi-confined’ aquifers. As the groundwater moves through and stored in rocks. 3.6.3.1. Ground Water Conditions in the Project Area

Geologic zones of importance to groundwater must be identified so also their structure in terms of water-holding and water-yielding capabilities. Hydrologic conditions furnish water to the underground zone; the subsurface data govern its distribution and movement. The unconfined aquifer in basaltic terrain around the project site is restricted to weathered zone adjacent to the earth surface underlain by fractured zone in the bedrock.

80

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.16 Geological Map

81

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Table 3.8 Well inventory Data for Area Around Project Site Village /

Well location

Latitude ( N )

Longitude ( E )

R L of Ground

Level in m from MSL

Post-monsoon

DTW(mbgl)

R.L. of Post-monsoon

Water Level mm sl

1 16°31'51.30"N 74°43'20.60"E 545.3 2.1 543.2 2 16°31'48.90"N 74°43'14.60"E 537.6 3.2 534.4 3 16°32'24.80"N 74°43'29.30"E 538.5 3.5 535 4 6°32'46.50"N 74°43'28.70"E 535.3 3.0 532.3 5 16°33'31.30"N 74°44'28.30"E 536 1.2 534.8 6 16°31'39.60"N 74°43'9.20"E 557 1.5 555.5 7 16°31'44.80"N 74°43'10.20"E 556 1.5 554.5 8 16°31'45.50"N 74°43'8.30"E 556 2.5 553.5 9 16°31'6.40"N 74°43'33.60"E 552 4.9 547.1 10 16°31'23.85"N 74°43'47.41"E 565 2.8 562.2 11 6°30'42.92"N 74°44'2.22"E 562 3.5 558.5

Figure 3.17 Well Monitoring Locations for Area Around Project Site

Hydrogeology is an interdisciplinary subject; it can be difficult to account fully for the chemical, physical, biological and even legal interaction between Soil, Water, nature and Society. The study of the interaction between groundwater movement and geology can be quite complex. Groundwater does not always flow in the subsurface down-hill following the surface topography; groundwater follows pressure gradients (flow from high pressure to low) often following fractures and conduits in circuitous paths (see fig ure 3.17).

82

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.18 GW Contour for the area around Hermes Distillery Pvt. Ltd. Project Site

83

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.19 Geo-hydrological Map

84

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 3.7 WATER QUALITY 3.7.1. Introduction Selected water quality parameters, for surface and ground water resources from study area, have been considered for assessing water environment and to evaluate impact due to the project. Understanding water quality is important in environmental impact assessment and to identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. The assignment w.r.t. Water Quality (WQ) is done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare. 3.7.2. Methodology 3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation Reconnaissance was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based on (1) Topomaps and drainage map to identify major water bodies, and (2) likely areas which can represent baseline conditions. Sampling and analysis of water samples for physical, chemical and heavy metals were undertaken through NABL & MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory of M/s. Horizon Services, Pune which is NABL accredited& MoEFCC; New Delhi approved organization. Further, same has received certification of OHSAS 18001:2007 from DNV. Eight locations for surface water and five locations for ground water samples were selected which are listed in table 3.9

Table 3.9 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water

Station Code

Name of the Station

Geographical Location

Distance from Site(Km)

Direction from Site

SW1 Krishna Upstream- Manjari

16°33'11.81"N, 74°41'20.64"E

4.66 NW

SW2 Krishna Downstream – at Dighewadi

16°34'08.94"N, 74°44'38.23"E

5 .00 NE

SW 3 Bawan Saundatti 16°32'58.00"N, 74°42'26.71"E

3.19 NW

SW 4 Yadravnala 16°31'12.86"N, 74°43'33.61"E

0.80 SE

SW5 Diggewadi Nala 16°34' 6.19"N, 74°44'32.66"E

3.09 NE

SW6 Anklinala 16°32’27.45"N, 74°40’20.22"E

5.56 NW

SW7 Jalalpur 16°32’58.42"N, 74°46’02.46"E

5.66 NE

SW8 Siddapurwadi 16°31’38.27"N, 74°39’08.67"E

7.34 W

85

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Table 3.10 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water

Station Code

Geographical Location Distance from Site (M)

Direction from Site

GW1 16°31'48.90"N,74°43'14.60"E 0.65 N GW2 16°32'46.50"N,74°43'28.70"E 2.43 N GW3 16°31'39.60"N,74°43'09.20"E 0.45 NNW GW4 16°31'44.80"N,74°43'10.20"E 0.57 N GW5 16°31'06.40"N,74°43'33.60"E 0.81 SE

3.7.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation Ground and surface water sources, covered in an area of 10 Km radius from the proposed site were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metal and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface and ground water. The samples were collected and analyzed as per procedures specified in ‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ published by American Public Health Association (APHA).Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples were collected in sterilized glass bottles for bacteriological portability test. Parameters analyzed at the site were pH, temperature, odour, turbidity and dissolved oxygen using portable water analysis kits. Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for assessing the existing water quality status in the core area. Results for the parameters analyzed in surface water samples, are compared with Class ‘C’ water as per IS: 10500:2012, Second Revision; “Specifications for Drinking Water”. 3.7.4 Presentation of Results for Survey from Oct. 2017 – Dec. 2017 3.7.4.1 Surface Water Analysis results for surface water are given in the table 3.11.

86

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Table 3.11 Surface Water

Sr. No

Parameter Unit Location Limits IS 10500:2012 SW 1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

1. Colour Hazen units

Colorless Colorless Blackish Blackish Blackish Blackish Blackish Blackish Colorless

2. Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable sewage sewage sewage sewage sewage Odorless Agreeable 3. Temperature oC 23 24 25 26 27 26 27 25 6.5-8.5 4. pH -- 7.58 7.69 7.07 7.37 7.62 7.55 7.53 7.86 Not Specified 5. Conductivity μS/cm 762.65 922.85 2476.21 3108.43 2931.36 3299.67 3113.38 2430.26 < 500.00 6. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/lit 510.99 618.32 1659.10 2082.70 1964.06 2210.83 2086.02 1628.32 1.0 7. Turbidity NTU 0.6 0.7 1.3 2.7 3.8 5.1 4.3 3.8 Not Specified 8. Total Suspended Solids mg/lit 63.0 58.1 105.2 137.59 161.23 139.52 125.43 115.54 Not Specified 9. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/lit 27.4 22.6 154.74 207.61 217.19 235.44 246.21 191.59 Not Specified 10. BOD 3 days at 27o C mg/lit 10.5 8.7 60.45 75.41 80.18 90.28 95.51 68.73 Not Specified 11. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit 3.2 2.95 5.18 12.36 11.54 17.84 15.42 11.29 45 Max 12. Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 5.6 11.5 55.39 71.54 72.46 89.67 123.54 69.51 Not Specified 13. Nitrite as NO2 mg/lit 1.16 1.96 3.33 3.09 3.19 3.51 4.26 3.09 Not Specified 14. Phosphorous as P mg/lit 0.15 0.11 1.17 1.09 1.75 1.88 1.91 1.45 Not Specified 15. Nitrogen as N mg/lit 7.81 9.2 14.56 18.53 25.91 37.57 44.75 41.93 Not Specified 16. Sodium as Na mg/lit 16.54 14.99 35.42 36.84 98.9 84.74 90.82 82.69 Not Specified 17. Potassium as K mg/lit 1.21 2.36 11.54 9.74 10.68 12.46 14.96 9.16 75 18. Calcium as Ca mg/lit 75.29 90.96 163.57 194.62 157.29 168.48 195.74 155.63 30 19. Magnesium as Mg mg/lit 20.70 25.30 34.52 46.81 40.62 42.49 63.78 45.81 200 20. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/lit 273.51 331.64 551.15 679.41 560.58 596.26 752.12 577.81 Not Specified 21. Carbonates as CO3

2- mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL Not Specified 22. Bicarbonates as HCO3 mg/lit 147.2 165.3 349.81 487.26 497.52 500.25 515.41 391.48 250 23. Chlorides as Clˉ mg/lit 91.53 100.23 311.57 356.18 299.51 427.38 385.17 300.67 200 24. Sulphates as SO4 mg/lit 75.21 98.21 209.56 215.81 225.67 223.81 235.79 209.73 0.3 25. Iron as Fe mg/lit 0.001 0.002 0.21 0.19 0.36 0.32 0.2 0.22 0.05 26. Copper as Cu mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 5 27. Zinc as Zn mg/lit 0.06 0.004 0.005 0.113 0.19 0.122 0.104 0.092 0.01 28. Arsenic as As mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 0.003 29. Cadmium as Cd mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL Not Specified

87

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Sr. No

Parameter Unit Location Limits IS 10500:2012 SW 1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

30. Chromium as Cr mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 0.01 31. Lead as Pb mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 0.001 32. Mercury as Hg mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 1 33. Fluoride as Fˉ mg/lit 0.1 0.05 1.26 0.52 1.47 1.29 0.14 1.52 0.5 34. Boron as B mg/lit NIL NIL 0.007 0.009 0.0014 0.019 0.026 0.045 Absent 35. Total Coli form MPN/

100ml 65 95 463 628 518 600 394 305

Note: Bold values indicates the values above the IS 10500:2012 limit

3.7.4.1.1. General Observations – Surface Water Table 3.11 Shows surface water characteristics in study area of HDPL and Shivshakati Nagar, Belgaum, Karnataka. For this study two Krishna River water samples collected at villages viz. Manjari and Dighewadi. Also six nalla water samples sites collected were BawanSoundatti, Yadrav, Diggewadi, Ankali, Jalalpur and Siddapurwadi. River and Nalla samples were collected and analyses per APHA (2015) and compared with IS (2012) standards. From table it is cleared that both the river water samples along are not potable as the both water samples were hard water with high TDS Contents. Also six nalla samples had TDS, COD, BOD, Calcium, Magnesium, Nitrate, Chlorides and Sulphate which showed that these all nallas are polluted and requires treatments. Analysis results for ground water are given at Annexure-IV. 3.7.4.2 Ground Water Analysis results for the ground water samples are given in following Table 3.12.

Table 3.12 Ground water

Sr. No

Parameter Unit Location Limits IS 10500: 2012 GW1 GW2 GW 3 GW 4 GW 5

1 Colour -- Yellowish Yellowish Colorless Colorless Colorless Colourless 2 Odour -- Odorless Odorless Odorless Odorless Odorless Agreeable 3 pH -- 7.33 7.36 7.13 7.35 7.07 6.5-8.5 4 Conductivity mS/cm 3.84 3.26 4.14 1.7 2.72 Not Specified 5 TDS mg/lit 1044.22 942.45 946.76 680.804 867.83 < 500.00 6 Nitrite NO2 mg/lit 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.09 0.21 Not Specified

88

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Sr. No

Parameter Unit Location Limits IS 10500: 2012 GW1 GW2 GW 3 GW 4 GW 5

7 Nitrates as NO3 mg/lit 10.1 16.2 20.2 8.13 20.75 < 45.00 8 Ortho Phosphate mg/lit 0 0 0 0 0 Not Specified 9 Biochemical Oxygen Demand mg/lit 17.5 20 22.4 4.26 5.3 Not Specified

10 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/lit 45.4 57.2 58.3 12.19 13 Not Specified 11 Potassium as K mg/lit 5 8 2 1.02 6 Not Specified 12 Sodium as Na mg/lit 176 173 192 116.2 184 Not Specified 13 Calcium as Ca mg/lit 63.18 71.54 27.81 48.92 52.63 < 75.00 14 Magnesium as Mg mg/lit 41.17 52.18 28.4 18.44 21.27 < 30.00 15 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/lit 327.57 393.83 186.53 198.27 219.21 < 200.00 16 Carbonate as CO3-- mg/lit 0 0 0 0 0 Not Specified 17 Bicarbonates as HCO3 mg/lit 386.11 294.76 321.53 174.36 208.79 Not Specified 18 Chlorides as Cl mg/lit 242.16 181.2 205.16 210.47 255.74 < 250.00 19 Sulphates as SO4 mg/lit 120 145 149 103 118 < 200.00 20 Fluorides as F mg/lit 0.3 0.25 0.3 0.17 0.35 < 1.00 21 Boron as B mg/lit 0 0 0 0 0 < 0.50 22 Iron as Fe mg/lit 0 0.06 0 0 0 < 0.30 23 Copper as Cu mg/lit 0 0 0 0 0 < 0.05 24 Chromium as Cr+6 mg/lit 0.05 0.06 0.11 0.004 0.09 Not Specified 25 Nickel as Ni mg/lit 0 0 0 0 0 < 0.02 26 Lead as Pb mg/lit 0 0 0 0 0 < 0.01 27 Mercury as Hg mg/lit 0 0 0 0 0 < 0.001 28 Cadmium as Cd mg/lit 0 0 0 0 0 < 0.003 29 Arsenic as As mg/lit 0 0 0 0 0 < 0.01 30 Zinc as Zn mg/lit 0 0 0 0 0 <5.00

Note: Bold values indicates the values above the IS 10500:2012 limit 3.7.4.2.1. General Observations – GroundWater Table 3.12 shows surface water characteristics in study area of HDPL. Ground water was collected at five different locations viz. Which are listed in table 3.10. Same is analysesed as per APHA (2015) and compared with IS (2012) for portability. Ground water result of these five samples sites showed that the water is not potable, these sample contain high TDS. Analysis results for ground water are given at Annexure-V.

89

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 3.7.4.3 Ground Water Development and Management Strategy

Dug/Bore wells are more common and popular in the study area. Most of the wells are shallow type and water table is at about 5 M deep. Deep dug wells are up to a depth of 12 M. • Ground Water Development

Maximum development of groundwater resources for beneficial use involves planning in terms of an entire groundwater basin. Recognizing that a basin is a large natural underground reservoir. Ground Water potential has been assessed as per data collected from the State Ground Water Department, Irrigation Department and Central Ground Water Board. Bore wells in the area are around approx. 300 Nos. and are normally up to a depth of 60-65 M. The yield of these wells as well as the pumping period varies from 4 to 6 hours/day. Most of the dug wells, dug-cum-bore and shallow bore wells up to 30 M tap the shallow aquifers. The bore wells deeper than 30 M tap the water from fractures occurring between 30 to 100 M depth which tap medium to deep aquifers. Data pertaining to lakes and ponds from irrigation department was not available and factors like seepage and ground water recharge due to these have not been considered at this stage. 3.8 METEOROLOGY

3.8.1. Introduction Micro-meteorological data within study area during air quality survey period is an indispensable part of air pollution studies. Meteorological data recorded during monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of baseline information as well as for input to predictive models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general meteorological status of the region. Site specific data can be compared with historical data in order to identify changes, which may have taken place due to the rapid industrialization in the area. Micro-meteorological parameters regulate transport and diffusion of pollutants released into the atmosphere. Principal variables, which affect micrometeorology, are horizontal connective transport (average wind speed and direction), vertical connective transport (atmospheric stability and inversion conditions) and topography of the area.Climate of study area and surrounding area is generally dry except in the southwest monsoon season. Year may broadly be divided into four seasons. Temperature Period from the middle of February to the end of May is one of continuous increase in temperatures. Rise in temperatures is more marked in the plains than on the hills. May is the hottest month of the year. The mean maximum temperature is 370C whereas the mean minimum temperature is 27.2 0C.

Rainfall District falls under the proximity of western ghat. It receives abundant rainfall. Most of the rainfall is received during the south-west monsoon in months from June to September. This account for about 90-92 percent of the normal annual rainfall. Variation in the annual rainfall from year to year is large. Average annual rainfall of the district is 2000 -2500 mm.

90

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 3.8.2. Methodology Methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and the Indian Meteorology Department (IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the data, which is then compared with the meteorological data generated by IMD from the nearest station at Belgaum. 3.8.2.1.Methodology of Data Generation Meteorological data has been generated at the site. Meteorological parameters were monitored for one seasoni.e. fromOctober 2017 - December 2017.Details of parameters monitored, equipments used & frequency of monitoring is given in Table 3.13

Table 3.13Meteorological Parameters

Sr. No. Parameters Instrument Frequency 1. Wind Speed Counter Cup Anemometer Every Hour 2. Wind Direction Wind Vane Every Hour 3. Temperature Min. /Max.Thermometer Once in a day 4. Relative Humidity Dry/Wet bulb Thermometer Twice a day

3.8.2.2.Sources of Information Secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from nearest IMD station at Begaum. Also, reference were taken from book climatological Normals (1971-2000). Wind roses, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall intensity have been compiled from IMD station. Similarly, data on cloud cover is compiled from climatological tables from IMD station of Belgaum. Details are tabulated in Annexure-II. 3.8.2.3.Wind Pattern at Project Wind Speed and direction are recorded at site every hour. Predominant wind during study season is from East (E) direction. 3.9 AIR QUALITY

3.9.1. Introduction Ambient air quality (AAQ) with respect to study zone of 10 Km radius around the HDPLsite forms the baseline information. Study area represents some urban environment although there is dominance of rural habitation. Various sources of air pollution in study area are commercial and residential activities from the urban as well as rural areas, transportation and vehicular traffic etc. Impact of said actions and events through various emissions is reflected in the results of AAQM. Major air pollutants released into atmosphere from the different sources are PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and to small extent CO. However, these again vary with type and nature of the sources. This section describes selection of sampling locations, includes methodology of sampling and analytical techniques with frequency of sampling. Presentation of results for the October 2017 – November 2017 - December 2017survey is followed by observations. All requisite monitoring assignments, sampling and analysis was conducted through the environmental laboratory of M/s. Horizon Services, Pune which is NABL accredited and MOEFCC; New

91

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 Delhi approved organization.Mr. J. M. Gadgil & Mr.Yuvraj Damugade who are FAEs and Mr. Sangram Patil who is FAA of EEIPL for AQ. Also, the assignment w.r.t. Air Pollution (AP) is done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare and Dr. Rohan Lad who are FAEs and Mr. Sangram Patil who is FAA of EEIPL for AP. 3.9.2. Methodology 3.9.2.1.Selection of Sampling Locations Baseline status of AAQ has been assessed through an AAQM network. Design of monitoring network, in air quality surveillance program, is based on considerations namely – (1) Meteorological conditions, (2) Topography of the study area, (3) Representativeness of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status, and (4) Representativeness of likely industrial impact areas.Ambient air monitoring was conducted in the study area to assess the quality of air for SO2, NOx, CO, PM10 and PM2.5.AAQM stations were set up at eight locations with due consideration to above mentioned points, details of which are presented below. Monitoring of air quality was done here over a period of one season. Annexure-III may be referred for AAQM data.

Table3.14AAQM Location Details

Station Code Name of the Station Distance from Site (Km) Direction From Site A1 Industrial Site -- -- A2 Kanchkarwadi 2.47 E A3 Nasalapur 3.69 W A4 BawanSaundatti 3.19 NW A5 Nandikurli 3.75 SW A6 Diggewadi 3.09 NE A7 Kempathi 7.92 SSW A8 Yadrav 0.8 SE

3.9.2.2.Parameters,Frequency and Analysis Methods for AAQ Monitoring Frequency adopted for sampling is two days per week; 24 hourly for all six ambient air quality stations. Baseline data of air environment, for all the eight monitoring stations, was generated. Details of same are presented in following table

Table3.15 AAQ Parameters, Monitoring Frequency and Analysis Methods

No. Parameters Frequency of Monitoring Analysis Methods 1. PM10 Continuous, 24 Hourly,

twice a week Gravimetric Method (IS:5182, Part IV)

2. PM2.5 Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a week

Gravimetric Method (IS:5182, Part IV)

3. SO2 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a week

Modified West and Gaeke Method (IS:5182, Part II; Sodium Tetrachloro-mercurate).

4. NOx 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a week

Jacobs and Hochheiser Method (IS: 5182, Part VI)

5. CO Once in a day, once a week NDIR Method (IS: 5182, Part X)

92

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

3.9.3. Presentation of Results

Summary of results for analysis of ambient air monitoring is presented in Table3.16. Permissible ambient air quality limits are also presented in Table 3.17.

Table3.16Summary of the AAQ Monitoring Results for Season

[October 2017 – November 2017 - December 2017]

Location Industrial

Site Kanchkarwadi Nasalapur BawanSa

undatti Nandikurli Diggewadi Kempathi Yadrav

PM10

µg/M3 Max. 70.45 60.70 58.08 58.08 60.00 55.84 56.82 63.16 Min. 41.68 39.64 40.00 39.48 40.05 35.61 35.09 41.32 Avg. 54.94 49.00 50.04 50.21 51.17 45.85 46.01 52.19 98% 58.76 51.20 53.66 53.35 57.32 47.92 48.74 55.62

PM2.5

µg/M3

Max. 25.98 21.95 23.18 23.18 24.00 19.94 20.01 25.16 Min. 14.85 10.21 13.00 13.25 13.06 10.08 10.25 15.62 Avg. 19.21 16.49 18.54 18.54 18.68 14.51 14.65 18.93 98% 22.30 18.98 20.08 20.07 19.97 16.33 16.48 20.24

SO2

µg/M3 Max. 39.68 32.00 39.17 39.17 39.17 30.64 29.64 33.95 Min. 25.20 20.65 24.75 24.75 25.09 17.21 17.35 20.06 Avg. 32.12 25.40 28.59 28.51 29.02 22.53 22.74 27.99 98% 35.47 27.99 31.74 31.51 31.62 26.74 27.06 30.02

NOx µg/M3

Max. 56.97 43.51 47.00 47.00 47.00 38.64 39.61 39.76 Min. 35.50 23.85 28.15 28.15 28.19 22.15 22.15 25.39 Avg. 45.31 33.59 37.16 37.23 37.04 30.21 30.28 33.38 98% 50.10 37.21 40.39 40.39 40.67 33.14 33.57 36.23

CO mg/m3

Max. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Avg. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 98% BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Notes:PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOxare computed based on 24 hourly values.,CO concentrations were observed to be well below detectable limits and hence the same are not mentioned in the above table.

Table 3.17National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Specified By CPCB

(New Delhi, the 18th November, 2009)

Zone Station PM10 µg/M3 PM2.5 µg/M3 SO2 µg/M3 NOxµg/M3 CO mg/M3 24 Hr A.A. 24 Hr A.A 24 Hr A.A. 24 Hr A.A. 8 Hr 1 Hr

Industrial, Rural & Residential Area

100 60 60 40 80 50 80 40 4 2

Eco-sensitive Area Notified by Govt.

100 60 60 40 80 20 80 30 4 2

Note: A.A. represents Annual Average

3.9.4. Observations Based On Period October 2017 – November 2017 - December 2017 Observations in respect of results presented in Table 3.16 are given below. Particulate Matter (PM10) PM10 values at all the eight locations are attributed to windblown dust. 98 percentile values at eight stations viz. Industrial Site, Kanchakarwadi, Nasalapur, BawanSaundatti, Nandikurli, Diggewadi, Kempathi and Yadravare observed between 47.92µg/m3 to 58.76 which is below

93

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 the permissible value of 100 µg/m3 for residential zones. Average value of PM10for industrial site is 54.94µg/m3 and those for remaining stations remaining were observed to be in a range between 45.85 µg/m3 to 54.94µg/m3, which are within the permissible limit of 100µg/M3. Particulate Matter (PM2.5) All observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions i.e. 60 µg/M3. Average values range between 14.51 µg/M3 to 19.21µg/M3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) All observations are well below permissible limits of 80 µg/M3 with average SO2 concentrations ranging between 22.53µg/M3 to 32.12µg/M3 Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) All observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions (i.e. 80 µg/M3). Average values range between 30.21µg/M3 to 42.31µg/M3

Carbon Monoxide (CO) Carbon Monoxide concentrations were Below Detectable Levels (BDL). 3.10 NOISE LEVEL SURVEY 3.10.1 Introduction

Physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is that sound which is composed of many frequency components of various loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. Most common and universally accepted scale is the ‘A’ weighted scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 HZ. Scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear.Impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on: • Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It

can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as the one, which is of continuously varying loudness.

• Time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance.

• Location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which determines the loudness and period of exposure.

Environmental Impact of noise can have several effects varying from noise Induced hearing loss to annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels. Environmental impact assessment of noise from the industrial activity, vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological responses, annoyance and general community responses. Study area of 10 Km radius with reference to HDPL industry site was covered for noise environment. Four zones viz. residential, commercial, industrial and silent zones have been

94

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 considered for noise monitoring. Some of the major arterial roads were covered to assess noise due to traffic. Noise monitoring was undertaken for 24 hours at each location.Purpose of noise pollution impact assessment in the study area is to assess impact of total noise generated by industries and vehicular traffic on the human settlements within 10 Km radius. Main objectives of the studies conducted were - Assessment of background noise levels Identification and monitoring the major noise sources of the existing activity Impact of noise on the workers as well as on general population. Assignment of noise was done by FAE of EEIPL for NV - Mr. Vinay Kumar Kurakula. 3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. Noise generating sources have been identified with respect to the activities, viz. industrial noise and ambient noise due to industries and traffic, which have impact on sensitive areas. Noise sampling locations have been indicated below. 3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations Noise survey involved determination of noise levels, in decibels, at following 8locations in study area. Noise levels were recorded once in a month for24-hour period at each village.

Table3.18Noise Sampling Locations

Station Code

Name of the Sampling Point

Distance from Site(Km)

Direction from Site

N1 Project Site - - N2 Yadrav 0.8 SE N3 Kanchakarwadi 2.47 E N4 Nandikurali 3.75 SW N5 BavanSoundatti 3.19 NW N6 Diggewadi 3.09 NE N7 Nasalapur 3.69 W N8 Jalalpur 6.20 NE

A noise rating developed by EPA for specification of community noise from all the sources is the day-night sound level, (Ldn). It is similar to a 24-hour equivalent sound level except that during the night-time period, which extends from 10 PM to 6 AM, a 10 dB (A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing 24 hour average. This night time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night, when people usually sleep, is judged more annoying than the same noise during the daytime.For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of the certain noise levels exceeding during the time interval. Notation for statistical quantities of noise levels is described below: L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 percent of the time L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 percent of the time, and L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 percent of the time

95

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 Lday is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during day (6 AM to 10 PM). Lnight is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during night (10 PM to 6 AM). Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq): Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level that is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time.This is calculated from the following equation: (L10-L90)2 Leq=L50+ ------------- 60 Ldn: Noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is all day-nights Sound Level (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except during night time period (10 PM to 6 AM) where a 10 dB(A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hr average. Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq’s, by the equation. Ldn=10 log {1/24[15(10 Ld/10) +9 (10(Ln+10)/10)]} Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the daytime (6 AM to 10 PM) and Ln is the equivalent sound level during the night-time (10 PM to 6 AM). 3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring A detailed noise level survey was undertaken to study the levels of noise, as the high noise levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and the associated environment. Noise level monitoring was carried out through MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory-M/s. Horizon Services, Pune - that has also received NABL as well as ISO 9001: 2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001: 2007 accreditations by DNV. 3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels MoEFCC has notified ambient air quality standards in respect of noise vide Gazette notification Dated 14th February 2000. It is based on the ‘A’ weighted equivalent noise level (Leq). The standards are given in following table

Table 3.19Ambient Noise Level Standards

Area Code Category Limits in dB(A) Leq Day Time Night Time

A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40

Ref: Noise Rules 2000; Gazette of India 14th Feb 2000.

96

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 Standards for Occupational Noise: (U.S.A) Industrialized countries have specified limits for occupational noise exposure. The permissible noise exposure limit for industrial workers is primarily concerned with the harmful aspect of noise and its objective is to protect the hearing of majority of working people. The American Conference Government of Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), USA has prescribed the following permissible noise exposure limits for industrial workers. These limits are given in Table 3.20

Table3.20Standards for Occupational Exposure

Exposure Time in Hour/Day 8 4 2 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 1/16 1/32 Limit in dB(A) 090 093 096 099 102 105 108 111 114

Exposure to continuous or intermittent noise louder than 115 dB(A) should not be permitted. Exposure to pulse or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB (A). OSHA Standards Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) have also prescribed the following allowable limits to noise exposure for industrial workers. These are given in the following Table 3.21

Table 3.21OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure

Duration per Day (in hours) 8 6 4 3 2 1.5 1 0.5 0.25 Sound Level in dB(A) 085 087 090 082 085 087 100 105 110

3.10.3 Presentation of Results Ambient noise levels measured are presented in Table 3.22. Table indicates equivalent noise levels viz. L10, L50, L90, Lday, Lnight and Ldn at different places located within the study area. Similarly, these values viz. Leq, Lday, Lnight and Ldn are compared with the limits. Refer Annexure-VI for noise monitoring reports.

Table 3.22Ambient Noise Levels

Sr. No.

Location Average Noise Level in dB(A) L10 L50 L90 Leq(day) Leq(night) Ldn

1. N1 68.14 68.65 69.55 73.2 64.3 73.6 2. N2 41.91 46.05 48.10 54.6 38.8 53.2 3. N3 43.32 47.05 49.27 51.9 43.4 52.5 4. N4 42.65 48.25 49.24 54.4 44.0 54.2 5. N5 41.56 44.15 44.85 52.8 35.8 51.3 6. N6 40.29 45.20 45.70 48.9 42.5 50.6 7. N7 34.18 38.25 39.64 43.2 34.4 43.7 8. N8 40.08 44.60 45.19 48.3 41.8 50.0

97

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 3.10.3.1 Observations Industrial Site (N1) Equivalent noise level value,because of activities in vicinity, observed during daytime is below permissible limits for the observation period. Similarly, the night time values are also lower than the prescribed limits. Yadrav(N2) This represents residential and rural atmosphere. Day time level of 54.6dB(A) is within the permissible limit. Night time observation 38.8 dB(A) is below permissible limit Kanchakarwadi(N3) This represents rural area and traffic density is low.Equivalent noise level during daytime is observed to be within the permissible limits. Equivalent value observed during night time is well below the permissible standards. Nandikurli(N4) Noise level during daytime upto54.4dB(A) which is within the permissible limit. The night time observation 44dB(A) is also below permissible limit. BawanSaundatti(N5) This represents rural atmosphere.Daytime level of 52.8 dB(A) is within the permissible limit. Night time observation 35.8dB(A) is below permissible limit. Diggewadi (N6) Noise level during daytime up to 48.9 dB(A) which is within the permissible limit. Night time observation 42 dB(A) is also below permissible limit Nasalapur (N7) This represents residential and rural atmosphere. Day time level of 43.2 dB(A) is within permissible limit. Night time observation 34.4 dB(A) is below permissible limit Jalalpur (N8) Day time level of 48.3 dB(A) is within the permissible limit. Night time observation 41.8 dB(A) is below permissible limit 3.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE 3.11.1 Introduction Socio-economic status of any population is an indicator for development of the region. Any developmental project will have bearing on the living conditions and on the economic base of population in particular and the region as a whole. Similarly, the proposed industry will have

98

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 its share of socio-economic influence in the study area. Section delineates overall appraisal of socially relevant attributes. This report is a part of EIA study to be carried out as per the MoEFCC Notification No. 1533 (E). Dated 14th September, 2006. Survey of selected fifteen villages within the 10 Km radius of the study area was carried out with the help of an interview schedule. Objective of this survey was to understand current socio-economic status of selected villages and perception of local people about existing HDPL as well as to know their awareness regarding the expansion of HDPL project.Following data was collected in the month of December, 2017 by Dr. AnuradhaJ. Samantwho is the in-house FAE’s of EEIPL andMr. NeerajPowar (FAE) assisted them. 3.11.2 Methodology Survey of 15 villages, selected out of 28 villages within the 10 Km radius of HDPL, was carried out with the help of a structured close ended interview schedule, comprising of 36 questions in Marathi.The schedule was administered in month ofDecember, 2017.Simple random disproportionate sampling technique was used. A total of 183 locals were covered during the study. Refer below Table 3.23.

Table 3.23 Detail of Households and Sample Size

No. Village Distance from site Direction from site Sample Size 1. Yadrav 0.8 Km SE 6 2. Kanchakarawadi 2.47 Km E 7 3. Soundatti 3.69 Km W 20 4. Nasalapur 3.69 Km W 13 5. Nandikurali 3.75 Km SW 18 6. Manjari 5.25 Km NW 16 7. Ankali 5.56 Km NW 23 8. Diggewadi (Old) 3.09 Km NE 10 9. Jalalpur 5.66 Km NE 10 10. Ingali 6.63 Km NE 20 11. Siddapurwadi 7.34 Km W 5 12. Yadur 8.64 Km NW 20 13. Bhiradi 8.80 Km EEN 10 14. Yadurwadi 9.33 Km NW 5 15. Molwad 10 Km NE 10 Total Total 183

3.11.3 Results and Discussion Villages in the study area are well connected by all weather roads. Male: female ratio among the respondents was 64:33 respectively. Educated women employed as teacher (high school), gram panchayat members and PHC- employee are deliberately incorporated in target respondent due to their exposure and education.

99

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure3.20 Age Distribution within Sample size

Within the sample size, 29% were between the age-group 41 to 50, 26% between 31 to 40 years, 19% between 21 to 30 years, 14% above 60 years and remaining 12% between 51 to 60 years. (Figure 3.20). Majority of the respondents within the sample size were literate only 10% were illiterate. The literates had upto primary (19%), secondary (30%), higher secondary (20%), graduate (18%) and post graduate (3%) education. Within the surveyed area the respondents were reported to be involved in diverse livelihood activities such as agriculture, service, agriculture labour and business. Majority (81 %) of the respondents had agriculture as their main occupation. Around 15% of the respondents relied on daily wages while 10% were involved in diverse services, like mason work, carpentry, plumbing depending on the demand; only few (1%) had their own business. 39% of the respondents from the study area had an annual income between Rs. 75,000 to 1, 50,000, (34%) of the respondents had their annual income above Rs. 1, 50,000 years, whereas remaining 27 % of the respondents had their annual income below Rs. 75,000. In most villages (58%), the population depended for drinking water on the river. On the other hand 42% relied on groundwater and other sources such as wells and bore wells. According to a majority (93%) of the respondents there is no shortage of water in the area as it is sufficiently available throughout the year. Though a majority (82%) of the respondents revealed that there was no change in water quality in their area, remaining 18% perceived change in water quality which was attributed to the industrial waste water. This response was stronger by locals from Yadrav and Kanchakarwadi villages. This may be due to close proximity (2 kms) of these villages to the factory. Among these, 70% of the respondents perceived negative effect on health of locals due to drinking of polluted water. When enquired about the negative environmental effects of existing factory of HDPL, there were mixed opinions from the above 70% respondents, out of these 76% of them said they are not experiencing any negative effect. However, 24 % of the respondents stressed on the negative impact caused due to HDPL. These impacts as communicated by respondents were on health (37%), odour problem (31%), effect on local animals (7%), other negative impacts

19%

26%

29%

12%

14%

21 to 30

31 to 40

41 to 50

51 to 60

Above 60

100

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 (7%), loss of cultivable land (3%) and noise pollution (2%).15% respondent did not express their opinion.It was revealed that 37% of the respondents stated that the existing industry provided seasonal job opportunities in the form of unskilled work, daily wages and transport jobs. As the industry work throughout the year this employment is sustainable as per the respondents with its expansion the percentage of income/ job opportunities will increase. Majority of the respondents (96%) were unaware of the proposed expansion project. When asked about their opinion on this, mixed opinions were expressed. About 56% perceived that there was no change in the existing conditions, 40% were hopeful about increase in employment and 30 % felt that this will further increase the pollution. The ignorance of the locals regarding the expansion of the project may be due to their indifferent approach. When asked industries contribution towards environmental programmes, only few (19%) respondents said that industry regularly carries out activities like providing seeds (94%), distribution of organic manure (44%), according to (24%) motivation programmes are carried out specially to their share holders, (15%) stated that tree plantation programme are conducted, (12%) said industry offers subsidy for drip irrigation, seeds and organic manure and (5%) said water is re-used for plantation. 20% of respondents stated that library/ reading room existed in their village which was utilised by villagers.40% of respondents mentioned that there was a cultural centre for the use of villagers in the village. 82% stated that there was madanpam in front of their temples which was utilised for multiple purposes. PHC centres in working conditions existed in the village according to 59% respondent and availability of doctors in the village was 83%.Only6% respondents did not have toilets but there were to be built in due course due to government compulsion as compare to this according to the respondent 2% mention that all schools did not have toilets. According to 92% of the respondents there were self help group in their respective areas for socio-economic upliftment of the locals. However no specific business was carried out by these self help groups except gathering money and releasing loans. There were diverse expectations of the respondents from HDPL. About 33% stressed on the need for better health facility, 27% demanded domestic waste water management and 19% asked for solid waste treatment facilities to increase the educational standard, 12 % wanted good educational facilities. Some9% expected road construction. 3.11.4 Observations

During field visit, it was observed that most villages are surrounded by large tracks of sugarcane crops in the area. This was due to availability of water from river Krishna as well as presence of four sugar factories in the study area. However, it was observed as well as perceived by locals that over irrigation and increased use of chemical fertilizers had caused salinity in nearby agricultural fields. Also it was observed that locals residing close to the factory suffered from odour pollution, air pollution and water pollution. On the other hand, locals residing away from factory complained about increased water pollution due to discharge of domestic sewage from respective villages. It is also observed that direct and indirect employment opportunities are being provided by HDPL. Most villages are well connected by good quality roads. Incidences of traffic jam in and around factory site was not observed during field visit.

101

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 The rate of air pollution in Yadrav and Kanchanwadi is very high, the soot coming out of the chimney directly settles in these villages causing health problems and effect on crops. Waste water of the factory releases bad odour, this water is directly let into the brook which pollutes the water. This is only in the above 2 villages. 3.11.5 Conclusion

Most respondents from all villages are dependent on agriculture and working in sugar factory for their livelihood. Major crops grown in the area is sugarcane. A majority of the population within the sample size had a good income which is mostly due to sugarcane cultivation. Cumulative impact due to neighbouring sugar factories and distilleries is adversely affecting the environment in the region. Bad odour due to industry waste, lack of waste water management and solid waste management are problems to be tackled. The waste water was seen flowing on the roads by the observers. 3.11.6 Suggestions The activities like distribution of bio-fertilizer, saplings, at a subsidise rate as well as training programme should be conducted for villages at large which at present is only for share-holders and employees. Company should organize medical camps at village and school level proper sanitation facilities is also a necessity of the area. Municipality/ ZP should make provision for infrastructure like roads, toilets in public places.Plantation can be done by companies and later maintained by schools/ gram panchayat/ institution, which will act as absorbers of polluted air. 3.12 ECOLOGY In-house FAE of EEIPL for Ecology and Bio-diversity(EB)Prof. (Dr.) Jay Samant, Ms. Sulakshna Ayarekar and Dr. Rohan Lad who is FAE were involved in overall exercise w.r.t. EB aspects of study area around HDPL complex. EB survey was conducted early mornings. 3.12.1 Introduction The study area (10 Km radius) from project site at Yadrav village, forms part of Chikkodi and Raybag tehsils of Belgavi district, with total 22 villages out of which 6 villages fall in 5 km radius and 16 villages fall between 5 to 10 km radius. The southern part in the 10 Km radius of study area is mostly hilly and a number of streams originate in the area to meet river Krishna in the north. Due to availability of water through lift irrigation from river Krishna in the north, major part of this area is covered under sugarcane cultivation. In contrast the hilly areas in south represent open scrubs and grasslands habitats which form catchments of 6 old and new water tanks between 5 km to 10 km radiuses in the south side of the project site. These tanks provide very good habitat for aquatic biodiversity. The climate of the region is predominantly sub tropical and moderate throughout the year. The cold season is from December to the middle of February, followed by hot season which lasts till end of May. June to September is the south-west monsoon season while October and November constitute post-monsoon or the retreating monsoon season.The annual average rainfall in the study area low and varies between 2000 to 2500 mm (Belgaum Gazetteer, 2006). The soils in the study area are dominated by black soil. Out of the total 22 villages within10 km radius, 8 villages were

102

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 selected for the study purpose, i.e. 3 villages within 5 km radius and 5villages between 5 and 10 km radius

Table 3.24. Names and distance from project site of study villages for EB survey

In radius 0 to 5 Km In radius 5 to 10 Km Sr. No. Names of Study villages Sr. No. Names of Study villages

1 Yadrav 4 Ankali 2 Manjari 5 Ingali 3 Nandikurali 6 Raibag 7 Kadapur 8 Yadur

3.12.2 Methodology Before selecting study sites for EB field investigation survey, a preliminary rapid survey of the study area was conducted on 11.05.2017. During main EB study Topo sheet (surveyed in 1967-68 and updated during 2005-06), IRS LISS IV satellite imagery (18/12/2016) and LULC maps based on them are used. Similarly relevant data from district Census (2011), Belgavi District Gazetteer, district forest report and relevant literature were referred. In ecology study during the field visit ground truthing was done by confirming the LULC maps and to study major macro and micro habitats in the study area. In major terrestrial habitats hills, grassland, scrub, and wetland habitats were identified in the vicinity of the study villages and the remote habitats were visited by motorcycle. Terrestrial, grassland, scrub, and wetland habitats were identified in the vicinity of all the study villages. Aquatic habitats studied include 5 water tanks near villages namely Kadapur, Nandikurali, Hulyalkeri and Raibag and sites on stretch of Krishna River. Field surveys were conducted from early morning till evening on 3 days (i.e. 12.12.2017, 23.12.2017 and 24.12.2017). In the field study random sampling method for vegetation and opportunistic sighting method for fauna (Larsen and Viana, 2016) were followed for biodiversity study. Visual observation and estimation method was used for qualitative study of the flora and fauna in general. Birds and fish being good Indicators of environmental change were studied. Flora was primarily studied for identification and species dominance at major tree species level. Binoculars of makes Nikon 12X50-5.2O, Olympus 7X35-7O, Minolta 5X50-7O and spotting scope Heider PRO Zoom X5 Land and Sky Scope wereused for bird observation by using field guides by Salim Ali (1996), Grimmet et al. (2005) and for Freshwater Fishes by Ranjit Daniels (2002). Extensive photo documentation was done for habitats and biodiversity records using camera Canon Make, power-shot SX30IS (hd35x, 14 Megapixels). Bird survey was conducted following line transect method (Sale and Berkmuller, 1988), and standard point count method (Altmann, 1974). The data thus generated was used to estimate diversity and status of bird species. Diversity Indices like Shannon Wiener Index (H'), Species Richness (d'), Evenness indices (j') (Shannon and Weaver, 1949) and Simpson Index (D) (Simpson, 1949) were used to estimate population status of threatened birds species. In addition a structured close ended interview schedule, comprising of 21 ecology-biodiversity related questions in Marathi, was administered on local population. By design, in stratified random sampling, 70% of the respondents were above 50 years of age in the total sample size of 90 respondents interviewed from the 19 villages. This method was adopted in order to get perception, particularly from local elders, about change in the past and present environmental scenario, and local ecology and biodiversity.

103

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 Extensively Photo documentation was done throughout the study to record the direct and indirect environmental impacts of industrial activities on ecology and biodiversity in the area. Due to time constraint, the study reflects only post monsoon season data, and that too limited to observations during day time and at selected study sites only. Review of available literature was done to better understand ecology and biodiversity in the study area. 3.12.3 Ecology

3.12.3.1. Field Observations Water tanks at villages namely Kadapur, Nandikurali, Hulyalkeri and Raibag and stretch of Krishna River were visited twice. All the four water tanks were situated at the south side of the project site. Kadapur tank is situated at a distance of about 7.5 Km on south-west side from the project site. The surrounding area is mainly agriculture land with some large trees. At the distance of 5 km from project site, tank near Nandikurli 22 bird species were observed. Hulyalkeri tank is situated at 7 km south to the project site and is quite big in size but did not have that good diversity at this tank, as only 60 individuals of 28 bird species were observed at this tank. An old small water tank near Raibag Palace is located at a distance at about 8 Km on south-east side from site. Covered with thick vegetation on one side the tank gives a good habitat for water birds. Total 46 birds of 16 species were observed at this tank. During the field visit some terrestrial birds were also recorded throughout the area covered by agriculture farms, grassland and scrub habitats.

3.12.3.2. Questionnaire survey

As per the perception of the locals regarding ecology and biodiversity of the study area, it was revealed by over half of the respondents that earlier larger area was under deciduous forest, and 34% of the respondents believe this area has now been degraded. Similarly about (39%) of the respondents feel that even the original natural grasslands in the area are now degraded. losses in these two major habitat are attributed to deforestation (43%), agriculture expansion (66%), Industrialization (68%), urbanization (34%) and firewood cutting (16%). There is also considerable reduction in other major habitats such as scrub land by 27%, grassland by 18% and fallow land increase by 11% due to above reasons. The River Krishna is the main source of water in the area while some villages depend upon major Nalas (streams) and localised tanks. Majority of the respondents (72%) reported that the water quality of the river is degraded and the same is observed in case of Nalas and tanks. 43% of respondents reported pollution and 27% to decrease in size and number of wetlands and reasons for that are supposed to be water pollution from sewage (41%) and pollution from industries (25%) as opined by the respondents. 3.12.4 Biodiversity 3.12.4.1. Field Observations

This study was mainly restricted to avifauna in the study area, as birds can be considered as good indicators of local habitat health. A total of 260 individuals from 72 bird species were recorded during the short field survey. Bird taxa represented 17 orders, 40 families and 58 genera. The 72 species on their status are grouped into common resident (30), not common resident (21), locally common resident (7), not common winter visitor (7), common winter

104

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 visitor (5), locally common winter visitor (1) and vagrant (1). For relatively small area and through only a couple of opportunistic observations this was a good indicator of environmental quality of the wetland habitats, this is mainly due to the mosaic of natural and manmade habitat in the region. Furthermore, according to IUCN, (2017) status, the 3 species namely common pochard duck, White napped tit and Woolly-necked stork have become Vulnerable. While, five species namely darter, painted stork, black headed ibis, ferruginous pochard and river tern are Near Threatened respectively at the global level. In case of feeding guild the bird species were included in Piscivorous (17), Insectivorous (16), Carnivorous (14), Omnivorous (13), Granivorous (5), Nectarivorous (4) and Frugivorous (3). Attempt has been made to evaluate the species diversity index (SDI) from the data and the indices calculated as Shannon Wiener diversity index (H) 3.89, Evenness (j) 0.91, Simpson Index (D) 0.97 and Species Richness (d) 29.4. Bird species list is enclosed at Appendix -E.

3.12.4.2. Questionnaire survey The major crops grown in the area are sugarcane, tur, maize, wheat, jowar, bajari, vegetables, rice, groundnut, tobacco and chilli. In horticulture tree species grown are mango, gauva, sapodilla, banana, grapes, papaya, custard apple and coconut. The common trees, as reported by locals, are Banyan, Peepal, Umbar, Gulmohar, Tamarind, Drumstick, Babhul, Neem, Palas, Hirda, Karanj, Tamhan, Jambhul, Amba, Karwand and Shirish. Nilgiree and Tealk are planted by private as well as by government as social forestry plantations. Most of the above tree species were confirmed in the area during field studies. Major local wildlife in the area, according to local respondents was Indian Wolf, Common Mongoose, Indian Porcupine, Bonnet Macaque, Common Langur, Indian Hare, Indian Fruit Bat and Three-striped Palm Squirrel. According to some (30%) locals there was good presence of barking deer, leopard, spotted deer, mouse deer, sloth bear and Indian pangolin or scaly anteater but now their number has drastically gone down due to habitat degradation and poaching over years. A large majority (91%) confirmed common occurrence of birds like Indian peafowl, Common Myna, House Sparrow, House Crow, Black Kite, spotted owlet, Rose ringed parakeet, common quail and Francolin. Two of the senior locals observed that lately the vultures which were common in the region have completely disappeared. Similarly the number of raptors like eagles and falcons has gone down. Interestingly some (14%) respondents reported occurrence of common otter, a rare species now, along the Krishna river banks. In reptiles, presence of Indian Rat Snake, Spectacled Cobra, Common Indian Krait, Russel’s viper, Saw-scaled Viper, Indian python, Garden lizard, turtles and Indian monitor lizard were commonly found in the region. Interestingly one fourth of the respondents reported the presence of marsh crocodile in river Krishna and during field investigation the crocodile warning boards were also observed displayed at places by the forest department. The local fishermen reported presence of fish species namely Catla, Maral, Magur, Dokrya, Katirna, Shingada, Khavalchor, Kolshi, Tamber, Ghogarya and Panga. Of these, according to IUCN, 2015 status, species Kolshi (Hypselobarbus kolus) is Vulnerable. As expected there was less information about invertebrate diversity. However, over 73% respondents mentioned about presence of spiders, butterflies, scorpions and crabs in their locality. Conversely, a majority (66%) of the locals complained about crop damage due to Wild Boar, Bonnet Macaque, Langur, Barking deer, Indian Hare, Field Rat, Peacock and Sparrows. Importantly, majority of the respondents (77%) particularly the seniors, who had witnessed environmental conditions, landuse and biodiversity in the past, alleged drastic biodiversity decline in the area. This change was attributed to factors namely Industrialization, mainly sugar factories (39%), agriculture expansion (34%), urbanizations (25%), poaching (23%) and tree cutting

105

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 (11%). In general the respondents portrayed a picture of biodiversity loss due to multiple factors including habitat loss. Nearly all (93%) of the respondents opined that the farmers burn the sugarcane trash in their fields for reasons such as farm clearing and trash removal (61%), to increase soil fertility (39%), weed control (18%) and to kill white grub ‘Humani’, and to reduce rodents each (5%). Most respondents also believed that trash if retained in the field would increase rat population which attracts snakes in the field. However, they did not refer to huge air pollution caused by its burning, which is now considered as outdated practice harmful to environment. Refer Annexure E for list of flora and fauna reported by respondents from the study area. 3.12.5 Observations and Recommendations 3.12.5.1. Green Belt As per the ToR, (dt. 25 Jan 2018) the green belt should be developed on 33% of the total area of the project, with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of tree species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. The total area of the Herms industrial plot being 7.2 ha, therefore 33% green belt area comes to 2.38 ha and minimum number of trees need to be planted are 3,570. During the field visit to the project site it was observed that the under green belt, ornamental herbs and shrubs on roadside and near walls are being planted instead of the tree species, as expected for environmental pollution control of the industry. 3.12.5.2. CSR Activity

Three villages Kadapur, Nandikurli and Hulyalkeri are recommended for conservation of ecology and biodiversity of the near catchments of the tanks in the area through CSR activity. Programmes such as tree plantation, removal of weeds and exotics, solid waste and sewage management, environment awareness campaign involving locals, particularly youth and women, should be undertaken under CSR activities. This should be in addition to control adverse impacts of industrial pollution on the village population around Shivshakti Sugar Industry and the attached Hermes distillery. This would help improve health of the locals, most of who are employed in the same industries, and will motivate them to protect environment in and around their own villages. While planning CSR activity, review of the earlier implemented CSR initiatives in the region to be evaluated before undertaking new initiatives under CSR activities. The proposed CSR to be carried out by Herms distilleries needs to be innovative and different than routine ritual activities. These CSR activities should directly focus on existing environmental issues, local environmental protection should be innovative and attempt be made to be a role model for other industries. The original dominant natural grassland habitats in the region, traditionally serving as village ‘Gairan’, i.e. community pastures, needs to be preserved in pristine condition to protect its natural biodiversity by involving villagers through traditional practices, nature conservation awareness and action programs, to be carried out under industry’s CSR activity.

Perhaps under CSR or village initiative within 5 Km from the proposed industry, tree plantation of local species on barren lands and wetland catchments, for ecology for biodiversity protection and carbon sequestration needs to be undertaken. This should focus on

106

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3 1. Thick block plantation on village common lands, 2. Avenue plantation on village roads and around open spaces, ground etc. and 3. On farmland bunds for which horticulture tree species to be encouraged.

3.12.6 General Observations and Recommendations 1. Natural grassland, scrub forests habitats in the region are being fragmented and degraded

due to agriculture expansion and village growth. 2. Conversion of natural grasslands by social forestry has converted grassland habitats into

stunted exotic woodland which is detrimental to grassland ecology and biodiversity therein.

3. Large scale bricks making activity was observed on Krishna river banks near Manjari village, degrading the riparian habitat and adversely affecting its ecology and biodiversity.

4. Small irrigation tanks in the study area provide suitable wetland habitats to aquatic biodiversity and good number of migratory birds.

5. There is gross degradation of riparian habitat of river Krishna, as vegetation on both banks is replaced by massive expansion in sugarcane plantations to meet sugar industry demand.

6. As reported by the local fishermen in the recent years there is drastic decline in fish diversity and density in river Krishna due to pollution of industrial effluents and overuse of fertilizers and pesticides in fields in near catchment of the river.

7. It is found that few natural habitats and modest original biodiversity still exists in the region.

8. Pollution control measures as per the EMP should strictly be implemented by the Sugar and Distillery industry.

9. The industry, by involving workers, sugarcane farmers and locals, should demonstrate, encourage, and promote suitable eco-friendly alternatives and green technologies under these activities in the villages in the 10 km vicinity, stressing on mass block tree plantation, rain water harvesting, solar lighting, use of LED bulbs, organic farming, etc.

10. Industry should adopt latest, advanced and ‘green technology’ for industrial processes and particularly treatment of waste. It must be ensured that no untreated effluent is discharged any time by the industry into farms or river through the neighboring streams.

11. The industry should try to irrigate the entire green belt plantation by recycled water and ensure its healthy growth to effectively control the industrial pollution environmentally.

107

Chapter 4

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.1 INTRODUCTION Evaluation of impacts on the environmental attributes, due to expansion of HDPL distillery, is an important aspect to be studied. This chapter incorporates both, qualitative and quantitative descriptions of various Environmental impacts due to proposed expansion of distillery as well as bottling plant by HDPL. Various scientific techniques are available to predict and evaluate the impact of developmental activities on the physical, ecological and socio - economic environments. Predictions are superimposed over base line status (pre- project) of environmental quality to obtain final (post- project) environmental conditions. ‘Environmental Impact’ can be defined as any alteration of environmental conditions or creation of a new set of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the action or set of actions under consideration. Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either Primary or Secondary. Primary Impacts are those which are attributed directly to the project. On the other hand, Secondary Impacts are those which are indirectly induced and typically include the associated investments and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed action. Proposed expansion project may influence environments of area in two phases: • Construction Phase: During the construction period, the impact may be temporary.

• Operational Phase: Operational phase impact may have long term effects.

4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE Construction phase impacts on the environment can be considered short term. Activities during erection of the plant and civil structures may affect environment of area surrounding the site. Impacts as well as mitigation measures for the same are described below.

108

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Table 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase of HDPL, Raibag, Belgaum

Sr. No.

Component / Aspect Parameter Causes Impacts Type of

Impact Mitigation measures / Remarks

1 Air Dust (SPM)

Vehicular movement, drilling, excavation and land levelling

• Respiratory problems - coughing and difficult or painful breathing; irritation in eyes.

• High SO2 and NOX - lung disorders such as wheezing and shortness of breath.

• Obstruction in activities like photosynthesis and evapo-transpiration due to deposition of dust on surface of leaves thereby reducing crop yield.

Minor (Negative Impact)

• SO2 and NOX at single location will not increase as vehicular movement and machines will be mobile.

• Control of dust emissions by sprinkling water on open spaces, kuccha roads, heaps of earthen filling material etc. until paved roads get constructed.

• Provision of PPEs (Goggles and Masks) to staff and workers

• Augmentation of existing green belt shall be done immediately after commencement of proposed activity.

SO2 Vehicular movement NOX

2 Water Deterioration of Water quantity, quality and aesthetics of water body.

• Water requirement for construction and domestic activities.

• Surface runoff and seepage.

• Domestic effluent. • Spill from fuel, oil and

other chemicals. • Leachate from

temporary waste dumps on site.

Industrial premises at HDPL has already been well developed Hence, construction to be taken up under proposed project shall have no significant impact on water environment. Some minor impacts are as follow- • Silting of water bodies • Water borne disease • Contamination of nearby water body

Minor (Negative Impact)

• Proper and adequate segregation of construction area and appropriate drainages, to minimize runoff

• Cutting and filling work will be avoided during rainy season.

• Stone pitching on the slopes and construction of concrete drains for storm water to minimize soil erosion.

• Augmentation of green belt. • Soil binding and fast growing

vegetation to arrest soil erosion. • Temporary sheds, Mobile toilets as

well as water tank shall be provided for the workers.

109

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. No.

Component / Aspect Parameter Causes Impacts Type of

Impact Mitigation measures / Remarks

3 Noise Noise Nuisance and Disturbance

• Construction equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, pumps, compressors, pneumatic tools, saws, vibrators etc.

• Continuous and intermediate source

• During construction it is not a continuous source and hence do not pose a health risk or damage peoples' sense of hearing.

• Adversely affects the quality of life of occupants and nearby residents.

• Disturbance in nearby residents. • Constant exposure to high noise

levels can result in damage of ear drums and loss of hearing.

• Increased blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems.

Minor (Negative Impact)

• Expansion of distillery project will be established in existing premises of HDPL. There will be minimum construction work.

• Provision of proper acoustic enclosure for noise generating and vibrating machinery.

• Protective equipments such as ear plugs, earmuffs etc for workers will be provided.

• Onsite workers must not be exposed, for more than 8 hours, to high noise generating sources.

4 Soil and Land use

Soil Quality and Topography

• Spill from fuel, oil and other chemicals.

• Substratum excavated during construction of foundations.

• Improper storage of solid waste

• Affects the soil, micro as well as macro flora. Thereby, disturbing the nutritive composition of soil.

• Positive benefits in the form of land levelling and tree plantation in the plant vicinity and other premises.

• Bad aesthetics due to littering.

Minor (Negative Impact)

• Proper maintenance of vehicles as well as machinery used during construction to avoid oil, fuel leakages.

• Disposal of waste to authorised recyclers and resellers.

5 Biodiversity and Habitat

Terrestrial as well as aquatic Flora, Fauna and Avifauna.

• Dust emissions • Noise generation • Influx of onsite

workers • Flood lights, high

masts etc.

• No any major negative impacts envisaged but some minor impacts may be observed.

• Retarded growth and productivity of the plants.

• Avifauna (migratory and residential) nearby water body and in the surrounding areas may get frightened and restless.

• Nocturnal animals and birds may get affected due to flood lights, high masts etc.

• Nesting and roosting sites in

Minor (Negative Impact)

• Noise generating and vibrating machinery would be provided with proper acoustic enclosure

• Water sprinkling arrangement shall be provided to curb dust emissions during construction activities.

• Workers staying onsite shall be supplied with fuel source such as LPG, Kerosene etc. for cooking. Moreover, proper care shall be taken so that the surrounding ecological area is duly conserved.

110

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. No.

Component / Aspect Parameter Causes Impacts Type of

Impact Mitigation measures / Remarks

surrounding area of the HDPL may get affected through activities like collection of fire wood for cooking, improper sanitation practices etc.

6 Risk, Hazard and Occupational health & Safety

Accidental risk and Hazard

• Lifting of heavy tools & tackles, construction equipment

• Repetitive motion, awkward postures and vibrations

• High noise generating machinery

• Continuous exposure to dust

• Welding of metal parts • Cabling of electrical

work. • Unhygienic conditions

resulting from day-to-day activities of workers living in the industrial area.

• Physical problems viz. Carpal tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, back pain, muscle soreness and nerve damage reduction in hearing efficiency of workers

• Shortness of breath following physical exertion, severe cough and chest pains

• Fatigue and loss of appetite • Eye irritation and eye sight problems • Electrical shock • Spread of various diseases

Minor (Negative Impact)

• Use of advanced technology and sophisticated machinery during construction

• Maximum Employment of young and adequately trained persons (above 18 years)

• Providing PPEs like masks, safety glasses, helmets, gum boots, ear plugs & ear muffs etc. to workers.

• Proper earthing for electrical supply,

• Separation of deep excavations and marking of dangerous areas with barricading etc.

• 24 X 7 medical aid with trained doctors and ambulance facility

• Training to the workers from view points of safety, health and hygiene.

7 Socio-Economic

Social and Economic status

Expansion of distillery • Primary and secondary employment generation

Major (Positive Impact)

There will be positive impact to the residents nearby industrial unit in the form of new job opportunities and increase in good employment generation potential.

111

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.3 OPERATION PHASE Operational phase activities may have impacts - minor or major, positive or negative on environmental disciplines such as soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micro meteorology, land use, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economics and noise environment. Description of various attributes and effects on same has been presented in following paragraphs. 4.3.1 Impact on Air Quality

A. Emissions from Fuel Burning Major source of air pollution from HDPL project operations shall be boiler, fermentation section, D.G. sets and vehicles used for transportation. Steam required under proposed distillery operations after expansion would be taken from new 75 TPH boiler, utilizing coal blended with conc. spent wash as a fuel. Also, under existing setup of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery and 13 MW co-gen plant a boiler of capacity 35 TPH is already installed. An ESP is provided to boiler as APC. A stack of 90 M height is provided to boiler. Presently, under existing set-up of distillery; D.G. Set of capacity 625 KVA is provided. HSD is used as fuel and a stack of 7M height is provided to the same. Under expansion of distillery a new DG set of capacity 625 KVA will be installed. Same will operate by using HSD as fuel. Stack of 7 M height will be installed to new DG set. DG sets are operated only during power failure situations. During burning of HSD in D.G. set, SPM, SOx, NOx, CO and un-burnt hydrocarbons are released. Due to SO2 and SPM emissions, there would be minimal increase in levels of ambient air concentration. However, industry will be required to meet the emission standards as prescribed by MPCB. For details of existing boilers in HDPL project; refer Table 2.25 and Table 2.26 from Chapter 2. Other emissions from the distillery process are CO2 and water vapours. CO2 gas to tune of 46 MT/day shall be produced from existing as well as expansion activities of distillery same shall be bottled for its use in beverage industry. 4.3.1.1. GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modeling In order to study movement of particulate matter release into atmosphere from the source, Air Dispersion Model - Industrial Source Complex Short Term (ISCST 3) is Version 02035 developed by US Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) is used. Software helps in knowing details of particulate dispersed in down wind direction and finally reaching the ground at farther distance from the source. Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) mainly depend upon the strength of emission source & micrometeorology of the study area. Site specific meteorological and AAQM data were collected for one season - Oct.2017–Dec.2017. Predominant wind direction & wind speeds are tabulated in following table –

111

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Table 4.2 Predominant Wind Directions

Sr. No.

Season Time (Hrs.) Predominant Wind Direction

Nearest Habitation Downwind

1. Pre-monsoon 08:30 W Nasalapur 17:30 W Nasalapur

2. Monsoon 08:30 W Nasalapur 17:30 W Nasalapur

3. Post-monsoon 08:30 E Kanchakarwadi 17:30 W Nasalapur

4. Winter 08:30 E Kanchakarwadi 17:30 E Kanchakarwadi

Table 4.3 Predominant Wind Direction and Speed Categories

Season Predominance Wind Direction Wind Speed Category (Km/Hr) October East 1-8

November East 1-8 December East 1-8

Baseline Ambient Air Concentrations 24 hourly averages concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx in ambient air, recorded during field study conducted for season Oct-Nov-Dec 2017 are considered as baseline values. They represent impact due to operations of existing nearby industries on this region. Average concentrations of above mentioned parameters, at this location, are considered to be the ‘Baseline Concentrations’ to determine impact of proposed industrial operation on ambient air quality. Existing baseline concentrations are summarized in following table:

Table 4.4 Baseline Concentrations

Parameter PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO

Concentration(µg/m3) 58.76 22.30 35.47 50.10 BDL NAAQS 100 µg/m3 60 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 2 mg/m3

112

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Figure 4.1 Windrose for the Month Oct. 2017 – Dec. 2017

113

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Output of GLC run for various scenarios in respect of activities to be undertaken under proposed expansion of HDPL project is presented in following tables. Moreover Appendix – G may be refered for GLC model Run.

I. Predictions for Emissions from stack (Scenario- during operation of APC for Distillery boiler)

Table 4.5 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 Values (µg/m3)

Sr. No

Location Direction Distance (Km)

98% baseline PM10 Conc. (µg/m3)

Incremental PM10 GLC

Total PM10 Predictive GLC

% Incremental

Remark Impact

A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D)x100 -- -- 1. Industrial Site -- -- 58.76 0.006 58.76 0.01

Incre. conc. lower than standard

Insignificant

2. Kanchkarwadi E 2.47 51.20 0.05 51.25 0.097 3. Nasalapur W 3.69 53.66 0.06 53.72 0.11 4. Bawan Saundatti NW 3.19 53.35 0.02 53.37 0.037 5. Nandikurli SW 3.75 57.32 0.06 57.38 0.10 6. Diggewadi NE 3.09 47.92 0.02 47.94 0.041 7. Kempathi SSW 7.92 48.74 0.02 48.76 0.041 8. Yadrav SE 0.8 55.62 0.02 55.64 0.035 Average 53.32 53.35

Maximum concentration of PM10 is 0.325 μg/m3 towards South West direction from site.

Table 4.6 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 Values (µg/m3)

Sr. No

Location Direction Distance (Km)

98% baseline PM10 Conc. (µg/m3)

Incremental PM10 GLC

Total PM10 Predictive GLC

% Incremental Remark Impact

A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D) x 100 -- -- 1. Industrial Site -- -- 22.30 0.0014 22.3014 0.0062

Incre. conc. lower than standard

Insignificant

2. Kanchkarwadi E 2.47 18.98 0.01 18.99 0.052 3. Nasalapur W 3.69 20.08 0.01 20.09 0.049 4. Bawan Saundatti NW 3.19 20.07 0.005 20.075 0.024 5. Nandikurli SW 3.75 19.97 0.01 19.98 0.05 6. Diggewadi NE 3.09 16.33 0.007 16.337 0.042 7. Kempathi SSW 7.92 16.48 0.009 16.489 0.054 8. Yadrav SE 0.8 20.24 0.007 20.247 0.034 Average 19.30 19.31

Maximum concentration of PM2.5 is 0.081 μg/m3 towards South West direction from site.

114

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

From table 4.5 and 4.6, it could be seen that in light of continuous operation of ESP (efficiency 98%) for proposed 75 TPH boiler, max. % of incremental conc. (Col. G) of PM10 would be 0.11 % at Naslapur and that for PM2.5 would be 0.05 % at Nandikurli. Further, Av. predictive conc. (Col. F) for PM10 would be 53.35 µg/m3 and that for the PM2.5 would be 19.31 µg/m3. Therefore, the percentage of predictive concentrations for PM10 would be 53.35 % and PM2.5 would be 32.18 % of NAAQS standards against the base line concentration percentage 53.32 % for PM10 and 32.16 % for PM2.5. This indicates that there would be raise in PM10 concentration by 0.03 % and PM2.5 concentration by 0.02 %. Hence, there would not be significant impact on existing air quality of study area in light of operation of boiler along with APC equipment.

II. Predictions for emissions from stack in worse case (Scenario- during non-operation of APC)

Table 4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 Values (µg/m3)

Sr. No

Location Direction Distance (Km)

98% baseline PM10 Conc. (µg/m3)

Incremental PM10 GLC)

Total PM10 Predictive GLC

% Incremental Remark Impact

A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D) x 100 -- -- 1. Industrial Site -- -- 58.76 0.2 58.78 0.34

Incre. conc. lower than standard

Insignificant

2. Kanchkarwadi E 2.47 51.20 1.0 52.20 1.95 3. Nasalapur W 3.69 53.66 1.0 54.66 1.86 4. Bawan Saundatti NW 3.19 53.35 1.0 54.35 1.87 5. Nandikurli SW 3.75 57.32 1.0 58.32 1.74 6. Diggewadi NE 3.09 47.92 1.0 48.92 2.08 7. Kempathi SSW 7.92 48.74 1.0 49.74 2.05 8. Yadrav SE 0.8 55.62 1.0 56.62 1.79 Average 53.32 54.19

Maximum concentration of PM10 is 14.3 μg/m3 towards South West direction from site.

115

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Table 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 Values (µg/m3)

Sr. No

Location Direction Distance (Km)

98% baseline PM10 Conc. (µg/m3)

Incremental PM10 GLC)

Total PM10 Predictive GLC

% Incremental Remark Impact

A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D) x 100 -- -- 1. Industrial Site -- -- 22.30 0.06 22.36 0.26

Incre. conc. lower than standard

Insignificant

2. Kanchkarwadi E 2.47 18.98 0.50 19.48 2.63 3. Nasalapur W 3.69 20.08 0.80 20.88 3.98 4. Bawan Saundatti NW 3.19 20.07 0.10 20.17 0.49 5. Nandikurli SW 3.75 19.97 0.60 20.57 3.00 6. Diggewadi NE 3.09 16.33 0.30 16.63 1.83 7. Kempathi SSW 7.92 16.48 0.30 16.78 1.82 8. Yadrav SE 0.8 20.24 0.30 20.54 1.48 Average 19.30 19.67

Maximum concentration of PM2.5 is 3.57 μg/m3 towards South West direction from site. From table 4.7 and 4.8, it could be seen that in light of non-operation of ESP max. % of incremental conc. (Col G) for PM10 would be 2.08 % at Diggewadi and PM2.5 would be 3.98 % at Nasalapur. Further, Av. predictive conc. (Col. F) for PM10 would be 54.19 µg/m3 and that for the PM2.5 would be 19.67 µg/m3. Therefore, the percentage of predictive concentrations for PM10 would be 54.19 % and PM2.5 would be 32.7 % of NAAQS standards against the base line concentration percentage 53.32 % for PM10 and 32.1 % for PM2.5. This indicates that there would be raise in PM10 concentration by 0.87 % and PM2.5 concentration by 0.6 %. Hence, there would not be significant impact on existing air quality of study area in light of operation of boiler along with non operation of APC equipment.

116

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Table 4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2 Values (µg/m3)

Sr. No

Location Direction Distance (Km)

98% baseline PM10 Conc. (µg/m3)

Incremental PM10 GLC

Total PM10 Predictive GLC

% Incremental Remark Impact

A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D) x 100 -- -- 1. Industrial Site -- -- 35.47 0.07 35.54 0.19

Incremental conc. is

lower than standard

Insignificant

2. Kanchkarwadi E 2.47 27.99 0.60 28.59 2.14 3. Nasalapur W 3.69 31.74 0.70 32.44 2.20 4. Bawan Saundatti NW 3.19 31.51 0.20 31.71 0.63 5. Nandikurli SW 3.75 31.62 0.70 32.32 2.21 6. Diggewadi NE 3.09 26.74 0.40 27.14 1.49 7. Kempathi SSW 7.92 27.06 0.40 27.46 1.47 8. Yadrav SE 0.8 30.02 0.20 30.22 0.66 Average 30.26 30.67

Maximum concentration of SO2 is 4.07 μg/m3 towards south west direction from site as per GLC. From table 4.9, it could be observed that for proposed 75 TPH boiler, max. % of incremental concentrations (Col. G) for SO2 would be 2.21 % at Nandikurli. Therefore, the percentage of predictive concentration of SO2 would be 38.3 % of NAAQS standards against the percentage of baseline concentration percentage of 37.82 % of NAAQS standards i.e. there would be raise in SO2 concentration by 0.48 %. Hence, there would not be significant impact on existing air quality of study area. B. Fugitive Emissions

Fugitive emission under existing and proposed expansion activities of HDPL shall be mainly the dust emissions. These will impact the working environment of the workers and will also settle on plants in the industrial premises. Consequence of this shall be respiratory disorders, aggravated coughing and difficult or painful breathing among the workers and reduced photosynthesis activity which shall impact the plant life. Also, inappropriate and non-scientific storage as well as longer holding periods of raw as well as concentrated spentwash in the respective tanks and yeast sludge from fermenters shall lead to formation of aerobic-anaerobic conditions in the tank body thereby resulting in to uncontrolled release of gases comprising prominently of methane, hydrogen sulphide, SO2 and CO2. Hydrogen sulphide imparts foul odour in the premises whereas SO2 lead to corrosive atmosphere. Moreover, inflammation of eyes, throat and respiratory track irritation are prominent effects observed in case of human being residing nearby spentwash tank premises. Efficient and quick utilization of spentwash from tanks and its subsequent incineration in boiler shall avoid holding up of same for longer periods and prevent formation of above-mentioned gaseous emissions.

117

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

C. Process Emissions CO2 shall be generated from fermenters under distillery project. Amount of CO2 will be generated from HDPL complex is considerable manner. When let out in atmosphere could have undesirable effects in the surrounding ambience. Since CO2 has been labelled as one of the major gases responsible for green-house effect, its release in atmosphere has to be curbed as far as possible. Under HDPL expansion project, this CO2 from fermenters shall be bottled for supply to secondary industrial uses. D. Odour Pollution Odour can result from number of sources and operations in distillery. They same may include molasses handling and storage, Fermentors, effluent storage; treatment & disposal, effluent carrying drains, sludge storage areas, DWGS and DDGS manufacturing and storage sections etc. Under proposed expansion in HDPL, every care shall be taken to avoid odour generation from above sources and actions so that eventual nuisance from same shall be abated. Especially, distillery fermentation section, distillation section for spentwash generation, spentwash handling; storage; concentration and DWGS and DDGS manufacturing and storage sections shall be provided prompt and proper attention. Aerobic pathways of degradation resulting due to excessively longer storage of spentwash, yeast sludge, DWGS & DDGS and similar putrescible materials shall give rise to foul smells as a result of generation of gases like hydrogen sulphide, sulphur di-oxide etc. These gases have very irritating effect on human beings and animals that come in their contact resulting in to coughing, sneezing, inflammation of upper respiratory track, irritation of eyes, sensation of nausea and vomiting. Unsanitary conditions responsible for odour trouble could give rise to other nuisance like fly and insect infestation. 4.3.1.2. Mitigation Measures

A) Emissions from Fuel Burning • Installation of ESP as APC Equipment to new boiler. • It is proposed to install temperature, CO, CO2 and SO2 sensors for monitoring respective

parameters of the exhaust gases under installation of online monitoring system. • Regular self-monitoring of AAQ and work zone air quality to be done by industry

through approved labs to check and control dust levels / concentrations at certain places so that same could be kept always below the stipulated norms.

• Efficiencies of dust control equipment in the industry such as ESP shall be monitored regularly (at least once a month) under performance evaluation.

• Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment shall be provided with all necessary sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB.

• APC equipment would be interlocked with process as per guidelines of CPCB. • Installation of 'Continuous Online Monitoring System' for monitoring of SPM, Temp.,

SO2, CO, CO2 etc. in stack emissions. Data collected shall be collected and uploaded to KSPCB & CPCB server.

• IP cameras shall be installed, maintained and data collected shall be formulated to CPCB server.

• D.G. Set installed in HDPL complex would be operated only during power failures.

118

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

B) Fugitive Emissions • Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to

remove and control dust from work zone areas. Provision of appropriate APC equipment to collect and remove dust from work zone including their monitoring routinely.

• Dust, ash etc. collected from APC equipment, e.g. fly ash from boilers, will be properly handled and disposed off periodically by supply to farmers for use as manure. Thus, uncontrolled and prolonged storage of ash on site shall be avoided which could lead to littering and suspension in air due to wind.

• Installation of dedicated and mechanical ash handling system with adequate capacity silos, conveyors, closed conduits, water sprinkling arrangements etc. shall be installed.

• PPE such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided to the workers. • Augmentation of green belt of adequate density and with appropriate types of plants shall

be made to control and attenuate dust transfer in premises. Also, well planned and shelter belt and mass plantation shall be provided along bagasse and ash storage yards to curb littering of materials due to wind. This will avoid suspension of ash particles in air which leads to SPM. Refer green belt development plan at Appendix-D.

• Construction and proper maintenance of tar roads provided in premises of HDPL shall be done. Moreover, all internal roads, yards and open storage areas will be provided with well-compacted and constructed surface layering. At certain locations linings of tar or RCC shall also be provided

• Covered / encased conveyors to be installed to carry coal from coal storage yards to boiler section. This would be done to avoid littering and free falling of loose bagasse from belt which leads to suspension of same in air and subsequent spread in ambient air due to wind currents.

• Care shall be taken w.r.t. handling and storage of spentwash in raw as well as concentrated forms. In no case prolonged storage of same shall be done in tanks provided on site. This will also hold good for yeast sludge storage. Both spentwash and yeast sludge comprises of very high organic contents which being highly putrescible lead to development of anaerobic conditions due to non-scientific and prolonged storage. Quick lifting and disposal of these materials will avoid such troubles.

C) Process Emissions To marginally minimize effects of CO2 which shall be generated from fermenters, a care shall be taken through implementation of the green belt. Adequate density plantation under same can play an important role as 'the sink' by taking up CO2 thus curbing its release to atmosphere from premises. However, to exercise total control on CO2, there is a future planning (within an year) to collect gas properly, compress it adequately and bottle subsequently. CO2 cylinders shall then be supplied to manufacturers of beverages or other secondary purposes. This approach shall totally curb release of CO2 from distillery premises. D) Odour Pollution To abate odour nuisance, HDPL has a concrete planning which includes following steps & actions- • It is proposed to provide covered fermentation and tapping of CO2 gas, • Collection of yeast sludge from fermentation section in closed silo system, its dewatering

(mechanical) and immediate disposal through supply as manure.

119

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

• Reduced volume of effluents (spentwash, spent leese) by adopting strategic approaches such as continuous fermentation, vacuum distillation, reuse of spentwash for molasses dilution, utilization of condensate from MEE for dilution and other process operations as well as in cooling tower make up.

• Dedicated close circuit conveyance system for spentwash to treatment units like MEE which shall minimize fugitive emissions during its operations

• Adoption of GMPs (Good Management Practices). • Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. • Use of PPE like masks by persons working near odour potential prone areas. • India has very few trained and skilled manpower as per requirement of international

practices for odour monitoring and control. Therefore, human resource shall be developed and continuous efforts will be made for upgrading the knowledge base and skill in this area. Requisite trainings could be arranged through representatives from academic and national research institutions, state and central regulatory agencies etc.

4.3.2 Impact on Climate Impact on climatic conditions, due to proposed expansion activities is not envisaged, as emissions of flue gases with very high temperatures, to atmosphere, are not expected. 4.3.3 Impact on Water Resources A. Surface Water (Quality & Quantity) Total water requirement for 300 KLPD distillery after expansion would be 3180 M3/ Day. Out of total water requirement, 37 % (1181 M3/ Day) of water shall be meet from fresh water from river Krishna. 63 % (1999 M3/Day) will be treated water from CPU as well as recycled lees. From, the figures presented above it could be seen that maximum quantity of condensate water and recycled lees is used thereby reducing the fresh water demand. Detailed information on water consumption is presented at Chapter- 2. Now, it could be observed, that the permission granted to HDPL by irrigation department of Government of Karnataka for lifting fresh water from River Krishna River’ 0.019 trillion M3 per Year i.e. 19,000 Million M3 per Year has been granted by the irrigation department of Government of Karnataka [Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Limited]. However, entire fresh water demand in HDPL complex is to the tune of 0.389 Million M3/Year. This is lesser than the approved one. Therefore, there will not be any significant impact on surface water resources of study area Treatment of effluent from molasses based distillery is in the form of spentwash, spentlees and other effluents. Spentwash generated from existing and expansion of distillery is concentrated in MEE. Conc. spentwash is blended with coal and burnt in incineration boiler. Other effluents, spentlees and condensate from MEE is treated in CPU. Treated water from CPU recycled back in process as well as for various operations. Same practices will be followed after expansion of molasses based distillery. From proposed grain based distillery various leese would be generates. Same will be recycled back in process for liquefaction of process. Other effluents will be treated in proposed CPU along with other effluents from molasses based distillery. Thereby achieving zero discharge. For more details w.r.t. effluent generation, Chapter 2 may be referred.

120

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Table 4.10 Quantification of Pollutants' Load (Distillery Spentwash)

Parameters

Raw Spentwash generated (mass/ vol.)

Quantity of Pollutants generate

(mass/ day)

Conc. of Pollutant After conc.

(mass/ volume)

Conc. of Pollutants After conc. (mass/ day)

Raw Effluent Flow rate – 1560 CMD

Treated Effluent (After MEE; 5 Eff.) Flow rate – 516 CMD

pH 3.9 - 4.5 -- 3.5 – 4.0 -- COD 1,30,000 mg/lit 210860 Kg/Day 5,25000 mg/lit 262500 Kg/Day BOD 70,000 mg/lit 113540 Kg/Day 3,00,000 mg/lit 150000 Kg/Day TS 1,07,000 mg/lit 173554 Kg/Day 4,12,000 mg/lit 206000 Kg/Day SS 18,000 mg/lit 29196 Kg/Day 73,000 mg/lit 36500 Kg/Day

4.3.3.1. Worst case scenario for Raw Spentwash and Untreated effluent at HDPL:

Table 4.11 Quantification of Impact under Accidental Scenario for Raw Spentwash

Sr. No.

Parameter

Raw Spentwash

Chara. (mg/lit)

Baseline Conc. in

Nalla (mg/lit) (Cs)

Conc. in Nalla after mixing of Raw Spentwash

(mg/lit) (Cf)

Baseline Conc.

in River (mg/lit) (Cs)

Conc. in River after Mixing of Nalla with

Raw Spentwash (mg/lit) (Cf)

Inland Surface Water Standards

by CPCB (mg/lit)

1 2 3 4 5 (After Ingress of 3 in 4)

6 7 (After Ingress of 5 in 6)

A B

1 BOD 70,000 48 3310 9.5 12.98 --- 3 2 COD 1,30,000 85 6143 22 28.45 --- --- 3 TDS 85,000 1840 5718 470 475.53 2100 500

Table 4.12 Quantification of Impact under Accidental Scenario for Untreated Effluent

Sr. No. Parameter

Raw Effluent Chara. (mg/lit)

Baseline Conc. in

Nalla (mg/lit) (Cs)

Conc. in Nalla after mixing of Raw Effluent (mg/lit)(Cf)

Baseline Conc. in River (mg/lit)

(Cs)

Conc. in River after Mixing of Nalla with

Raw Effluent (mg/lit) (Cf)

Inland Surface Water Standards

by CPCB (mg/lit)

1 2 3 4 5 (After Ingress of 3 in 4)

6 7 (After Ingress of 5 in 6)

A B

1 BOD 1500 48 133.00 9.5 9.63 --- 3 2 COD 3000 85 250.69 25 22.24 --- --- 3 TDS 1000 1840 1808.95 630 471.41 2100 500

Notes A : Inland surface water standards for Irrigation purpose

B : Inland surface water standards for Drinking purpose Cs : Baseline concentrations in Nalla / River (upstream of wastewater discharge point) Cf : Concentrations in Nalla / River after wastewater contamination (downstream of wastewater discharge point)

• When raw spentwash finds a way to nallah, it is observed that on downstream of point of

spentwash discharge, BOD, COD and TDS of nallah water shall become 3310 mg/lit, 6143 mg/lit and 5718 mg/lit resp. which otherwise are - 48 mg/lit, 85 mg/lit and 1840 mg/lit.

• When the polluted nallah (stream) discharge laden with spentwash contamination finds way to the Krishna river, it is observed that on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of river water shall become 12.98 mg/lit, 28.45 mg/lit and 475.53 mg/lit resp. which otherwise are 9.5 mg/lit, 22 mg/lit and 470 mg/lit.

• Similarly, when untreated effluent from CPU finds a way to nallah, it is observed that on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of nallah water shall become 133 mg/lit, 250.69 mg/lit and 1808.95 mg/lit resp. which otherwise are - 48 mg/lit, 85 mg/lit and 1840 mg/lit.

121

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

• When this polluted nallah water (due to untreated effluent from CPU) joins the Krishna river, it is predicted that on downstream of point of discharge, BOD, COD & TDS of river water shall become 9.63 mg/lit, 22.24 mg/lit and 471.41 mg/lit resp. which otherwise are – 9.5 mg/lit, 25 mg/lit and 630 mg/lit.

• Increase in concentrations of above parameters shall exert negative impact on the aquatic biota and the fresh water ecosystem. First of all, suspended particles increase turbidity which reduces light penetration thereby disrupting growth of photosynthetic plants and disturb the food chain, nitrogen and phosphorus in wastewaters act as nutrients that help aggravating problems of 'Eutrophication' and algal dominance, organic matter in the effluent could reduce dissolved oxygen levels and cause fish kill due to depletion of DO levels, excessive presence of CO2 through respiration process in eutrophied waters may lead to fall in pH which results in formation of weak acids and affects the pH sensitive reactions in the water body and benthic deposits, increase in ground water TDS levels could lead to salinity problems of soils, gastro enteric disorders, problems of urine stone etc. in humans, corrosion, pitting and similar problems with metallic objects due to salt deposition and scaling.

B. Ground Water (Quality & Quantity) Water required for proposd expansion project would be taken from Krishna River. Hence, as ground water will not be a source of raw water. Thus, there will not be any major impact on ground water level. If spentwash conveyance arrangement, storage tanks, etc are not as per the CPCB guidelines then leakages and seepages from tanks may lead to ground water contamination. This may cause increase in TDS of ground water and can impart colour to it. Ground water quality is dependent on natural geological formations and can get affected by industrial discharges under unfavorable geological structural conditions near such discharges. Ground water quality in the region is found to be well within the prescribed limits of IS:10500. 4.3.3.2. Mitigation Measures

A. Surface Water • Major surface water bodies namely River Krishna is present in study area. After proposed

expansion activities HDPL would not discharge any untreated industrial as well as domestic effluent in to surface water body/ land disposal

• Effluent generated from molasses based distillery and from grain based distillery together treat in CPU. Treated water from CPU shall be recycled back in process. There by achieving ZLD.

• DWGS to the tune of 7000 MT/M (70% moisture) shall be generated after decantation of spentwash will be sold to farmers as cattle feed. Remaining DWGS will be further dried in dryers shall result in to loss of moisture thereby forming DDGS to the tune of 1400 MT/M having 6-8 % of moisture and will sold to farmers as cattle feed.

• Construction of four KT weirs in the Nalla stretch from Industry to River Krishna and putting baffles in KT weir to control discharge subsequent to ingress of raw spentwash & untreated effluent in to Nalla so as to carry out flow obstruction.

• Stopping / arresting spentwash entry to nalla by diverting flow through leaking pipe in to spentwash tank lifting the stored volume upstream the KT weir by portable pumps & sending it back to spentwash tank or discharging same on nearby farm land for irrigation.

122

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

• Pumping of contaminated discharge from nalla from first weir to spentwash tank & action of flushing & dilution to subsequent weirs

• Faster communication to people residing along the nalla & river about ingress of effluents or spentwash in the streams followed by an appeal for not consuming the waters for domestic purposes and animal consumption.

• Online effluent monitoring system shall be installed at inlet and outlet of effluent treatment facility for measurement of parameters like flow, pH, BOD, COD, TDS etc.

• Separate flow meter for spentwash as well as separate energy meter would be provided to CPU and log shall be maintained for same.

B. Ground water

• Recharge of ground water in study area is happening through rainfall, seepage from irrigation tanks and ponds in the study area. Under HDPL expansion project, it is proposed to implement rain water harvesting measures in the industry premises. Rain water from roof top and surface harvesting shall be collected into recharging pit to be provided on site. Harvesting of rainwater and its recharge into the ground is a very important aspect which creates positive impact on ground water table.

• No ground water from any bore well / open well shall be used in manufacturing processes and operations in the industry.

• Total quantity of domestic effluent, after proper treatment, would be used for gardening on own land.

• No direct discharge of any effluent from HDPL complex on land to avoid ground water contamination.

• Spentwash storage tanks shall be constructed as per CPCB guidelines where HDPE liners and RCC lining will be implemented. Making of spentwash handling, storage and disposal systems totally seepage proof shall avoid any chances of groundwater contamination.

• Piezometers are installed all around spentwash storage tank at strategic locations. Data of ground water levels and quality of same will also be submitted to KSPCB & MoEFCC.

4.3.4 Impact on Hydrology & Hydro-geology

• No impact on geology of the area is identified, as HDPL expansion project does not

involve major excavations in the project work and there is no any geological feature of local, regional or national importance in the area.

• As far as the Groundwater Quality is concerned, contamination noted during field visits in dug-wells particularly in Northern part of project site and around village vicinity area. Physico-chemical parameters like TDS, Mg, hardness, chlorine, are out of limits. As prescribed by Bureau of Indian Standards 10500:2012.

• Spentwash storage which is highly polluting distillery waste water shall be stored at site in 5 days storage tanks. If this spentwash finds its way through seepage, leakage, fractures and infiltration it reaches the shallow as well as confined ground water then there would be sever contamination of same leading to colouration, increased TDS and conductivity, adverse effect on soil porosity, soil salinity etc.

• No adverse impact on the ground water aquifer's storage is expected as fresh water required for the industrial activity shall be taken from a water supply scheme from river Krishna. There shall not be any negative impact on GW storage in the area.

• HDPL site is a on gentle high ground perennial streams in the area. There is no geological history of any natural disaster for e. g. Landslides or floods in the area.

123

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.3.4.1. Mitigation Measures

• In HDPL project, the spentwash handling, storage and disposal system infrastructure shall be planned, designed and constructed as per the CREP norms. Further, ash storage yards and allied infrastructures shall be provided with HDPE liners, RCC liners etc. as per the design details and specific requirements to completely prevent the seepage, percolation and infiltration from the concerned structures into the soil and bedrock as well as to the groundwater storage aquifers. Also, storages of spentwash (both raw spentwash) will be made in leak proof / seepage proof tanks.

• Implementation of rain water harvesting measures, for both for the roof top and ground surface must be done so as to collect and arrest runoffs and store the same in tanks at certain locations as per the topography in the premises. Also, feasibility should be explored to recharge the harvested rain water directly to bore wells located in the industrial and those in the nearby areas. Percolation of stored water in the rain water harvesting tanks as mentioned above and recharge to bore wells shall definitely have a positive impact on the ground water table thereby increasing its level in the ground due to addition to the aquifers' storage. This water percolates into deeper layers of the subsurface strata through joints and fractures to recharge groundwater source. Thus, artificial recharge methods not only serve as water conservation mechanism but assist in overcoming problems associated with overdrafts

• Under proposed CSR activities RWH in various villages is planned. Intensive rainwater harvesting, runoff management and construction of recharge structures. Thus, percolation of harvested and stored rain water shall recharge the open & bore wells of study area which shall definitely have a positive impact on ground water table thereby increasing its level in the ground due to addition to the aquifers storage. For details of CSR; refer Chapter 6, Section 6.6.2

4.3.5 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes

• Total ash generated after burning of coal along with concentrated spentwash in boilers

installed under existing as well as proposed activities is to the tune of 4450 MTPM shall be the prominent solid waste from HDPL.

• Haphazard and uncontrolled storage of ash on site shall lead to littering and suspension of the particles in air due to strong wind currents causing problems of air pollution and aesthetics.

• Improper utilization / disposal of ash would harm soil quality and fertility of agriculture fields.

• Due to improper construction and poor O & M at ash storage yard, there could be every chance that monsoon discharges, leakages and seepages from it may lead to pollution of lands, surface & ground water as a result of leachates through seepages, percolation and direct mixing.

• Yeast sludge from fermenters on inappropriate handling and storage conditions shall lead to formation of aerobic-anaerobic conditions in tank body thereby resulting in to uncontrolled release of gases comprising prominently of methane, hydrogen sulphide, SO2 and CO2. Hydrogen sulphide imparts foul odour in the premises whereas SO2 lead to corrosive atmosphere. Moreover, inflammation of eyes, throat and respiratory track irritation are prominent effects observed in case of human being residing nearby the sludge storage / tank premises.

124

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

• CPU sludge shall contain settled biological flock from secondary treatment units (aeration tanks / reactors). As such they can undergo anaerobic decomposition resulting in to odour problem if not handled, stored and disposed off properly.

• Hazardous waste namely spent oil @ 50 Lit/M shall be generated. If gets spilled/ littered in environment, can contaminate environment and result in to undesirable aesthetics also.

• Spent oils especially the ones aimed for lubricating, after draining from engines; gearboxes; hydraulic systems; turbines and air compressors shall not be suitable for use as – (1) oil may be contaminated with wear debris, (2) lubricating base oil gets deteriorated and degraded to acids, (3) additives may decompose into other chemical species, (4) oils may get mixed with process fluids, degreasers and solvents thereby changing nature and properties completely. Many organic molecules arise from breakdown of additives and base oils. Molecule potentially most harmful is the Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAH). Spent oil on spillage tends to accumulate in environment, causing soil and water pollution. Oil decomposes very slowly. It reduces oxygen supply to micro-organisms that break oil down into non-hazardous compounds. Toxic gases and harmful metallic dust particles are produced by ordinary combustion of used oil. High concentration of metal ions, lead, zinc, chromium and copper in used oil can be toxic to ecological systems and to human health if they are emitted from exhaust stack of uncontrolled burners and furnaces. Certain compounds in used oils like PAH can be very dangerous to human and animal health being carcinogenic and mutagenic. Lubricating oil is transformed by high temperatures and stress of an engine's operation. This results in oxidation, nitration, cracking of polymers and decomposition of organ- metallic compounds. Other contaminants also accumulate in oil during use - fuel, antifreeze/coolant, water, wear metals, metal oxides and combustion products.

4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures

• Collection of yeast sludge from fermentation section in closed silo system, its dewatering (mechanical) and immediate disposal shall be done. Under existing & expansion operations the sludge is burnt in boiler.

• Co-gen boiler ash shall be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical system followed by storage in separate silos. Ash shall be sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all the above processes.

• Farmers shall be advised and educated properly for application of the ash in to farms. • HW shall be properly collected in HDPE drums / containers and shall be stored at

dedicated area to be marked for HW. • Spent oil generated could be send to authorized re-processor.

4.3.6 Impact on Soil and Agriculture Impact on the soil characteristics is usually attributed to air emissions, wastewater discharges and solid waste disposal. a. Air Emissions: Major emission is particulate matter from burning of coal & spent wash

slops in incineration boiler. There could be impact on nearby crop land due to emission from proposed project site. Impact could be due to falling of dust and particulate matter from chimney. Impact due to emissions on crop land could be on crops within 5 km from HDPL. Approximate estimate based on Air Quality Modeling shows that about 5% of crop land within the 5 km radius may get impact due to emissions. HDPL shall provide an

125

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

ESP along with stack of 90 M height for boiler to control particulate matter emissions less than 100 mg/Nm3.

b. Wastewater Generation (Industrial effluent): Effluent generated from molasses based

distillery is in the form of raw spent wash, spentlees and other effluents. Spentwash will be concentrated in MEE and conc. Spentwash will blend with coal and used as fuel for incineration boiler. Spentlees and other effluents will treat in CPU. From grain based distillery the effluent generated in the form of various leese such as - FOC leese, PRC leese, Thin Slop and Condensate. Same will be recycled back for liquefaction of flour. RC leese will be recycled as cooling tower make water. Other effluents such as cooling blow down, effluents from lab & washing will be forwarded to CPU. This achieves ZLD from molasses as well as grain based distillery. Though, it is proposed, to be ZLD. If due to accident or negligence or purposely the untreated discharge is done in the near by agriculture area there is a chance of soil contamination of agriculture area. Over a period of time it may affect physical, Chemical and micro biological properties of soil. If so, constant monitoring by way of soil analysis is suggested.

c. Solid Waste (SW): SW generation from the plant are mainly from –

1. Fermented sludge cake: fermented sludge generated in the form of yeast sludge. Same is burnt in incineration boiler.

2. Boiler Ash.: Ash generated from incineration boiler will be disposed to farmers.

d. Hazardous wastes: generated are to be Collected, Stored, and Transported & Disposed

to TSDF. Used Oil Empty Bags and Drums of Chemicals, Spent acid is to be Collected, Stored, transported & Disposed to by sale to registered re-refiner & registered recycler. For the storage of hazardous wastes, dedicated hazardous waste storage area should be year marked. This area should be covered from the top and from the sides and has impervious flooring, so as to prevent contamination of the surrounding soil environment if any.

Cumulative impact: There are four molasses based distilleries of different production capacities within distance of 15 to 75 Km in various directions from the proposed unit. As these units are at a significant distance from the present unit except the one at 15 km. There is very little chance of cumulative impact on soils within buffer zone. 4.3.6.1. Mitigation Measures

• Ash shall be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical system

followed by storage in separate silos. Ash shall be sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all above processes. Finally, it shall be forwarded to brick manufacturers for final disposal.

• ZLD of spentwash from distillery shall be achieved through concentration in MEE followed by composting. Hence effect of this wastewater discharges, on soil and agricultural shall be nil.

• Sprinkling of water during unloading of coal in storage yard. • Construction of concret or tar roads to avoid fugitive dust emissions. • All belt conveyors, transfer points, hoods sealing with belt curtains & metal sheets • Dust collectors for hopper venting

126

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.3.7 Impact on Noise Levels Criteria on which noise impacts are analyzed depend upon people who are being affected. Broadly, there are two types viz. people who are working near source and people who stay near industry. People working near source need risk criteria for hearing damage while people who stay near industry need annoyance and psychological damage as criteria for noise level impact analysis. It is quite obvious that the acceptable noise level for latter case is less than the former case. So, the noise impact analysis can be of two types namely (1) Noise impact analysis on working environment; and (2) Noise impact analysis on community

A) Noise Impact Analysis on Working Environment For noise levels in industrial unit, potential noise generating sources are categorized under three major heads - noise from machinery, boiler, turbine, DG set and noise from transportation. HDPL is not a major noise producing industry. However the control measures have been suggested. There shall be no any prominent effect due to vibration at project site. Total noise generated by operations of all equipment in premises of all units in an Industrial Plant (from experience of existing unit) would be between 70 to 85 dB(A). Due to noise, workers and labors could get disturbance & annoyance and can lose concentration during working which may lead to accidents. Constant exposure to such levels, can result in damage to ear drums and loss of hearing, blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems among the workers. It may also disturb psychological condition of workers. Annoyance, increased temper etc. may also be other significant impacts. Actual resultant noise levels outside industry will be much lesser in ambient air after considering attenuation. Therefore, impact of distillery and co-gen plant w.r.t. noise would be non significant. Noise levels in work environment are compared with the standards prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-USA), which in turn were enforced by Government of India through model rules framed under Factories’ Act. These standards were established with the emphasis on reducing hearing loss

Table 4.13 Permissible Exposure In Case of Continuous Noise

Sr. No

Total Time of Exposure (continuous or a number of short term exposures) per Day, in Hours

Sound Pressure dB (A)

Remarks

1. 8.00 90 1. No exposures in excess of dB (A) are permitted.

2. 6.00 92 2. For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and next higher or lower figure as indicated in column 2, permissible sound pressure level is to be determined by extrapolation on a proportionate scale.

3. 4.00 95 4. 3.00 97 5. 2.00 100 6. 1.50 102

127

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. No

Total Time of Exposure (continuous or a number of short term exposures) per Day, in Hours

Sound Pressure dB (A)

Remarks

7. 1.00 105 8. 0.75 107 9. 0.50 110 10. 0.25 115

B) Noise Impact Analysis on Community Noise pattern from the source is computed with the help of following formula. Noise Level at distance r2 = (Noise level at distance r1) - 20 log (r2/r1) Noise levels get reduced considerably in the range of 20-30 % because of natural obstructions. Permissible noise levels, for different categories of area, as prescribed by MoEFCC are given in Table 4.13. Resultant noise levels at receptor in different areas/zones are envisaged to be within permissible limits, as identified by MoEFCC. If noise levels exceed the limit, people who stay near the industry get disturbed due to reasons like annoyance and psychological reasons. Present ambient noise monitored at all villages in study area is within reasonable limits. Noise generated from an industry gets attenuated considerably because of natural barriers like walls, vegetation, houses etc. or gets deflected along the wind direction. Thus, it can be stated that noise impact due to the proposed expansion activities in HDPL complex could be significant on working environment without control measures, while the noise impact on community would be negligible

Table 4.14 Standards In Respect of Ambient Noise Levels

Sr. No.

Category of Area Limits in dB (A), Leq Day time

(6 AM to 10 PM) Night time

(10 PM to 6 AM) 1. Industrial area 75 70 2. Commercial area 65 55 3. Residential area 55 45 4. Silence zone(Hospitals, Educational Institutes & Courts) 50 40

Ref: Noise Rules 2000; Gazette of India 14th Feb 2000.

4.3.7.1 Mitigation Measures • Proper oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance shall be carried out for machineries

and equipment to reduce the noise generation. • Heavy duty muffler systems shall be employed for high noise generating equipment. • PPE devices such as ear muffs, ear plugs, masks will be strictly enforced for the workers

engaged in high noise prone zones. • Noise monitoring shall be done regularly in noise prone areas and within the industry

where workers will get exposed. • For control of noise at source, steps shall be taken like - enclosing machine, reducing

vibrations in components by replacing metal parts with sound absorbing materials, isolating the work place containing noisy equipments, reducing height of fall bins,

128

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

reinforcing sheet metal constructions by packets, reduce speed of conveyor belts, covering walls/ ceilings with sound absorbing materials, using sound absorbing screens, building sound proof control areas/ rest rooms etc. In short; insulation, isolation, separation techniques shall be implemented.

• During each shift of 8 hours duration, maximum permissible limits of 115 dB (A) shall never be exceeded, in the work zone, even for a short duration.

• Green belt will be augmented which would attenuate noise intensity from the plant to surroundings and thus would prevent the noise pollution.

• DG sets shall have standard acoustic enclosure that can reduce insertion loss of about of 25 dB(A). Regular maintenance of DG sets shall be carried out so that low noise is generated.

Industry shall administer a 'Hearing Conservation Program' for workers exposed to high noise sources which shall include monitoring, notification, protection, training and record keeping for all employees in danger of exposure. Protocol shall comprise of following- 1. Monitoring shall include developing a sampling strategy to identify employees to be

included in the hearing conservation program. Each employee being monitored shall be notified of the results. Employees may observe the monitoring by the industry. Industry shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program that shall be performed by a qualified person at no cost to the employees.

2. Testing shall include baseline audiograms thereafter. Annual audiogram shall be evaluated for a standard threshold shift of 10 dB or more at 2000, 3000, or 4000 hertz (Hz) in either ear. Hearing protectors shall be provided by the Industry as part of the hearing conservation program.

3. Training shall comprise of observing a training program in the use and care of hearing protectors for all employees who are exposed to an 8-h time weighted average (TWA) ≥ 85 dB(A). The hearing protectors must attenuate 8 - h TWA to at least 90 dB(A) and for employees with a standard threshold shift down to at least 85 dB(A).

4. Record keeping will include maintaining audiometric test records by industry for duration of affected employment.

4.3.8 Impact of Vibration

Vibration is not expected during industrial operation of HDPL. There would not be any vibration impact due to the proposed unit operation. 4.3.9 Impact on Land Use Proposed expansion of distillery project is going to be set-up in existing premises of HDPL. Non-agricultural land has been acquired by proponent for implementation of existing HDPL project. Previously it was barren land which shall be utilized for industrial activity. Thus, land use pattern is changed. Development of localities around HDPL site due to creation of secondary employment, hotels, shops, and small business directly / indirectly depending on requirements of the industry and workers. These establishments through growth on a period of time could evolve as small township thereby changing land use of the area marginally. Establishment of HDPL project shall not only change living standards but also significantly affect existing landuse of region. Implementation of communication facilities like roads in study area shall accelerate economic growth in study area where more and more local

129

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

residents who left their villages in search of employment, jobs etc. shall return to their native places with an urge to establish firmly on their motherland. Through this certain positive developments could occur which may lead to change in landuse in and around the individual villages of study area. 4.3.10 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity Any unfavorable alteration in the quality of soil, water or air will lead the change in quality of habitat for plants and animals. This alteration may favor growth of some species and may reduce/eliminate others. The resilience to this change will depend on the extent of unfavorable change. The climate of the 10 Km study area from project site is characterized by general dryness in the major part of the year. The said area comes under rain shadow area with an average rainfall ranging from 2000-2500 mm. Habitat Removal: Expansion of HDPL project will be carried out in existing premises of HDPL. The land area for expansion of project has already been allocated and left vacant for distillery infrastructure in premises. The study area represents a semi-arid ecosystem with habitat types of agriculture, scrubs, grassland and scattered trees, and human habitations. Although this region is not much diverse in terms of species or habitat richness, this ecosystem has its own importance. Contamination of Habitats: The impacts were considered for worst case scenario (direct discharge of untreated wastewater into river Krishna). The sugar factory and the distillery site is less than 5 km from River Krishna. Currently only 11 fish species are found in river Krishna, out of which Kolshi (Hypselobarbus kolus) is vulnerable to this area. Discharge of untreated wastewater from sugar and distillery industry (effluents, spent wash, sewage etc.) in the river and surrounding area may cause significant negative environmental impact on the aquatic habitats and their biodiversity including fishes. Effect on Flowers, Grass, Trees & Scrubs: In the case of proposed expansion activity, particulate emissions would be of concern; however same would be well within the limits specified by concern authority. No significant loss to the productivity of surrounding agricultural crops is envisaged. However, undertaking and implementation of green belt development program will be beneficial impact of the project on surrounding area. 4.3.10.1 Mitigation Measures • At any cost no any land from reserve forest will be utilized for industrial purpose. All

project activities will be limited to HDPL premises. • No any untreated effluent shall be let out into nearby water body or land • Stack and production block shall be provided with APC equipment in form of ESP. • No ash shall be stored outside the industrial premises or disposed off in nearby grasslands • All developmental activities in and around the industries shall be essentially eco-friendly

and sustainable for long term mutual benefits of the local people and the industry.

130

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

• Nature conservation and environmental protection activities involving local youth and local schools shall be planned on priority under industry’s CSR activity.

• Activities like slide shows or expert’s lectures on biodiversity shall be arranged for the staff to make them aware about the plant and animal species found nearby; also it will reduce unnecessary human-wild conflict. This will eventually reduce the damage to biodiversity by the employees.

• Promoting measures of energy and water conservation, wherever possible, would be adopted.

4.3.11 Impact on Socio Economic Status of Study Area

• First and foremost impact under socio-economy shall be the employment potential.

Primary employment will be generated where under preference shall be given to local people. Secondary employment in region through dairy, poultry, agro-based allied business, hotels, local transport, temporary works and other secondary business will also be promoted directly or indirectly.

• Major air pollution sources namely boiler, D.G. set and transportation activities may contribute air pollutants – Particulate matter (PM10& PM2.5), SO2, NOx and CO in the area. Long-term exposure to particulate matter and gaseous pollutants may cause respiratory and cardiovascular morbidity such as aggravation of asthma, respiratory symptoms and increase in hospital admissions in workers and local people. This is turn may lead to mortality from cardiovascular and respiratory diseases and from lung cancer. Drinking of contaminated water due to discharge of untreated effluent may cause water-borne diseases like diarrhoea, jaundice etc. In addition to this, discharge of untreated effluent into agriculture fields may decrease agriculture productivity due to loss of crops and degradation of agriculture lands. This may cause economic losses to local farmers. Odour pollution may lead to loss of aesthetics and cause diseases among locals. Further, there could also be adverse effects of the pollution on other aspects like property, livestock, crops and vegetation etc. which may have direct impact on the status and standard of living of the locals. This may cause economic losses to local farmers. Odour pollution may lead to loss of aesthetics and cause diseases among locals.

4.3.11.1 Mitigation Measures • HDPL shall involve locals in promotional schemes. • Training, skills and awareness shall be given to local people. • CSR program to be firmly executed. • Occupational health centre services to be provided by the industry. • Regular medical checkups and onsite 24x7 ambulance facility to be provided. • Air pollution measures to be strictly implement. • Effluent treatment facility should be effectively maintained and no effluent should be

discharged into nearby water bodies/agriculture lands. • Effective measures should be taken to control odour pollution in the area.

4.3.12 Occupational Health and Safety

Occupational health and safety is an important consideration under any industrial or developmental project. In HDPL complex there are number of places like alcohol storage tanks, molasses storage tanks and operations where careful attention is required to be provided towards health and safety aspects. Further, certain ergonomic problems and lifting

131

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

with wrong postures etc. may cause back-pain, spinal and joint pains. Also, handling of steam at very high pressure and temperature (72 bar and 5000C) from co-gen boiler shall be another point of concern. Also, alcohol storage tanks in shall be major area of concern from risk and hazard involved is bulk storage of ethanol. For more information on this topic, Chapter 7 on Hazard and Risk may be referred. 4.3.12.1. Mitigation Measures • Flame arrestors for ethanol storage tanks will be provided. Foam added fire extinguishers

would be provided in case of spill & fire. • High pressure boilers to be installed shall be maintained and tested as per IBR standards.

Plant would be fully automated and sufficient alarms and interlocks shall be provided to take care of any abnormal condition or variations.

• Adequate portable fire-extinguishers shall be provided on site. • Workers shall be provided with appropriate PPEs like goggles, safety shoes, ear muffs

etc. • There is first aid and health centre facility with one trained medical assistant available 24

hrs a day. • Periodic medical examination of workers is carried out and the record is maintained. • Emergency vehicle is available at the factory site for all 24 hrs.

Health Check-up of Workers • Industry shall under take pre-employment health check up followed by periodical health

checkup every year with special attention to occupational health hazards & shall be conducted for all the employees.

• Following parameters shall be the part of pre-employment & annual periodical medical check-up. The company will outsource all the tests with the local hospitals.

Table 4.15 Test Details

No. Test Details (Physical Fitness Certificate) 1 Pulse 2 Blood Pressure 3 Per Abdomen (PA) 4 Complete Blood Examination Hemoglobin% (Hb%), WBC, RBC, etc 5 Vision 6 Central Nervous System (CNS) 7 Respiratory System-Lung Function (RS) 8 Cardio Vascular System (CVS) 9 Electro Cardio Gram (ECG) 10 Chest X-ray 11 Venereal Disease (VD) 12 Total Leucocyte Count (TC) 13 Differential Leucocyte Count (DLC) 14 Absolute Eosinophil Count (AEC) 15 Complete Urine Examination [Physical / Chemical /Albumin, Sugar & Bile Salt etc. 16 Ultrasound with Film for Kidney anomalies

132

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

No. Test Details (Physical Fitness Certificate) 17 Random Blood Sugar 18 Sputum for Acid Fast Bacillus (AFB for Tuberculosis) 19 Lever Function Test

4.3.13 Impact on Historical Places There are no historical places in the study area. Hence, the impact is nil. 4.4 Evaluation of Impact Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters due to proposed expansion of Distillery project is an important aspect to be studied. For evaluation of same, Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) is implemented. Description of BEES is as follows - 4.4.1 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) BEES has been used for evaluation of impacts arising out of different project activities. BEES is a simple yet very effective methodology for conducting environmental impact analysis. It is based on a hierarchical assessment of environmental quality indicators. System incorporates classification consisting of four levels- • Level I : Categories, • Level II : Components, • Level III: Parameters, and • Level IV: Measurements.

Each category (Level I) is divided into several components, each component (Level II) into several parameters, and each parameter (Level III) into one or more measurements. The Environmental Evaluation System (EES) implied here identifies a total of four (4) categories, twenty (20) components and eighty eight (88) parameters. BEES assessment for environmental impacts of activities under proposed activities by HDPL is based on commensurate Environmental Impact Units (EIU). Two EIU scores are produced, one 'with' and another 'without' the proposed project. Difference between two scores is a measure of the environmental impact. Scores are based on magnitude and importance of specific impacts. In addition to EIU scores, the EES labels major adverse environmental impacts with a "red flag." These flags point to fragile elements of the environment for which more detailed studies are warranted. Table 4.16 shows a complete list of categories, components, and parameters of the Battelle EES. Column 1 shows the four (4) categories, Column 2 shows the twenty (20) components, and Column 3 shows the eighty eight (88) parameters. BEES methodology is based on assigning importance unit to each of parameters. Collectively, these "importance units" are referred to as "parameter importance units" or

133

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

PIU's. Parameters have been assigned important weights by an interdisciplinary team of experts based on the ranked-pair wise comparison techniques. A total of 1000 PIU's are distributed among the 88 parameters based on value judgments. Individual PIU's are shown in Column 4 of Table 4.16, the summation component PIU's are shown in Column 5, and the summation category PIU's are shown in Column 6. Effectively, for each parameter i, its (PIU)i represents a weight wi Each PIUi or wi requires a specific quantitative measurement. Methodology converts different measurements into common units by means of a scalar or "value function." A scalar has specific measurement on x-axis and a common environmental quality scale or "value" on the y-axis. Latter varies in the range 0 ≤ Vi ≤ 1. A value of Vi = 0 indicates very poor quality, while Vi = 1 indicates very good quality. Values of Vi = Vi, 0 are obtained for conditions 'without' the project, and Vi = Vi, 1 for conditions 'with' the project. Condition 'without' project represents current condition, while that 'with' the project represents the predicted future condition. Environmental impact EI is evaluated as follows: EI = ∑ [ Vi,1wi ] - ∑ [ Vi,0wi ] for i = 1 to n, where n = number of parameters (88). For EI> 0, the situation 'with' the project is better than 'without' the project, indicating that project has positive environmental benefits. Conversely, for EI< 0, the situation 'with' the project is worse than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has negative environmental benefits, i.e. certain negative impacts. A large negative value of EI indicates the existence of substantial negative impacts. Assigned weights or PIU's represent the relative importance of each parameter within the overall system. Once established, they should be kept constant; otherwise, the environmental impact assessment would be difficult to replicate. Potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (in percent)- ΔVi (%) = 100 (Vi,0 - Vi,1) / Vi, 0 These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi< 10%; a major red flag when ΔVi> 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi< 30% whereas a major red flag when ΔVi ≥ 30%. EES can be applied for the evaluation of project impacts, to select specific alternatives, or during the planning process to minimize potential adverse impacts of proposed projects. In latter case, a feedback loop is used to continually modify the proposed project through successive iterations. Projects developed with the help of EES are expected not only to minimize environmental impacts, but also help improve selected portions of the environment.

134

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT EVALUATION FOR EXPANSION OF HDPL

Environmental quality assessment for proposed project has been undertaken by evaluating relevant environmental parameters. These parameters represent the various components of environment namely- 1. Biological Environment 2. Environmental Pollution

Water Air Soil Noise

3. Aesthetics 4. Human Interest. Functional relationship (value functions) has been developed for each of the selected parameter, resulting in parameter measurement with environmental quality. Allocation of PIUs, among selected environmental parameters, represents a consequence of opinion of members of an interdisciplinary team of experts. Accordingly, major environmental categories i.e. biological environment, environmental pollution, aesthetics and human interests are allocated 240, 402, 158 and 200 PIUs respectively, out of total of 1,000 units. Exhaustive list of parameters and associated PIUs used for impact assessment of proposed Distillery unit of HDPL is presented. Though BEES is considered to be best available environmental evaluation technique, conflicting conclusions, among decision makers, could arise in the interpretation of evaluated results. Primary factors giving rise to such difference in opinion are at uncertainty and subjectivity in allocation of PIUs to different environmental parameters and uncertainty caused by the aggregation of individual parameter scores to yield final project score under different project impact scenarios. It is, therefore, necessary to take into account such variability and uncertainty while inferring the impact of a development project on surrounding environment. 4.5.1 Biological Environment Implementation of green belt in HDPL project complex is under process. Thereunder, an area of about 23,188.4 Sq. M. (6 Acres) will be developed as green belt. This will be about 33% of the total plot area 72,195.9 M2 (17.84 Acre) against the norm of 33%.

A) Terrestrial Environment a) Natural Vegetation Natural vegetation in the study area comprises of Banyan, Pipal, Mango, Drum sticks, Gulmohor, Palas, Karanj, Raintree etc. grown in the study area. There are no trees to be cut for the expansion activities. Development of green belt is in process. In HDPL complex 33% of green belt will be developed as per the guidelines of MoEFCC. Plan of same is appended at annexure - D Apart from this green belt development, open areas around offices & buildings would be covered with the grasses, shrubs & plants for landscaping. Outskirts of the area would be planted with fast growing trees as indicated in the EMP. Solid waste dump area would be fenced & covered with shrubby vegetation. In totality, green belt development

135

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

on the acquired area would imply positive benefits in terms of extensive green belt development & proper planning of same as indicated in a separate chapter on green belt development plan. b) Crops In 10 Km radius study area, from HDPL, sugar cane is commonly and mostly cultivated. Also, tur, maize, wheat, jowar, bajari, vegetables, rice, groundnut, tobacco and chilli are cultivated. The project would not have any significant negative impact on crops. c) Species Diversity No endangered species are found in the area. No negative impacts are envisaged due to the proposed project. However, plantation of variety of the species, as induced in the EMP, would improve the ecosystem of the area. This will improve the ecosystem marginally. d) Food & Web Index

As area would not have any negative impact, no impact on food & web cycle is expected. However, due to afforestation plan in the acquired area, improvement in the food web index is expected. e) Rare & Endangered Species No rare & endangered species are present in the study area. No positive or negative impact is expected on these species- i) Plant Species - These are normal species found in the Karnataka Zone. Negative impact on these species is not expected. Green belt development plan, as per the EMP, would increase the number of various plant species in the acquired area. ii) Animal Species - Animal species found in the area are cows, buffaloes, horses, donkeys, dogs, cats, bulls etc. These are normal species found in Karnataka zone. Negative or positive impact on these species is not expected. f) Pest Species No major pest or parasitic species are found in area. No negative or positive impact on same is expected. B) Aquatic Environment 1. Natural Vegetation Natural vegetation is good in study area. No aquatic weeds are observed in surface waters.

136

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

2. Species Diversity Total 46 birds of 16 species were observed at tanks are observed. As existing and proposed expansion effluent would not be discharged directly to any water body, the species diversity, any plant or animal species will not get affected. 3. Food & Web Index

Due to discharge of spentwash there may be affects on aquatic life which may impact on food web. 4. Rare & Endangered Species 3 species namely common pochard duck, White napped tit and Woolly-necked stork are found in study area of HDPL which have become Vulnerable as per IUCN, (2017) status. Also, five species namely darter, painted stork, black headed ibis, ferruginous pochard and river tern are Near Threatened respectively at the global level are found in study area. According to IUCN, 2015 status, species Kolshi (Hypselobarbus kolus) is Vulnerable is found. 4.5.2 Environmental Pollution Parameters for the above-mentioned category are divided into four parts as Water Soil Air Noise Impacts of multifeed distillery on these components are summarized below - A) Water Major parameters, which represent water environment, are pH, COD, BOD, SS and TDS. In case of distillery effluent; factors like odour and colour are also of importance. Industrial effluent generated by expansion activities would comprise of process effluents and effluents arising out of other activities namely cooling and boiler blow downs, washing and lab. etc. Total industrial effluent generated from molasses based distillery after expansion shall be in the form of spentwash @ 1560 M3/Day which shall be concentrated in MEE. Conc. Spentwash @ 516 M3/Day will blend with coal and used as fuel for incineration boiler. Other effluents namely condensate from MEE, spent leese, cooling and boiler blow downs, washing and lab @ 1443 M3/Day shall be forwarded to CPU and recycled back in process. Moreover, domestic effluent generation would be 15 M3/Day which shall be treated in proposed STP. From grain based distillery various streams generated such as FOC leese, PRC leese, thin slop @ 700 M3/Day recycled back in process for liquefaction of flour. RC leese @ 245 M3/Day shall be used for cooling tower make up water. Other effluents such as cooling blow downs and effluent from lab and washing @ 60 M3/Day will treat in proposed CPU. Each & every care will be taken so that treated effluent will not find its way to any surface water body. Hence there shall not be any negative impact on surface and ground water

137

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

quality. Recycling of effluent for various operations will impart a positive impact on fresh water quantity utilization being done from the Krishna River. B) Soil As NPK values of soils are inadequate at most of places in study area, good crops cannot be grown without use of chemical fertilizers. In case of the study area, the soil chemistry will not change because there are no any emissions from the existing project. In totality, negative impact on soil chemistry of the premises as well as that of the study area is not expected. a. Land use pattern No changes in the land use pattern of the acquired area are expected. The study area would not have any positive or negative impact, on the land use pattern because of the proposed expansion project. b. Soil chemistry Soil observed is slightly alkaline in nature, mostly sandy loam. Porosity varies between 18.19% to 71.18%, which can be categorized as moderate. pH index indicate alkaline nature of the soil. Bulk density is observed to be 1.03 – 1.43 gm/cc. Soils from this study area have EC values in range of 0.13 to 0.27 µS/cm. Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) is in range of 1.18 – 2.53. c. Soil Erosion

Augmentation of green belt plan as per the EMP would also prevent soil erosion from the project premises. Also, grassland on the open lands shall help arresting the erosion of soil. Thus, there will not be any soil erosion from the acquired area. C) Air Requirement of steam for existing 100 KLPD molasses based distillery is met from existing 35 TPH boiler. Concentrated Spentwash blended with coal is used as fuel for the same. A stack of 90 M height along with ESP as APC equipment is provided for 35 TPH boiler. Under expansion of distillery new boiler of 75 TPH will be installed. ESP will be provided to new boiler as APC equipment. Existing stack will be common for existing as well as proposed boilers. For 75 TPH boiler concentrated Spentwash blended with coal will be used as fuel. Process emissions from the distillery would be CO2 and water vapors. Average PM10, PM2.5 & SO2 monitored at site show values of 54.94 µg/M3, 19.21 µg/M3 and 32.12 µg/M3 respectively. These are well within limits specified by KSPCB/ CPCB. No much increase in same due to fuel burning in boiler is expected. Refer Appendix - G for GLC. Thus, there shall not be any negative impact on air quality and degradation of the air environment would be prevented by incorporating actions suggested in EMP along with implementation of the green belt development plan. D) Noise Source of noise generation would be boiler house, fermentation and distillation sections, pumps, compressors and stand by D.G. Sets. However, this would not be the continuous

138

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

source. Only in case of electricity failure, D.G. Set would be operated. D.G. Set shall be enclosed in a separate canopy to reduce the noise levels. Prevention of noise with plan suggested in EMP would suffice the control of noise pollution. E) Vibration No major source of vibration is present. 4.5.3 Aesthetics A) Topographical character a. Landscape Topography and landscape of the area are overall flat. Small changes would occur in the form of general leveling & digging for the construction purpose. The debris arising from the construction would be utilized for filing of low-lying area, if any. Thus, even if some changes may occur in the topography of the area it would bring out positive impact in the form of leveling & landscaping. b. Green belt Natural vegetation and its diversity will increase due to green belt development. c. Visual quality of air There will not be any effect on the visual quality of the air. d. Visual quality of water There will not be any effect on visual quality of the water body present in the study area. Effluent from the existing and expansion distillery activities shall be treated in CPU to be provided on site. Most of treated effluent shall be recycled in process operations and remaining would be used for gardening in own factory premises as well as for irrigation. e. Sound There might be small increase in noise levels around the factory premises. This can be taken care by implementation of good green belt development plan as suggested in EMP. 4.5.4 Human Interest Expansion of distillery will provide employment to the nearby locality, inducing the positive effect through primary and secondary jobs. a. Community health Project would not have any impact on the sanitation facility. Domestic wastewater would be generated to the tune of 15 M3/Day. Same shall be treated in proposed STP and treated

139

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

effluent will be used for gardening. Hence, the sanitation in the study area as well as acquired area would not have any positive or negative impact. b. Employment

Skilled labours’ and officers’ requirement for expansion project would be made available from the local area as well as from outside. Unskilled labours required for daily operations of the unit would be made available from labour force available in the study area. Preference would be given, for the job opportunities, to those labours that are residing nearby. Thus, there would be increase in the employment potential at local level. Secondary employment opportunities, in the form of contract jobs, shall also get enhanced. c. Economy As project requires unskilled labours, the economic growth in study area is bound to increase. Totally, economic growth would undergo positive impact. Small contract jobs at local level would improve the economy at the micro level. d. Transportation &communication Due to daily production of alcohol & dispatch as well as transportation of other raw materials, transportation in the study area is bound to be increased. As the project would require transportation of raw materials & products, mostly the local transporters would be benefited because of this project. More loads on communication network is not expected. For dispatch of alcohol to various companies, daily 4 - 5 tankers of 20,000 lit capacity shall be used. These trucks shall be hired from local transport offices. Therefore, there shall not be any major impact on existing traffic density. e. Education

Educational facilities up to higher secondary school are present in nearby town. f. Water supply

Proposed project shall receive water from the River Krishna. g. Occupational health

Regular health checkup facility & programs would be carried in the proposed project for workers. Company would imply measures suggested in the EMP. No major occupational health problem is anticipated under the proposed project. Following measures shall be taken up by the Industry – • As per the requirement of Factory Act, provision of Occupational Health Center has been

done on site. • An ambulance is made available all the time i.e. 24X7. • Regular medical checkup of employees shall be carried out and records shall be

maintained as per existing practice. • Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Medi-claim Health Policy shall be done for all

the workers (temporary and permanent) in the Industry and shall be renewed every year.

140

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

• Workers shall be provided with Personnel Protective Equipment such as ear plug, helmet, safety shoes, gloves, googles etc.

Table 4.16 Application of Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) for HDPL, Village: Yadrav, Tal.: Raibag, Dist.: Belgaum, KA

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0

Without Project

V i,1

With Project

ΔVi W iΔVi Parameter

PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category

PIUs 1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4

Biological Environment

(Ecology)

Species & Populations (Terrestrial Flora, Terrestrial Fauna, Aquatic Biota)

1. Terrestrial browsers & grazers

14 240 0.5 0.5 0 0

2. Terrestrial crops (Farm Land)

14 0.7 0.7 0 0

3. Terrestrial natural vegetation. (Grass, Flowers, Trees & Shrubs.)

14 0.6 0.9 0.3 4.2

4. Terrestrial pest species

14 0.6 0.6 0 0

5. Terrestrial upland birds

14 1.0 1.0 0 0

6. Aquatic commercial fisheries.

14 0.7 0.7 0 0

7. Aquatic natural vegetation

14 0.5 0.5 0 0

8. Aquatic pest species

14 0.6 0.6 0 0

9. Fish 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.4 10. Water fowl 14 140 0.7 0.7 0 0

Habitats & Communities

11. Terrestrial food web index

08 0.8 0.8 0 0

12. Land use 15 0.6 0.6 0 0 13. Terrestrial rare &

endangered species.

08 0.3 0.3 0 0

14. Terrestrial species diversity

08 0.8 0.8 0 0

15. Aquatic food web index

10 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -1.0

16. Aquatic rare and endangered species

08 0.5 0.5 0 0

17. River characteristics

15 0.5 0.4 -0.1 -1.5

18. Aquatic species diversity

12 0.6 0.6 0 0

19. Habitat Removal, Contamination of

Habitat (Aquatic Biota)

08 0.7 0.7 0 0

20. Terrestrial Fauna -Fragmentation of Terrestrial Habitat,

08 100 0.6 0.6 0 0

Environmenta Water 21. Basin hydrologic 25 402 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.5

141

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0

Without Project

V i,1

With Project

ΔVi W iΔVi Parameter

PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category

PIUs 1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4

l Pollution

loss(alteration of hydraulic regime, alteration of surface runoff, alteration of aquifers)

22. BOD(Water Quality-WQ)

28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.8

23. Dissolved Oxygen (WQ)

31 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -3.1

24. Fecal Coli-forms (WQ)

10 0.6 0.6 0 0

25. Inorganic carbon(WQ)

22 0.6 0.6 0 0

26. Inorganic nitrogen (WQ)

25 0.6 0.6 0 0

27. Inorganic phosphate (WQ)

28 0.6 0.6 0 0

28. Pesticides (WQ) 10 0.3 0.3 0 0 29. pH (WQ) 22 1.0 1.0 0 0 30. Stream flow

variation (alteration of river, nalla, channel)

28 0.8 0.8 0 0

31. Temperature. 28 1.0 1.0 0 0 32. TDS(WQ) 28 0.8 0.8 0 0 33. Toxic substances

(WQ) 7 0.7 0.7 0 0

34. Turbidity (WQ) 20 312 0.6 0.6 0 0 Air 35. Carbon dioxide Air

Quality (AQ) 10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -1.0

36. Hydro-carbons (AQ)

5 0.8 0.8 0 0

37. Nitrogen oxides (AQ)

7 0.8 0.8 0 0

38. Particulate matter (AQ)

14 0.6 0.6 0 0

39. Photochemical oxidants (AQ)

3 1.0 1.0 0 0

40. Sulfur dioxide (AQ)

10 0.6 0.6 0 0

41. Other (Climate) 3 52 1.0 1.0 0 0 Land (Soil)

42. Land use 8 0.6 0.8 0.2 1.6 43. Soil erosion 4 0.8 0.8 0 0 44. Soil Contamination 8 0.8 0.8 0 0 45. Soil Quality 8 28 0.7 0.7 0 0

Noise 46. Noise 10 10 0.8 0.8 0 0 Aesthetics Cultural

Land

47. Surface material 6 158

0.8 0.8 0 0 48. Relief &

topographic character

16 1.0 1.0 0 0

49. Width & alignment 10 32 0.8 0.8 0 0 Air 50. Odor & visual 3 0.7 0.5 -0.2 -0.6

51. Sounds 2 5 0.8 0.8 0 0 Water 52. Appearance 16 1.0 1.0 0 0

142

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0

Without Project

V i,1

With Project

ΔVi W iΔVi Parameter

PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category

PIUs 1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4

53. Land and water interface

16 1.0 1.0 0 0

54. Odor & floating materials

10 0.8 0.8 0 0

55. Water surface area

10 1.0 1.0 0 0

56. Wooded & geologic shoreline

10 62 0.8 0.8 0 0

Biota 57. Animals- domestic 5 1.0 1.0 0 0 58. Animals – wild 5 0.6 0.6 0 0 59. Diversity of

vegetation types 12 0.7 0.8 0.1 1.2

60. Variety within vegetation types

8 30 0.8 0.9 0.1 0.8

Manmade Objects

61. Manmade objects 9 9 0.8 0.8 0 0

Composition 62. Composite effect 10 0.7 0.7 0 0 63. Unique

composition 10 20 1.0 1.0 0 0

Human Interest (Social, Cultural)

Educational / Scientific Packages

64. Archaeological 6 200 1.0 1.0 0 0 65. Training in new

technologies & skill development

7 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.7

66. Ecological Effects on crops, Reduction of farm land

12 0.8 0.9 0.1 1.2

67. Geological 11 1.0 1.0 0 0 68. Hydrological 12 48 0.6 0.8 0.2 2.4

Historical Packages

(Infrastructure and services)

69. Architecture and styles

5 1.0 1.0 0 0

70. Conflicts with projects of urban, commercial or industrial development

10 0.9 0.9 0 0

71. Events Recreation

10 1.0 1.0 0 0

72. Persons 12 1.0 1.0 0 0 73. Religions &

Cultures 10 1.0 1.0 0 0

74. Western frontier 8 55 1.0 1.0 0 0 Cultures 75. Indians 13 1.0 1.0 0 0

76. Other ethnic groups

5 1.0 1.0 0 0

77. Religious groups 5 23 1.0 1.0 0 0 Mood/

Atmosphere 78. Awe-Inspiration 8 1.0 1.0 0 0 79. Isolation / solitude 8 1.0 1.0 0 0 80. Mystery 4 1.0 1.0 0 0 81. Oneness with

nature 8 28 1.0 1.0 0 0

Security and Safety

82. Increase in crime and accidents caused

5 0.5 0.5 0 0

Health 83. Temporary acute and chronic

5 0.7 0.7 0 0

143

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0

Without Project

V i,1

With Project

ΔVi W iΔVi Parameter

PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category

PIUs 1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4

Life Patterns (Economy)

84. Employment opportunities (Creation of new economic activities. Generation of Temporary & Permanent Jobs)

13 0.7 0.9 0.2 2.6

85. Income for state & private sector.

8 0.5 0.7 0.2 1.6

86. Saving for consumers & private consumers Savings in foreign currency for the state.

5 0.6 0.6 0 0

87. Housing. (Commercial value of properties, Electricity tariff)

5 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.5

88. Social interactions (Conflict due to negotiations & / or compensation payments, Political conflicts, Demonstration and Social Conflicts.)

5 46 0.6 0.6 0 0

The Battelle EES Environmental Impact Analysis Cumulative Index Ei + 2.9

Table 4.17 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in BEES for HDPL

Parameters PIUs

W i V i,0

Without Project V i,1

With Project ΔVi ΔVi, r # Red Flag

1 2 3 4 5 =4-3 6=5/3 X 100 7 9. Fish 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17 Minor 15. Aquatic food web 10 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -14 Minor 17. River Characteristics 15 0.5 0.4 -0.1 -20 Minor 21.Basin Hydrologic Loss 25 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17 Minor 22. BOD 28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17 Minor 23 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) 31 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -13 Minor 35. Carbon Dioxide 10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -13 Minor 50.Odor& Visual 3 0.7 0.5 -0.2 -29 Minor # - In the Battelle EES, the potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (negative values, in percent) - ΔVi, r = 100 [V i,1 - V i,0] / V i,0. These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi,r ≤ 10%, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r> 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi,r ≤ 30% or ΔVi ≤ 0.1, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r> 30% or ΔVi> 0.1.

144

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.6 MITIGATION MEASURES Potential problem areas mentioned in above Table 4.16 shall be having adverse impact due to the various project activities. mitigation measures to minimize the impact on different parameters are presented below- 1. River Characteristics, Aquatic food web & Fish population

Effluent generated from molasses based distillery is in the form of spentwash, spentlees and other effluents. Conc. spentwash to the tune of 516 CMD will be burnt in incineration boiler and other effluents will treat in CPU. If this spentwash will discharge in river then there will be contamination of river habitat. Hence there will be loss of aquatic habitat, it results in to decrease in fish population. To avoid this, HDPL is concentrating raw spentwash in MEE and conc. spentwash to the tune of 516 CMD will be burnt in incineration boiler. Spentlees to the tune of – 240 CMD, condensate – 1044 CMD and other effluents219 CMD (159 CMD + 60 CMD) will be treat in CPU. Treated water from CPU will be recycled in process for dilution of molasses.

2. Basin Hydrologic Loss Integrated HDPL complex comprises of existing projects namely Molasses based Distillery (100 KLPD), Co-gen plant (13 MW) & bottling plant 86.4 KLPD. Total water requirement for HDPL complex after expansion will be 3180 M3/day for various manufacturing processes & operations. Fresh water for HDPL complex is taken from River Krishna. If HDPL lifts water from River Krishna continuously for 330 days, as much as 1049.4 ML of fresh water will be depleted from reservoir. This intern is huge quantity of fresh water which could serve other important & priority purposes like drinking, irrigation, fishery etc. Utilization of such huge fresh water would result in to savior basin hydrologic loss imparting negative impact of HDPL on Environment. To avoid this, in both molasses based distillery as well as grain based distillery projects of HDPL; substantial implementation of reduces – reuse - recycle principle has been done. In HDPL complex 37% i.e. 1181 M3/day of water will be taken from River Krishna. About 63% i.e. 1999 M3/day of fresh water requirement shall be meet from recycle of condensate water from MEE operations as well as various lees generated from grain based distillery.

This means as much as 37 % of fresh water requirement in HDPL complex is meet through recycle of treated effluents & condensate. In other words, this much quantity of fresh water is saved which is a very positive impact on conserving the precious natural resource - Fresh water. 3. B.O.D. & DO

Through the manufacturing operations in molasses based distillery, various streams of effluent shall be generated. Same shall comprise of spentwash as the main process waste water. Spentwash is a highly polluting effluent with characteristics as – pH: 3-5, TS: 1,10,000 - 1,15,000 mg/l, SS: 15,000 - 20,000 mg/l, BOD :60,000-80,000 mg/l, COD: 1,20,000 - 1,40,000 mg/l. Extremely acidic nature and very high organic content of raw spentwash poses

145

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

a serious threat to environment. Under HDPL distillery expansion program; spentwash shall be initially concentrated in MEE so as to obtain condensate and concentrated spentwash. Concentrated spentwash will be blended with coal and burnt in incineration boiler. Other than the spentwash, spent leese, boiler and cooling tower blow downs, lab effluent and condensate shall also be generated from operations and processes in molasses based distillery. Resultant combined wastewater from other streams shall exhibit characteristics such as -BOD : 800-1000 mg/l, COD : 1600-2000 mg/l, SS : 200-250 mg/l, TDS: 1800-2000 mg/l. BOD is mainly imparted due to organic matter in effluent stream.

Through the manufacturing operations in proposed grain based distillery, various streams such as – FOC leese, PRC leese, RC leese and Thin slop generates. These stream shall have certain pollution potential represented by parameters namely pH, COD, BOD, TS, TDS etc. Acidic / alkaline nature and medium to high organic contents in effluent streams poses a serious threat to environment. Generated leese shall be completely recycled in process for liquefaction of flour. Wet cake i.e. DWGS generated after decatation of spentwash in grain based distillery will be sold to farmers as cattle feed. Hence no any process effluent discharge outside. Above effluent streams, if let out in environment without any treatment, shall cause deleterious effects such as depletion of DO in receiving water bodies. To avoid this, the wastewater from molasses based distillery as well as effluent from grain based distillery will be treat in proposed CPU plant thereby achieving ZLD.

4. CO2

CO2 generation shall take place in fermenters of the distillery. In a fermenter, sugar in the wash gets converted to ethyl alcohol through metabolic activities of yeast. Consequently, CO2 in evolved as emission of the bio-chemical reaction. Generation of CO2 takes place in considerable quantum which when let out in atmosphere could have undesirable effects in surrounding ambience. Since CO2 has been labeled as one of the major gases responsible for the green-house effect, its release in atmosphere has to be properly controlled. After commissioning of expansion project, this CO2 will be bottled and sold to beverage industry. 5. Odour and Visual

Odor potential, although not much, do exists at certain places especially at the fermenters, yeast sludge separation and storage areas and DWGS area etc. DWGS and yeast sludge being high in organic content, if not lifted immediately, within 5 to 6 hours of generation fermentation reactions could give rise to foul smell. In HDPL, generated DWGS will be lifted immediately after its production and same will sold as cattle feed. Yeast sludge will burnt in boiler along with coal and spentwash as a fuel. The visual appearance is again a major concern related to aesthetics which could be tackled only through BMP’s and good house-keeping. Under the proposed distillery, effective EMP will be adopted so as to maintain the overall aesthetics in good manner. Also, to maintain an overall good and pleasant aesthetics in the distillery premises, all the requisite care including maintaining good housekeeping shall be practiced. 4.7 IMPACTS DUE TO DECOMMISSIONING ACTIVITY

146

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.7.1. Decommissioning Phase "Decommissioning" is a procedure to make an equipment or manufacturing setup unfit for its reuse for its designed function. This could be done by cutting project components into small pieces, demolition of buildings, disconnecting circuits and removing of all infrastructure set up thereby making it unusable. Planning for Decommissioning of the HDPL Project – When a plan for decommissioning of the HDPL plant would be confirmed, initially a detailed survey of the site and entire plant shall be carried out. Detailed photography and videography shall be done. A review of all documents shall be taken and thorough checking shall be done w. r. t. permissions from all concerned Govt. authorities for the decommissioning. If required, competent personnel shall be arranged at the site to supervise the entire assignment. Subsequent to survey, a planning towards sequence and chronology of decommission and dismantling shall be done by taking in to consideration following –

1. Number and types of buildings like administration building, industrial sheds, ware house,

residential quarters and security office in RCC and brick work, manufacturing plant in MS & RCC, allied piping, staging and supports etc.

2. All electrification infrastructure with cables and cable trays, transformers, poles and lighting, underground cable trenches, etc.

3. Main production set up comprising of alcohol manufacturing plants and power plant in RCC & fabricated structures with a distillation column in a farmed fabricated structure, 2 boilers, turbines, DG sets, 4 molasses & 18 alcohol storage tanks of MS, 90 M high RCC stack etc.,

4. Spray ponds, cooling tower, CPU, STP, and utilities infrastructure for pipelines, water storage tanks, WTP, pumps etc.

For demolishing RCC structure, no any blasting is recommended. Same would be done by using hydraulic breakers. Fabricated structure would be dismantled by gas cutting. The decommissioning would be done by detoxification followed by dismantling activity under trained manpower and expert supervision. A) Detoxification For detoxification of tanks, distillation columns, fermenters, following in-situ methods are suggested - a. Hot Water/ Air Purging: Hot air /water shall be purged through the units until specified

criteria are met. b. Alkali Wash: Equipment and pipelines are subjected to thorough alkali solution wash,

with specific criteria for the completion of the wash. Alkali solution shall be 5% to 10% of NaOH.

c. Water Wash: Finally a thorough water wash of the equipment and pipelines is recommended, before they are dismantled from their supports.

Used water shall be treated and safely disposed off.

147

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

B) Dismantling All equipment, pipelines and structural components shall be dismantled only after in-situ detoxification has been carried out as specified above. Pipelines would be dismantled first followed by the equipment and finally by the structure. Dismantling of units will begin from topmost floor and proceed towards the ground floor. Large equipment shall be dismantled in sections wherever possible. Dismantled metal components would be disposed off by sale to authorized parties. Demolition of RCC buildings would be done manually and debris generated would be used for filling low lying areas. Structures constructed by cement, concrete would be demolished and debris material used for land filling in spentwash tanks area. Hereunder, impacts of decommissioning have been described.

Table 4.18 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of HDPL

No Env. Aspect Activities /Operation Impact Identification Measures 1. Land Use Dismantling and

decommissioning of industrial set up.

• Land will be barren and vacant after decommissioning

• Existing project being agro-based, post decommissioning use would be residential or agriculture.

--

2. Air • Cutting, demolition and dismantling operations.

• Transportation.

• Release of fumes of acid/ alkali during washing

• Fugitive dust during demolition of building & transportation .

Water sprinkling to suppress dust during demolition work.

3. Water • Washing of manufacturing equipment, pipelines, fermenters, distillation infrastructure, tanks etc. during detoxification

• Washing discharges getting access into nearby nallah under uncontrolled operational conditions.

Washing discharges to CPU; treatment & disposal through same outside industrial premises after achieving specified standards. Demolition of CPU, STP shall be last activity.

4. Solid Waste & Hazardous Waste

• Cutting wastes, scrap, demolition wastes etc.

• Oils and lubricants removed from equipment

• Littering of wastes • Bad aesthetics

Solid wastes generated would be sold to authorized re-processor. Demolition waste to land fill.

5. Noise • Cutting and drilling activities during decommissioning

• Dismantling of heavy machinery & equipment, fermenters, distillation column, boilers etc.

Increase in noise levels during decommissioning.

PPEs to manpower involved in decommissioning and safety measures to will be followed.

6. Risk & Hazard

Dismantling & decommissioning of equipments & buildings.

Accidents, spillage of molasses, alcohols, spentwash etc., storage tanks detoxification, storage tanks dismantling.

Use of PPEs, expert and experienced supervision, due follow up of safety norms & procedures.

148

Chapter 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES …5

5.1 INTRODUCTION

While preparation of EIA report it is necessary that one should consider project alternatives and their relative potential impact on the environment. Selection of alternative is thus more critical in an industrial development where time, money, environment and natural resources are at stake. Hence, selection of alternative must be both - practical and rational, taking into consideration the constraint of the proposed project.

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES

Proposed distillery expansion, from 100 KLPD molasses based distillery up to 300 KLPD multifeed distillery (increased by 200 KLPD), will be implemented within existing HDPL complex of distillery, co-gen plant and bottling unit. Industry has sufficient land for expansion and hence no any alternative site was considered.

5.3 ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES

5.3.1 Fermentation Process

Manufacture of alcohol basically involves fermentation of substrate containing sugar material such as molasses and grains. Fermentation processes are classified as batch and continuous. Conventional fermentation process employed for production of Rectified Spirit (RS) involves batch process with 3 to 5 fermenters in series. Fermentation is carried out with 15 to 20% solid content in solution. Process generates 12 to 15 liters of spentwash per liter of RS and 220-230 liters of RS per ton of molasses. Process was subsequently improved by employing continuous fermentation with one or more fermenters in series. This has advantage of 250-270 liters of RS production per ton of molasses and 7- 8 liter of spentwash generation per liter of RS. Continuous fermentation has reduced fermentation period to less than 36 hours. Spentwash generation can be further reduced to 2-3 KL/KL of alcohol by incorporation of re-boilers in distillation columns.

5.3.2 Distillation Process

Fermented wash is distilled through a number of distillation columns and the alcohol present in it is separated. In conventional process, earlier distillation was carried out at atmospheric pressure. In modern process, the distillation is carried out under vacuum and at different pressures. As such the process is named 'Multi-pressure Vacuum Distillation'. Due to this, steam and power consumption in the process have considerably reduced. Following are the advantages of Multi-pressure Vacuum Distillation –

• Analyzer column operates under vacuum due to which formation of by-products such asacetal gets minimized thereby improving quality of finished product i.e. alcohol

• Analyzer column with hyper–state trays ensure high turbulence on tray. This minimizeschances of scaling. Also, this special construction of trays and access to each tray helps ineasier maintenance of column internals.

• Pre-Rectification column ensures proper removal of sulphur compounds / mercaptans forensuring a good odour to alcohol. This column also reduces the load of lower boilingvolatile compounds passing on to rectifier cum exhaust column.

149

• Vacuum distillation system requires low steam consumption of about 1.8 Kg/liter of totalalcohol of EQRS quality as against 2.0 – 2.2 Kg/liter of total alcohol of normal quality inatmospheric distillation.

• System designed for maximum heat integration for optimum utilization of energy.• Minimum number of condensers. Forced circulation multi – pass condensers with

optimum tube side velocities.• Use of term siphon re-boilers in analyzer column help in maintaining uniform

temperature profile across the column. This arrangement also avoids excess spentwashvolume generation.

• Energy saving by recovery of steam condensate from thermo siphon re-boiler of analyzercolumn.

• Effective separation of fusel oils from decanter.

Hence HDPL has selected Continuous Fermentation Technology with closed Multi Pressure Vaccum Distillation process for production of alcohol.

5.3.3 Special Features of the HDPL Plant

1. Less Effluent Generation- Net spent wash generated from the Evaporation plant is notmore than Three liter per liter of Alcohol production.

2. Less Energy Requirement- This integrated Falling Film Evaporator Plant no needs singleKg of steam to evaporate the spent wash. Energy for this plant is supplied by the rawspirit vapors from Analyzer column top vapour separator. Because of this integration &multi-pressure operation of plant the steam demand for process is less than comparativelyatmospheric distillation plants & stand-alone evaporation plants.

3. Less Water Consumption- Because of Bio still continuous technique & weak beer recyclethe water requirement for the process is very less. Also we are putting CondensatePolishing Unit for treatment of process condensate from Evaporation section, spent leesfrom Distillation section. This treated huge amount of water is used in cooling towermakeup & process Fermenters.

4. From this integrated plant we will be producing very good quality of RS grade –I & RSgrade-II (Technical Alcohol) & Export quality of ENA.

5. Completely Automatic Instrumentation control plant- this plant is designed with takingadvantage of latest instrumentation with PLC control system. Therefore there are nochances of human error. Also because of PLC control system plant requires lessmanpower.

5.3.4 Technology for Abating Pollution

Following table shows the technology used /to be used for abating pollution

Table 5.1 Technology for Abating Pollution

No. Particulars Technology used in most of the distillery units

Technology used in HDPL Complex

1 Water Spentwash generated from distillery is generally subjected to bio-methanation and then used for bio-composting.

Spentwash generated shall be Conc. in MEE followed by incineration in incinerator boiler of distillery.

2 Solid Solid waste in the form of yeast Solid waste generated form proposed

150

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES …5

No. Particulars Technology used in most of the distillery units

Technology used in HDPL Complex

Wastes sludge is generated. Same is utilized in spentwash bio-composting and thus disposed off.

distillery operations would be incinerated in incinerator boiler.

Boiler ash is used as filler material for bio-composting

Boiler ash sold to brick manufacturer/ sold as Manure.

5.3.5 Co-gen Plant

Coal blended with concentrated spentwash is used as fuel in the boiler to generate steam. Generated steam is used for moving the power turbine to produce power. Coal based power generation project in the premises of HDPL fulfills the captive need complex and make available surplus power to be exported in the grid.

151

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES …5

Chapter 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAM

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6 6.1 INTRODUCTION With knowledge of baseline conditions, monitoring program will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of project. This will enable in taking up suitable steps, in time, to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is an important tool for control of pollution since efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. In HDPL project, monitoring of various environmental parameters is being carried out on regular basis for existing unit and same would be continued after expansion to ascertain the following - • State of pollution within plant and in its vicinity; • Examine efficiency of Pollution Control Systems installed in the plant; • Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; • To verify the impacts predicated due to the proposed project. • To identify the trends with time in the levels of parameters

Environmental monitoring after implementation of expansion project is important to assess performance of pollution control equipments installed. Sampling and analysis of environmental attributes including monitoring locations will be as per the guidelines of the Central Pollution Control Board/ State Pollution Control Board. Accordingly, environmental monitoring will be conducted on regular basis by HDPL to assess pollution level in plant as well in surrounding area with following objectives:

• To verify the impacts predicted under proposed expansion project. • To identify the trends with time in the levels of parameters. • To check or assess the efficiency of the various pollution controlling measures. • To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study,

do not become critical through commissioning of proposed expansion. • Establish database for future impact assessment studies towards expansion projects. 6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE As discussed in Chapter – 4, impact during construction phase shall not be permanent and certain minor impacts are predicted on air, water, soil and human health due to dust emission and noise during transportation and construction activity. Hence, need to conduct monitoring during construction phase was ruled out. Moreover, necessary mitigation for impacts during this phase is suggested under Chapter-4. 6.3 MONITORING DURING POST CONSTRUCTION / OPERATIONAL PHASE

During operational stage, continuous air emissions from power boilers, wastewater disposal, non-hazardous waste such as ash, chemicals used in processing, used oily wastes are expected. Following attributes which merit regular monitoring based on environmental setting and natures of project activities are listed below: • Source emissions and ambient air quality; • Ground water Levels and ground water quality;

152

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6 • Water and wastewater quality (water quality, effluent & sewage quality etc); • Solid and hazardous waste characterization (fly ash, bottom ash, oily wastes, ETP sludge,

used and waste oil); • Soil quality; • Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and ambient

noise levels) • Ecological preservation and afforestation. 6.3.1 Air Pollution Management Apart from ambient air and source monitoring during operation stage following recommendations are also suggested - • APC equipment would be interlocked with process as per the guidelines of CPCB. • If stack emissions exceed the standards, corresponding units of plant which are

contributing to excessive pollutant load are stopped till quantity of pollutant discharged from those units are brought down to the required level.

• In case of failure of pollution control equipment, production process connected to it shall be stopped.

• Under no circumstances, emissions shall exceed limits mentioned in EC/ consent order. • Online monitoring system is already installed for 35 TPH boiler at existing unit. Also,

same would be installed for new 75 TPH boiler under expansion. Data collected shall be collected and uploaded to KSPCB & CPCB server.

• IP cameras shall be installed, maintained and data collected shall be formulated to CPCB server.

• In case of power failure, alternate electric source would be provided which would be sufficient to operate APC equipment continuously

6.3.2 Water Management

Total water requirement for distillery after expansion, existing 13 MW co-gen plant and bottling plant would be 3180 M3/ Day. For detail water requirement refer section 2.7.1 of Chapter – 2. Effluent generated from HDPL complex shall be given proper treatment as earlier and also as per CREP guidelines. Refer Table 2.19 and table 2.20 of Chapter - 2 for effluent Treatment & Disposal for 300 KLPD Distillery. • Industry would observe that effluent collection, disposal and treatment facilities always

remain in a good shape so as to achieve desired efficiencies. • Flow meters will be installed at inlet and outlet of MEE and CPU. Online monitoring

system will be provided to inlet and outlet of CPU. • Cameras would be installed as per the guidelines of CPCB. • Spent wash storage lagoon shall be lined to avoid percolation of leachate. • No untreated industrial effluent should be disposed off on land or in surface water body. • Pipeline and storage tanks meant for effluent conveyance and storage should be checked

periodically and should not have any leakages. Leakage, if any, will harm surrounding soil and water environment significantly. HDPE & stainless steel could be used as pipeline and valves material respectively.

• Compliance towards CREP norms shall be strictly followed under HDPL complex. • Pumps in CPU shall be supplied with alternate electric supply source in case of power

failure. 153

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6 6.3.3 Noise Level Management Vital aspects of noise pollution and its mitigation measures are mentioned in Chapter 2. Moreover, people working in close vicinity of high noise generating equipments would be provided with PPE such as ear plugs, ear muffs etc. • Industry would take care while procuring major noise generating machines/ equipments to

ensure that manufacturers have taken adequate measures to minimize generation of noise. • Distance between source and receiver would be increased and relative orientation of

source and receiver would be altered. • Thick bushy trees would be planted in and around the industrial area to intercept noise

transmission to nearby villages. • Workers are provided with PPE like earmuffs & earplugs, noise helmets etc under

existing Distillery unit. Same shall be provided under expansion activities. • Allocation of work would be managed so that no worker would be exposed to noise more

than 90 dB (A) for more than 8 hours. • Overall noise levels in and around plant area would be kept well within standards by

providing noise control measures including acoustic hoods, silencers, enclosures etc. on all sources of noise generation.

• Monitoring shall include developing a sampling strategy to identify employees to be included in the hearing conservation program. Each employee being monitored shall be notified of results. Employees may observe monitoring by industry. Industry shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program that shall be performed by a qualified person at no cost to employees.

• Record keeping will include maintaining audiometric test records by the Industry for the duration of the affected employment.

6.3.4 Land Management There are no chances of change in soil characteristics due to air pollutants and suspended particulates from proposed expansion activity. There would be no any discharge of untreated domestic or industrial effluent. From existing and proposed expansion project, solid waste generated would be in the form of yeast sludge, boiler ash, DWGS and DDGS. Yeast sludge generated from existing and expansion activities shall be burnt in boiler. Boiler ash shall be sold to brick manufacturers or used as manure. DWGS/ DDGS will sold to farmers as cattle feed. It has very goon nutrient value. 6.3.5 Odour Management There are different odour sources in a distillery, which include molasses tank, storage area of DDGS & DWGS fermentation and distillation etc. To abate the odour nuisance, industry has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions- • Collection of waste yeast sludge from fermentation section in a closed system and its

immediate and proper disposal. • Reduced volume of effluents (spentwash, spent leese) by adopting strategic approaches

such as use of the effluents back in process under Reduce-Reuse-Recycle planning. • Closed drains carrying spentwash to the treatment units, minimization of fugitive

emissions from anaerobic treatment units. 154

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6 • Minimum retention of raw and conc. spentwash in storage lagoons. • Adoption of GMPs (Good management practices). • Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. • Use of PPE like masks by everybody associated with odour potential prone areas. • India has very few trained and skilled manpower as per the requirement of international

practices for odour monitoring and control. Therefore, human resource shall be developed and continuous efforts will be made for upgrading knowledge base and skill in this area. Human resource development shall include representatives from academic and national research institutions, state and central regulatory agencies and distilleries.

6.3.6 Dust Management Trouble with dust in work zone and ambient atmospheres shall be controlled by certain dedicated measures. An action plan has been prepared in industry that includes following- • Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to

remove and control dust from work zone areas. • Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment shall be provided with necessary sampling

arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB. • Dust collected from the APC equipment e.g. fly ash from boilers will be properly handled

and disposed off by supply to farmers for use as manure. • APC equipment would be interlocked with process as per the guidelines of CPCB. • PPE such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided to workers. • Implementation of green belt of adequate density and type shall be made to control and

attenuate dust transfer in premises. • Provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises (tarred and concrete)

shall be made to curb dust generation and its suspension due to vehicular movement.

6.4 OPERATION CONTROL AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE All equipments and machinery used shall be maintained properly and should be kept clean. For expansion of existing distillery, the acid dosing equipments used in fermentation processes would be checked regularly to prevent any leakages. Fermenters should be maintained properly and should be kept clean to avoid any contamination that would affect the quality of alcohol. Quality of stack emission depends very much on operating parameters of plant. Improper combustion of fuel in boilers increases unburnt carbon particles in exhaust flue gases therefore proper maintenance is an important factor. Lubricants used for various equipment and fuel-handling areas would contribute to pollution aspect. It would be taken care of, at source, by looking after possible spillage, drippings, leakage etc. in plant. Details of maintenance are presented table 6.1.

155

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

Table 6.1 Details of Maintenance for Machinery/ Equipments (HDPL)

Sr. No.

Process Details

Equipments/ machine in section that are taken for maintenance

Type of activity for maintenance (washing, heating, screening etc)

Equipments/ machine/ chemicals used for maintenance

Days required for maintenance

1. Distillery 1.MEE evaporators Cleaning (CIP) Caustic soda , HNO3&Sulphamic Acid 24 hrs 2.Evaporation PHE Cleaning (CIP) Caustic soda , HNO3& Sulphamic Acid 08 Hrs 3.Condeser Cleaning Brushing by hydro get

Machine Hand brushing CIP

No any chemicals 24 hrs 4.Fermeters PHE No any chemicals 48 hrs (ones in year) 5. Hydro selection Column & Rectifier Column

Caustic soda & Sulphamic Acid 32 hrs ( 2 times in year)

6.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY MEASURES Following measures are been taken up by existing unit - • As per requirement of Factory Act, there is provision of Occupational Health Centre. There under, a qualified visiting doctor has been

appointed. • Regular medical checkup of employees is carried out and records are maintained. • An ambulance is provided on site 24 x 7 to deal with emergencies if any. • Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Mediclaim Health Policy has been done for all workers (temporary and permanent) in industry and

which is renewed every year. Following measures shall be taken under proposed expansion activity - • Infrastructure of existing Occupational Health Centre shall be enhanced in order to provide medical facilities to all the workers as well as

nearby village/town people. • An ambulance shall be available all the time i.e. 24 x 7 will be used. • Regular medical check-up of newly employed workers under expansion shall also be done and record shall be maintained. • Provision of Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Mediclaim Health Policy shall be done for workers under expansion (temporary &

permanent) & shall be renewed yearly. • Display of sigh boards in hazard areas in local language. • Provision of PPE to all workers.

156

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

Table 6.2 Health Care Facility Equipment

No. Instrument Use 1. Stethoscope Used to hear sounds from movements within body,

like heart beats, intestinal movement, breath sounds, etc. 2. Reflex testing hammer

(padded) To test motor reflexes of the body

3. Sphygmomanometer (Blood Pressure meter)

To record the patient's blood pressure

4. A thin beam electric torch

To see into eye, body's natural orifices, etc. and to test for pupillary light reflex, etc.

5. A watch / stopwatch Used in recording rates like heart rate, respiratory rate, etc.for certain tests of hearing

6. A measuring tape For size measurements 7. A weighing machine To record the weight 8. Tuning forks To test for deafness and to categorize it 9. Kidney dish As a tray for instruments, gauze, tissue, etc. 10. Thermometer To record the body temperature 11. Gas cylinders Supply of oxygen, nitrous oxide, carbon dioxide, etc. 12. Oxygen mask or tubes Delivering gases up to the nostrils to assist in oxygen

intake or to administer aerosolized or gaseous drugs 13. Vaporizer To produce vapours 14. Instrument sterilizers Used to sterilize instruments in absence of an autoclave 15. Dressing drums Storage of gowns, cotton, linen, etc. 16. Syringe of different

sizes and needles For injections and aspiration of blood or fluid from the body

17. Otoscope To look into the external ear cavity

6.6 MEASURES FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

6.6.1 Better Employment Opportunities

In order to run existing project, 88 nos. of unskilled and 65 skilled workers are required. Under expansion of HDPL project about 153 No. of workers will be appointed. Local persons shall be given preference while appointing the employees. 6.6.2 Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Plan Planning for CER shall be started with the identification of activities/ projects and may be

undertaken in periphery of industrial area. CER action plan shall be prepared based on casual approach to project based

accountability approach, integrated with social and environment concerns related to business of integrated project complex.

Selection of activities under CER shall be made to ensure that the benefits reach smallest unit i.e. village, panchayat, block or district. CER planning shall be done for long-term sustainable approach.

Long term CER plan should be broken down into medium term and short term plans. Each of these plans shall clearly specify:

157

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

i. Requirements relating to baseline survey; ii. Activities to be undertaken;

iii. Budgets allocated; iv. Time-lines prescribed; v. Responsibilities and authorities defined;

vi. Major results expected.

Table 6.3 Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Planning

No. CER Activity Details Amount (in Lakhs)

1. Participation in Govt. Missions.

Participation & Promotion of Govt. Missions namely - Pradhanmantri Vidya Laxmi Karyekram (Literacy Promotion), Save the Girl Child, Swatch Bharat Abhiyan, Biodiversity awareness camps, Adult Literacy Program,& Providing Financial Assistance for Treatment of Cancer, Kidney, Brain & Heart Problems of Local People Total Rs. 15 Lakhs/ Year X 5 Years = Rs. 75 Lakhs

75

2. Water Supply Infrastructure –

6 Villages – Nandikurli, Kempathi, Kadapur, Roopnal, Kanchakarwadi, Yadrav, Diggewadi Safe Drinking Water Units with Filtration, RO Module & Storage Tank (1 Unit/ Village; 1000 Lit/Hr) = Rs. 60 Lakhs

60

3. Rural Sanitation. 6 Villages – Ankali, Yadrav, Jalalpur, Ingli, Bawan Saundatti, Nandikurli 12 Toilet Units (2 Units / Village), 12 Toilet Seats (6 for Ladies & 6 for Gents), Water Tank (1000 lit), Septic Tank with Piping/ Unit. 12 Units X Rs. 10 Lakhs = Rs. 120 Lakhs.

120

4. Rain Water Harvesting (RWH)

Roof Top harvesting in 6 Villages at 30 Households / Village – Yadrav, Nandikurli, Jalalpur, Kempatti, Ankali, Kadapur Total 180 RWH Sets, Each with 500 lit RCC Tanks Piping, Plumbing & Filter etc. Total 180 Sets X Rs. 25,000/- Set = Rs. 45 Lakh.

45

5. Afforestation & Conservation of Ecology & Biodiversity

10 Villages- Nandikurli, Raibag, Kadapur, Jalalpur, Ingli, Ankali, Manjri, Kanchakarwadi, Yadrav, Nasalapur No of Trees / Village = 500 No., Cost of Tree Plantation/ Village = 2,50,000/- Total Cost of Tree Plantation in 10 villages = Rs. 25 Lakhs

25

Desiltation of tanks – Rejuvenation of talav by desilting near village Kadapur (Total Area – 1,70,000 Sq.M) and Nandikurli (Total Area –57,000 Sq. M)

55

6. Non-Conventional Energy Promotion

Solar Street Lights in 6 villages – (Diggewadi, Nasalapur, Yadrav, Bawan Saundatti, Kanchakarwadi, Nandikurli) 20 in Each Village (120 Nos. ) X Rs.50,000/- = Rs. 60 Lakhs

60

Total Rs. 440 Lakhs

158

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6 For implementation of the above said activities under CER plan in command area of HDPL, a budgetary allocation of Rs. 4.40 Crores (2.8 % of Capital Investment – 153 Cr.) for coming 5 years has been proposed. Thereunder, annually minimum Rs. 0.71 Cr. and maximum Rs. 0.96 Cr. shall be reserved in budget towards CER activities.

Table 6.4 CER Implementation Schedule

Sr. No. CER Activities Year

2020 Year 2021

Year 2022

Year 2023

Year 2024

Year of Completion

1 Promotion of Government Missions (Rs. 75 Lakhs)

Rs. 15 Lakhs

Rs. 15 Lakhs

Rs. 15 Lakhs

Rs. 15 Lakhs

Rs. 15 Lakhs

2024

2 Water Supply Infrastructure (Rs. 60 Lakhs)

Rs. 20 Lakhs

-- Rs. 20 Lakhs

-- Rs. 20 Lakhs

2024

3 Rural Sanitation (Rs. 120 Lakhs)

Rs. 20 Lakhs

Rs. 40 Lakhs

Rs. 20 Lakhs

Rs. 20 Lakhs

Rs. 20 Lakhs

2024

4 Rain Water Harvesting (Rs. 45 Lakhs)

-- Rs.15 Lakhs

-- Rs.15 Lakhs

Rs.15 Lakhs

2024

5 Afforestation & Conservation of Ecology & Biodiversity (Rs. 80 Lakhs)

Rs. 16 Lakhs

Rs. 16 Lakhs

Rs. 16 Lakhs

Rs. 16 Lakhs

Rs. 16 Lakhs

2024

6 Non-Conventional Energy Promotion (Rs. 60 Lakhs)

Rs. 10 Lakhs

Rs. 10 Lakhs

Rs. 30 Lakhs

Rs. 10 Lakhs

2024

Total Rs. 71 Lakhs

Rs.96 Lakhs

Rs. 81 Lakhs

Rs. 96 Lakhs

Rs. 96 Lakhs

Rs.440 Lakh

Implementation • Time-frame and periodic milestones should be finalized at outset. • CER activities should help in building a positive image of company in public Perception. • CER projects may be closely linked with principles of sustainable development.

6.6.3 Measures for Improvement of Ecology Following steps should be taken- Afforestation program under proposed project. Keeping noise levels under control at night time. Keeping sufficient height of stacks.

General guidelines - 1. Augmentation of existing green belt would be done to mitigate the effects of noise. 2. Plantation activities shall be done according to naturally occurring vegetation. Exotic

species shall be avoided.

159

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6 3. Provision of shrubs and thick trees at storage and disposal places of the solid waste

would be made. 4. Trees would be planted along the roads, around solid waste storage area as well as along

the periphery. 5. All the necessary steps would be taken & care would be observed under the proposed

project regarding proper maintenance of the industrial premises. 6. Use of e-mail and other modern communication systems would be followed to conserve

the papers and attain speedy interaction in daily business activities. 7. Use of recyclable papers, if possible, would be done. 8. Promoting measures of energy and water conservation would be adopted. 9. Activities like slide shows or expert’s lectures on Local Biodiversity shall be arranged

for the staff to make them aware about the plant and animal species found nearby; also it will reduce unnecessary human-wild conflict. This will eventually reduce the damage to biodiversity by the employees.

6.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM SCHEDULE Following routine monitoring program as detailed in Table - 6.5 shall be implemented at site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all EC conditions and regular permissions from CPCB /MoEFCC shall be monitored and reported periodically.

Table 6.5 Plan for Monitoring of Environmental Attributes in and around HDPL

No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Conducted by

1. Air Emissions • Upwind - 1 • Downwind - 2 (Near main gate, Fermentation section, Distillation section)

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO.

Monthly

MoEFCC & NABL Approved External

Lab.

Study area - (Diggewadi, Naslapur, Yadrav, Nandikurli, Bavan Saundatti,)

Quarterly

2. Stack Emissions

• Boiler – 2 No. • D.G Set – 2 Nos.

SO2, SPM, NOx Monthly

3. Noise Workzone 5 Locations - (Near Main Gate, Near Fermentation Section Distillation section, Boiler, DG set, Turbine)

Spot Noise Level recording; Leq(n), Leq(d), Leq (dn)

Monthly

• Ambient Noise location -10 Quarterly 4. Drinking water Canteen Parameters as per

drinking water Std IS10500

Monthly

5. Soil 4 locations (Digewadi, Kanchakarwadi, Nandikurli, Naslapur, Bavan Saundatti, raibag, Manjri, Ingali)

pH, Salinity, Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potash

Quarterly

6. Water Quality (Ground Water & Surface Water)

Locations in study area - Ground Water and. Surface Water

Parameters as per CPCB guideline for water quality monitoring – MINARS/27/2007-08

Quarterly

160

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6 No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Conducted

by 7. Effluent • Treated

• Untreated pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD, Cl, Sulphates, Oil & Grease.

Monthly

8. Waste management

Implement waste management plan that Identifies and characterizes every waste associated with proposed and existing activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising.

Records of Solid Waste Generation, Treatment and Disposal shall be maintained

Twice in a year

By HDPL

9. Emergency Preparedness such as fire fighting

Fire protection & safety measures to take care of fire & explosion hazards, to be assessed & steps taken for their prevention.

On site Emergency Plan, Evacuation Plan, fire fighting mock drills

Twice a year

By HDPL

10. Health Check up

Employees and migrant Labour health check ups

All relevant health checkup parameters as per factories act.

Twice a Year By HDPL

11. Green Belt Within Industry premises as well as nearby villages

Survival rate of planted sapling

In consultation with DFO.

By HDPL

12 CER As per activities -- Six Monthly

By HDPL

Table 6.6 Environmental Monitoring Schedule within Industrial Premises

No Description Schedule of Monitoring

Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar April May June July Aug 1 AAQ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 2 Workzone Air √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 3 Stack Emissions √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 4 Noise √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 5 Effluent √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 Drinking water √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 7 Fugitive Emissions √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 8 Waste management √ √ 9 Emergency preparedness,

such as fire fighting √ √

10 Health Check up √ 11 Green Belt √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Note: - Distillery Operation period – 330 Days, Co-gen operation days – 300 days

161

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

Table 6.7 Environmental Monitoring Schedule Surrounding Industrial Premises

No

Description Schedule of Monitoring Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar April May June July Aug Sep Oct

1 AAQ √ √ √ 2 Noise √ √ √ 3 Soil √ 4 GW & SW √ √ √ 5 CER √ √

6.8 COMPLIANCE WITH CREP GUIDELINES MoEFCC has launched the Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP) with the purpose to go beyond the compliance of regulatory norms for prevention & control of pollution through various measures including waste minimization, in-plant process control & adoption of clean technologies. Chapter has set targets concerning conservation of water, energy, recovery of chemicals, reduction in pollution, elimination of toxic pollutants, process & management of residues that are required to be disposed off in an environmentally sound manner. Chapter enlists action points for pollution control for various categories of highly polluting industries. Task Force was constituted for monitoring progress of implementation of CREP recommendations/ action points. Following activities are being undertaken by HDPL and will be continued after proposed expansion under CREP norms. 1. Coal blended with concentrated spentwash is used as fuel in boilers, which generates

significant amount of particulate matter, causing air pollution. ESP is installed as APC equipment to achieve particulate emission well below 150 mg/Nm3.

2. Adequate storage capacity of molasses is provided and molasses is not stored in kutcha lagoon to avoid groundwater pollution.

3. Under existing unit spentwash was concentrated in MEE and conc. spentwash will be burnt in boiler along with coal. same practices will be followed under expansion activity.

162

Chapter 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

As per EIA notification 14th September 2006 and standard ToR’s issued by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC), New Delhi Letter No. J-11011/424/2017-IAII(I) dated 25.01.2018, HDPL has conducted Public Hearing on 11.07.2018 for expansion of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery upto 300 KLPD multifeed distillery, expansion of IMFL bottling plant from 86.4 KLPD upto 216 KLPD in existing premises of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery, 86.4 KLPD IMFL bottling plant and 13 MW co-gen plant. 7.1.1 Details of Public Hearing (PH)

Date of PH : 11.07.2018 Place of PH : At the Factory site - Hermes Distillery Pvt. Ltd (HDPL)

S. No. 96/5A, 96/5B, 96/5C, 96/3A/2, 98/1B/4 and 98/1A/5, Village Yadrav, Tal.: Raibag, Dist.: Belgavi, State: Karnataka.

Advertisement given

: 10.06.2018 (The Times of India) 16.06.2018 (Prajavani and Kannadama)

News Paper : ‘Prajavani and Kannadama’ (Kannada), Times of India (English) Copies of news paper enclosed at Appendix K

Members Present :

1 Dr. Budeppa H. B. Additional District Magistrate, Belgavi, KA

Chairman/ President

2 Mr. Jagdish I. H. Regional Officer, KSPCB, Chikkodi

Convener

7.1.2 Minutes of Public Hearing

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan 1. Rajagaouda Honagauda Patil:

Resident of Nasalapur said that HDPL, is already having 100 KLPD distillery & has provided number of employment opportunities to the unemployed youths and he has requested that the new employment opportunities arising out of 300 KLPD expansion project, should be given to poor unemployed youths of surrounding villages.

The management of HDPL have planned to recruit about 153 skilled and local employees only.

Refer Chapter 2, table 2.1 for details of employment generation under expansion at HDPL

2. Anilkumar Aadagaunda Patil: Resident of Nasalapur has requested that the employment should be given to unemployed poor students.

Refer Chapter 2, table 2.1 for details of employment generation under expansion at HDPL

3. Appasab Pirappa Soundalage: Resident of Ingali said that Distillery unit is already functioning & expansion project will help the area in all the respects.

-- --

163

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan Such type of projects should be developed in the rural areas. The major crop of the Farmers in this area is Sugar Cane and the sugarcane is raw material for this project and it will help the farming community. Hence we support the growth of said project as there is no adverse effect.

4. Shankar Annasab Pawar: Resident of Ingali said that distillery is proposed for expansion activity from 100 KLPD to 300 KLPD. Same is explained in detail. His doubt is regarding the skilled / unskilled workers. He has requested that local youth should be considered for the skilled & unskilled employment, not outsiders. He also requested the company to start good educational institute & hospital in this region.

Please refer explanation on employment mention above at point 1 & 2. As far as concern of education facilities, Karnataka Lingayat Education Society (KLE Society) which is a trust having it’s headquarter at Belgavi & HDPL is having same management. Through same, over 250 educational institutions are being run in Karnataka & Maharashtra. KLE society through KLE group has one Kannada medium school at Yadrav and another CBSC school at Ankali. Also one college is run by KLE group which is at Chikkodi. As per request from public towards additional education facility in region during public hearing, the management of HDPL will surely look into matter.

Refer Chapter 2, table 2.1 for details of employment generation at HDPL Refer chapter 8, table 8.1 for details of CER done by HDPL.

5. Ningappa Kedari Mirje: Resident of Biradi informed to public that there is no air pollution nuisance from the unit. Therefore, requested to give the permission.

-- It was appreciation by local resident

6. Basavaraj Guraling Donawade; Resident of Diggewadi requested to adopt social welfare activities in the profit earned through the expansion project.

-- Refer chapter 6, section 6.6.2 for details of proposed CER plan.

7. Sanatkumar Patil: Resident of Manjari has requested to give ash on subsidiary rate to the farmers.

Industry will give ash on subsidy rate or free of cost to farmers. An agreement will be made

Refer chapter 2, table 2.33 – 2.34 for details of ash and its disposal.

8. Ajit Sangameshwari: Vice-President of Yadrav Gram Panchayat expressed that the training on safety measures to be given to the workers.

Regular training programs are conducted in factory premises all employees under existing unit. Same practices will be followed under expansion also. Fire hydrants are provided on site as per norms. Mock drills are conducted quarterly. 24 x 7 trained security is present on site.

--

164

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan 9. Ajit Khemalapure: President of

Soundatti Gram Panchayat asked to explain about the benefits to the farmers & surrounding public due to expansion project.

-- Refer chapter 6, section 6.6.2 for details of proposed CER plan.

10. Balappa Bhimrao Umarane: Resident of Siddapurwadi expressed that there are more number of trees in the said industrial area and chimney of huge height, therefore there is no pollution.

-- --

11. Babasab Mahadev Kenchannavar: Resident of Kerur communicate their views as it is a large industry in the rural area and helps the educated & poor people. The developed greenery shows that industry has adopted the methods to prevent environment pollution. He wishes the company for the better future.

-- --

12. Shidram Mennappa Gadade: Resident of Kerur aid that officers of industry has already discussed in detail about the project in this public hearing meeting. They informed that the treated water will be reused & hence no effect of water pollution on the society, environment. In respect of air pollution, they have provided 90 M height chimney & industrial area is at higher elevation & hence smoke, light carbon particles will not affect surrounding residents in the area of 5 to 6 Km. Further the industry has already planted more number of trees and also nearby there is Government forest, which absorb and purify the air in natural way. Therefore, he requested the president of environmental public hearing to recommend the expansion project of HDPL to CPCB for grant permission to expand its distillery capacity from 100 KLPD to 300 KLPD.

-- --

13. Mahadev Samba Rendaale; Resident of Examba has requested to provide 50% employment opportunities for women and supported to the expansion project.

In existing bottling plant, industry have recruited 60 % women employees. Also under expansion; HDPL is planning to recruit maximum number of local women

Refer Chapter 2, table 2.1 for details of employment generation at HDPL

165

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan employees. Also, under expansion project; HDPL has planned to recruit about 153 young and skilled local employees only.

14. Suggestions received from some environmentalists - V. Sunanda Reddy, H. Madhubabu, B. V. Reddy and S. Venkateshwarlu- a. Consultant, please take health

status of village people in 10 km radius around is must. Please take data of crop production status and ground water availability status in study area.

b. For operation of the project, water requirement is 1302 M3/Day. It is taking from Krishna River, in summer season chance to down fall water level so please arrange rain water harvesting system. Provision of storage tanks for collecting overflowing water in rainy season.

c. Utilize waste water to plantation, sprinkling on roads. It controls Dust Pollution when your vehicles transport time

d. Request is made to increase green belt up to 50%.Take avenue plantation to near villages, road side; it is useful to save environment, Plant fruit bearing and medicinal value trees.

e. Give employment opportunities to local people first. And conduct skilled programs for local youth like ITI, Diploma. They will get job opportunities other industries also.

f. Give medical facilities to near villages, Conduct Medical Camps Regularly, drinking water facility, education, development of main and street roads in nearby villages. For using of CSR budget please form a Co-ordination committee with village people, Govt. officials and company people, and find necessary works for villages not target oriented works. Also,

a. During study of EIA, sampling

of Soil, Ground Water, Surface Water, Ambient Air samples etc. was done. Data w.r.t. same is presented in EIA report. Under CSR activities, HDPL shall make provisions to check health status of local people.

b. Effluent generated from distillery is treated in CPU. Treated water from CPU is recycled back in process for various operations. As much 59% of water is recycled, remaining water is taken from river. Same practices will be followed after expansion. Also, HDPL has developed rain water harvesting system in industrial premises. Harvested water from roof top is stored in rain water harvesting tank. More details regarding rainwater harvesting system has been presented in Chapter 2 of EIA report submitted.

c. Expansion of distillery project is Zero Liquid Discharge project. Hence no any waste water will be discharge outside the HDPL premises. Also, all internal roads in industrial complex are tarred. Hence the impact due to dust pollution is minimized. Proper management is done during vehicle movement.

d. Presently, HDPL has developed green belt on 13% of total plot area. Green belt proposed under expansion is 22% of total plot area. Hence, a green belt of 35% is covered under proposed expansion and in phase wise manner. Additionally, as per the request industry shall plan green belt up to 50% and more trees

166

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan promote skill development training to unemployment youth to get employment in HDPL and at other places. Promotional activities for creating awareness to farmers regarding use of drip irrigation system.

will be planted in nearby villages. In Chapter 2 of Draft EIA report for detailed Green belt information is provided.

e. Existing 100 KLPD distillery project, HDPL has already employed about 153 local people. Out of this 80% are local people. Under expansion, another 153 no. would be employed and same will be from local area.

f. Karnataka Lingayat Education Society (KLE Society) headquartered at Belagavi Society runs over 250 educational institutions in Karnataka and Maharashtra. HDPL has planned to develop CSR activities under proposed expansion project. Activities like provision of medical facilities, drinking water facility, educational facilities, and medical camps will be considered in CSR under proposed expansion. HDPL shall contribute in providing educational facilities in schools, institutions, colleges under association of KLE Group. Also, promotional activities for skill development to youth and creating awareness regarding use of drip irrigation system to farmers would be done by HDPL.

7.2 R & R ACTION PLAN There is no R & R action plan because proposed distillery expansion shall be taken in existing premises of HDPL complex located at Village Yadrav, Raibag Taluka of Belgavi District in Karnataka state. 7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT Proposed expansion project of distillery would be undertaken and implemented by management of HDPL in existing premises. Risk assessment and hazard management study was done by Mr. Vinod Sahasrabudde; FAE for Risk and Hazard (RH) in respect of EEIPL. Proposed expansion project would be formulated in such a fashion and manner, so that utmost care of safety norms and Environment Protection Act shall be taken care of.

167

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

7.3.1. Objective of the Risk and Hazard Analysis is to -

1. Identify hazards and nature of hazard in the process, storage and handling of hazardous chemicals.

2. Carry out Qualitative risk analysis for the process and suggest mitigation measures. 3. Carry out Quantitative risk analysis of the storage of hazardous chemicals and estimate

the threat zones for Most Credible and Worst case scenarios 4. Suggest mitigation measures to reduce the risk/probability of the accident to the

minimum. 5. Incorporate these measures for ensuring safe operations and safe layout to mitigate hazard

and for effectively encounter any accident reduce the damages to the minimum. 6. Help in preparation of preparation of On-site and Off-site emergency plans 7. Suggest Guidelines for on-site and off - site emergency plan 7.3.2. Methodology

7.3.2.1. Identify hazards based on

1. Processes description received based. 2. Identify Hazardous Chemicals handled and stored. 3. Inventory of Hazardous chemicals 4. Proposed storage facilities for hazardous chemicals 5. Plant layout 6. Safety measures to be adopted by the company

7.3.2.2. Hazard Assessment

1. By Qualitative Risk Assessment 2. By Quantitative Risk Assessment by Hazard index calculations and estimate threat

zones by using ALOHA 7.3.2.3. Recommendations

1. Recommend mitigation measures based upon the above 2. Recommending guidelines for the preparation of On-site Emergency plan. 7.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 7.4.1. Potential and Major Hazards in Integrated Complex of HDPL Potential hazardous areas and the likely accidents with the concerned area have been enlisted below-

Table 7.1 Possible Hazardous Locations Onsite

Sr. No.

Hazardous Area

Hazard identified

Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures in place

Comments/ Additional measures

168

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

Sr. No.

Hazardous Area

Hazard identified

Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures in place

Comments/ Additional measures

1 Boiler Area Explosion IBR rules for design, maintenance and operation of boilers by certified boiler attendants in mandatory

These measures are in place as the boiler is in operation for the existing capacity.

Will be adopted for the additional boiler capacity

2 All over the plant

Lightening To design and install adequate number of best available lightening arrestors.

These measures are in place as the boiler is in operation for the existing capacity.

If additional are required for increased area of operations these will be installed

3 Electrocution Lose fitting Regular maintenance, internal safety audit, and external safety audit at regular intervals.

These are in place for the operation of the existing capacity

-- 4 Electrical

rooms Fire and electrocution

5 Transformer area

6 Cable tunnel

7 Storage yard for Coal

Fire Constant supervision to extinguish small fires caused by heat by spraying water. Fire hydrant lines to be laid around the coal storage area.

Covered with fire hydrant system

--

8 Alcohol production area

Fire and Alcohol vapour release

HAZOP study is strongly recommended for the production as well as Alcohol Storage area. And adequate safety instrumentation with alarms and interlocks to be incorporated to make the design and plant operation intrinsically safe.

Same will be followed for expansion.

--

9 Distillery (ethanol storage tank)

Fire Detailed measures have been suggested in the report, in the later part. And QRA results and based on failure frequency risk has been calculated. Fire hydrant will be laid around with foam fighting arrangements.

--- --

7.4.2. Mitigation Measures to Avoid Accidents:

169

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

A. Preventive Measures for Electricity Hazard: • All electrical equipment is to be provided with proper earthing. Earthed electrode are

periodically tested and maintained. • Emergency lighting is to be available at all critical locations including the operator’s

room to carry out safe shut down of the plant. • Easy accessibility of fire fighting facilities such as fire water pumps and fire alarm

stations is considered. • All electrical equipments to be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, and grease. • Use of approved insulated tools, rubber mats, shockproof gloves and boots, tester, fuse

tongs, discharge rod, safety belt, hand lamp, wooden or insulated ladder and not wearing metal ring and chain.

• Flame and shock detectors and central fire announcement system for fire safety are to be provided.

• Temperature sensitive alarm and protective relays to make alert and disconnect equipment before overheating is to be considered

• Danger from excess current due to overload or short circuit is to be prevented by providing fuses, circuit breakers, thermal protection

B. Coal/Fuel Storage: • The plant has adequate water supply through pipe/ surface water. Coal storage unit is to

be ensured for stacking of coal in heaps and care shall be taken. • Adequate dust suppression measures shall be provided to prevent fugitive emission and

also risk of fire. Similar measures are also adopted for loading/unloading operations. • Coal ash transported in tankers is to be covered and closed and so that there is no

chance of spillage during transportation. • Workers to be trained to be vigilant and keep water hose with ready water supply to

extinguish small fires during hot season. • Fire fighting measures, alarm measures and fire hydrant line to be provided around the

coal storage area to immediately and effectively deal with fire. This is already in place. • Measures are taken to control the air pollution during loading/handling coal

C. Accidental Release Measures Safety Measures for Storage & Handling of Alcohol: Handling and storage Keeping away from heat, sparks and open flame, care will be taken for avoidance of spillage, skin and eye contact, well ventilation, Use of approved respirator if concentration of alcohol in air is above acceptable level will be promoted.

For Storage and handling following precautions will be taken:

• Keeping away from oxidizers, heat and flames. • Cool, dry, & ventilated storage and closed containers. • Grounding of the container and transferring of equipment to eliminate static Electric

sparks.

170

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

D. Establishing a Fire Fighting Group A small spark of fire may result into loss of lives, machines and the damage by fire may result in high economic losses. This type of losses can be avoided by preventing and controlling the fire instantly for which fire–fighting group will be established. Fire fighting group would house and keep in readiness, the following types of equipment and arrangements. • CO2 extinguishers • Dry powder chemical extinguishers • Foam extinguishers • 80 mm. spray hoses • Fire brigade

7.5 POTENTIAL AND MAJOR HAZARDS IN HDPL Normally alcohol plants sections are fully automated with PC control for maintaining recommended operating conditions and ensuring the product specifications, plant safety and achieving the plant capacity. Sufficient instrumentation, alarms and interlocks would be provided to minimize any risk of accident. There are two areas of concern are: 1. Molasses storage: Heavy leakage of Molasses, total breakage of tank, leading to loss of

life and pollution 2. Alcohol Manufacturing: Leakage leading to fire. 3. Alcohol Storage: Leakage leading to fire. 4. Grain Storage: Fire

Table 7.2 Areas of Operation and Hazard in Distillery

No Area of operation Hazard 1 Molasses Storage Leakage 2 Alcohol Manufacturing Leakage and fire 3 Alcohol storage Leakage and Fire 4 Grain Storage Fire

7.5.1 Hazard identification

Leakage of molasses can pose serious health hazard due to obnoxious odour. Uncontrolled rise in temperature leads to side reactions; this is exothermic and leads to further rise in temperature and polymerization. This can lead to serious accident. Carrying hot work near the tank or on the tank, even when empty, can lead to serious explosion and fatal injuries. 7.5.2 Mitigation Measures

• It is necessary to take following mitigation measures to prevent bursting of tanks, and

heavy leakage and loss of life. • It is recommended that the present storage arrangements should be reviewed and

necessary modifications / operational procedure will be implemented.

171

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

7.5.2.1. Storage of Molasses

1. Under expansion, additional increase in capacity by 200 KLPD, consumption of Molasses will increase from 1200 MT/month to 2400 MT/M.

2. Molasses should be stored in good quality and leak proof mild steel tanks. 3. Adequate safety factor should be incorporated into the design of wall thickness

considering deterioration that will occur due to corrosion over a period of time. 4. Regular internal and external inspection should be scheduled for checking wall thickness

of the tanks. 5. Dyke/ Bund walls should be constructed around the tank or tanks. 6. It must be ensured while finalizing the dyke dimensions and that thickness that clear

volume inside the dyke walls is equal or more than 1.2 x volume of tank storage capacity. 7. Continuous mixing of molasses through external pump circulation should be done. 8. If there is increase in temperature beyond 300C external cooling of tanks shall be

provided by heat exchanger in the circulation line. 9. Frequent Temperature monitoring, manually or by recorder is strongly advised. If there is leakage following measures will be followed – a. Leakage should be washed out and diluted and should be recycled as far as possible or

must be properly treated in Effluent treatment plant. b. Replacing of leaky gaskets, joints, should be done strictly by following work permit

system. c. Leakage of pipelines, welding repairs should be attended / carried out outside the plant.

The necessary hot work permit should be issued after taking necessary precautions and fire fighting measures for onsite hot work, by the concerned authority before any hot work in undertaken

d. Leakage through pump gland shall be reduced to the minimum by installing mechanical seals.

e. To attend all major leakage in tanks the following procedure should be followed (i) Transfer the material to other tank. (ii) Prepare the tank for welding repairs by making sure that it is positively isolated with

blinds from other vessels and ensuring that it is free of the chemicals and gases by purging air and carrying out air analysis before any hot work is undertaken and this should be done by skilled workers. For this purpose safety permit should be given.

(iii) While emptying the tank completely for regular or breakdown maintenance, the thick slurry from the tank bottom should be pumped out by using suitable high viscosity pump. The pumped slurry should be diluted and treated in ETP. Should not be let out in the drain. For storage of molasses refer Chapter 2

Representation of Storage tanks of molasses with dyke wall is given as follows.

172

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

Figure 7.1 Front views of Molasses storage tanks

7.6 Alcohol manufacturing unit

Main hazard is the alcohol storage tanks where the hazard is release of alcohol vapiur and fire. For improvisation of safety near storage tanks, the storage tanks will be separated with the distance half of the diameter of the nearby tanks. Refer Table 2.15 for details of alcohol storage.

Figure 7.2 Top view of Alcohol storage tank

173

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

• Major area of concern from Risk and hazard is Alcohol storage:

NFPA rating for Alcohol is NH (Health Factor) NF (Fire Factor) NR (Reactivity) NF= 3, NH = 2 and NR=0, indicating fire as the major hazard in handling and storage of Alcohol • Qualitative Risk analysis:

For the storage of more than 3000 M3 of alcohol Fire and Explosion index has been calculated to be 72 based on the Material Factor MF= 16 and storage conditions (Degree of Hazard is rated based on of Fire and explosion index as follows

Table 7.3 Degree OF Hazard and F&EI Index

F & EI Index Range Degree of Hazard 1-60 Light 61-96 Moderate 97-127 Intermedite

128- 158 Heavy More Than 159 Severe

• Mitigation Measures for the existing & proposed expansion installation of Alcohol

storage tanks:

1. Based on standard recommendations for moderate hazard is it is recommended to have Alcohol storage tanks will be in open in dyke walls and should have spill collection and control (recycle) arrangement to pump into another tank.

2. As indicated the storage will be in open with dyke walls. 3. Clear distance between tanks will be provided as per the requirement of Petroleum Rules. 4. Location of pumps, location of tank farm in the factory should be as per the requirements

of Petroleum rules. 5. Necessary approval from Chief Controller of Explosives will be obtained for the alcohol

storage and factory lay out.

For worst case scenario mapping refer Appendix – I 7.6.1. Fire fighting system design around alcohol storage

• Fire hydrant system, with necessary alarm systems, piping, with required number of

hydrant points, hose boxes, pump, auxiliary pump to operate, auxiliary power generator/backup will be designed as per relevant IS standards.

• The static fire fighting pumps will conform to the requirements given in IS 12469: 1988. The capacity of pumps would be worked out based on requirements of output and pressure for the system.

• Fire fighting hydrant system in the entire plant will be laid as per IS 909: 1975 Standard with hose reels

174

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

7.7 FIRE TRIANGLE The triangle illustrates the three elements a fire needs to ignite: Fuel, Heat, and an oxidizing agent (usually oxygen) A fire naturally occurs when the elements are present and combined in the right mixture, meaning that fire is actually an event rather than a thing.

Figure 7.3 Fire Triangle

A fire can be prevented or extinguished by removing any one of the elements in the fire triangle. For example, covering a fire with fire blanket removes the oxygen part of the triangle and can extinguish a fire. This type of representation will be displayed in the fire prone areas. A. Mitigation Measures for Leakages And Fire

• Approval from Chief Controller of Explosives CCOE’ will be procured in addition to

regular factory inspector’s approval and other statutory approvals. • With respect to the Petroleum Act, Petroleum rules, 2002 following important measures

with respect to tank layout and factory layout will be followed though these are recommended for storage above 5000 M3.

• Minimum Clear distance between two tanks will be 0.5 D or d or 15 meters D= tank diameter in meters, d= diameter of small tank in meters. Or (D+d)/4

• Tanker vehicle loading/unloading center of the bay area will be minimum 15 meters away from the tanks storage periphery.

• Boundary fencing will be minimum 20 meters away from periphery • All the tanks will be placed within the area surrounded by dyke wall, constructed as per

standard design and construction norms. • Volume of the within the dyke wall will be more than the largest storage tank inside the

dyke wall. • Provision will be made for spare tank of for pumping large alcohol spillage or leakage by

proving sump and pump connection. • In case, spare tank is not provided pump piping will be provided such that large leakage

can be pumped to a suitable process tank. • All pump motors and other electrical fittings will be flame proof of suitable class. • Chilled water condenser will be provided over the tanks to avoid alcohol loss. • Suitable and proper safety measures shall be installed on the tanks. • Tanks will be provided with level indicating instruments with high and low alarms.

B. Details On Fire Fighting System to be Provided Around Alcohol Storage Area

• Guidelines in OISD 117 will be followed, while designing firefighting system around the

alcohol storage area.

175

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

• The main components of the fire system are Fire Water Storage, Fire Water Pumps and Distribution Piping Network.

• The fire water system installation will be designed to meet the fire water flow requirement to fight single largest risk at a time.

• Fire water flow rate for a tank farm will be aggregate as following :-

1. Water flow calculated for cooling a tank on fire at a rate of 3 lpm/m² of tank shell area. 2. Water flow calculated for exposure protection for all other tanks falling within a

radius of (R +30) meters from centre of the tank on fire (R-Radius of tank on fire) and situated in the same dyke at a rate of 3 lpm/m² of tank shell area.

3. Water flow calculated for exposure protection for all other tanks falling outside a radius of (R+30) m from centre of the tank on fire and situated in the same dyke at a rate of 1 lpm/m2 of tank shell area.

4. Foam water requirement required will be calculated based on 5 lpm/m2 of tank area 5. For water flow calculations, all tanks farms having class A or B petroleum storage

shall be considered irrespective of diameter of tanks and whether fixed water spray system is provided or not.

6. Water flow required for applying foam on a single largest tank by way of fixed foam system, where provided, or by use of water/foam monitors.

7. Various combinations will be considered in the tank farm for arriving at different fire water flow rate and the largest rate to be considered for design.

8. Fire water flow rate for supplementary streams will be based on using 4 single hydrant outlets and 1 monitor simultaneously.

9. Capacity of each hydrant outlet as 36 m3/hr and each monitor as 144 m3/hr minimum will be considered at a pressure of 7 kg/cm2g.

C. Header Pressure Fire water system will be designed for a minimum residual pressure of 7 kg/cm2 (g) at hydraulically remotest point in the installation considering single largest risk scenario. D. Storage

Sufficient quantity of water required for fire fighting is being stored onsite; the same shall also be utilized during expansion.

E. Other mitigation measures to avoid leakage and fire

• Regular mock drills and trainings are being carried out in the existing premises of HDPL.

This practice shall also be followed after expansion. • Safety policy, Environment, Health and Safety policy has already been formulated,

displayed and implemented in HDPL. • Frequent checking of pipe lines and storage units is being followed and shall be continued

after expansion. • Disaster/ emergency response plan is prepared as per the guidelines and rules laid down

in Factory’s act.

176

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

7.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ASPECTS AND MEDICAL PROVISION IN THE FACTORY

• Effects of Alcohol on health: It reacts vigorously with oxidizing materials. TLV for 8 hr.

is 1000 ppm (ACGIH). Minimum identifiable concentration has been reported as 350 ppm.

• Exposure to concentrations of 5000 - 10000 ppm results in irritation of eyes and mucous membranes of the upper respiratory tract.

• Effects of exposure to higher concentration of alcohol in the atmosphere are given in the following table.

Table 7.4 Effect of Ethyl Alcohol

Sr. No

Concentration in mg/l

Concentration in ppm

Effects

1 10-20 5300 – 10,640 Some transient coughing and smarting of eyes and nose, not tolerable.

2 30 15,960 Continuous lacrimation and marked coughing; could be tolerated with discomfort.

3 40 21,280 Just tolerable for short period 4 > 40 > 21,280 Intolerable

To prevent injury to workers, standard PPEs are provided. In addition, sufficient numbers of Self-contained breathing apparatus are provided to be used in case of major alcohol leakage to avoid exposure to higher levels of Alcohol. All precautionary methods are adopted by the company to reduce the risk of exposure of employees to occupational safety and health hazards. The same will be followed after expansion. 7.8.1. Medical check-up Pre & post medical check-ups will be done of all the employees. Employees will be regularly examined and the medical records will be maintained for each employee. Pulmonary function test and periodical medical checkup shall be done once in every year. Following tests for each worker are conducted regularly. • Lung Function Test • Radiology – X-ray • Pulmonary Function Test • Audiometric Test • General clinical examination with emphasis on respiratory system • Pre employment examinations • Periodical medical examinations at the time of employment and after completion of

employment.

7.8.2. Occupational Health Center (OHC) In existing unit, about 65 skilled and 88 unskilled workers are employed. Under expansion, about 65 skilled and 88 unskilled workers will be employed. OHC will be as per the factory’s act, depending upon the number of workers employed.

177

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

• Guidelines are given below-

Under rule 73 W All factories carrying out hazardous processes must have OHC with services and facilities A) For factories employing up to 50 workers: i) Medical officer on retainership basis, ii)

minimum 5 workers trained in first aid, at least one shall be available during all working hours. iii) Fully equipped first aid box (What it should contain is also specified later)

B) For factories employee 51 to 200 workers i) OHC with min. floor space of 15 sq. meters

ii) Part time medical officer iii) One qualified and trained dresser-cum- compounder throughout all working hours. iv) Equipped first aid box

C) For factories employing more than 200 workers, i) Full time medical officer up to 500 workers, and one more full time medical

officer for every additional 1000 workers or part thereof ii) OHC with 2 rooms iii) one compounder and one ward boy 24 by 7 iv) OHC to be equipped all emergencies

Requirement of Ambulance van for any factory carrying on hazardous process shall be provided and maintained is defined under 73-X. Standard Medical facilities as required by Factory rule are expected to have been provided in the OHC for the existing plant, some important are illustrated below:

1. Well equipped First Aid Boxes will be provided in each Section of the factory. 2. Snake bite Lancet 3. In case of need, factory will be having dispensary to give effective medical facility to

workers. In dispensary, sufficient stock of medicines will be available to provide to workers in case of any major emergent situation.

4. A vehicle will be always available to shift the sick/injured person to District Hospital. 5. Ambulance will be made available 24X7 in the factory to deal and take the injured

workers to the district hospital. 7.8.3. EHS policy Factory will be followed EHS policy for the existing as well as expansion unit 7.9 ONSITE & OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

Industry will be prepared standard on site emergency plan as per the factories act for the existing plant as well as expansion unit.

178

Chapter 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

PROJECT BENEFITS…8

8.1 INTRODUCTION Any industrial activity helps in improving the social status of the locality. Existing project by HDPL has helped in improvement of infrastructure and social structure in the command area. Community that inhabit in the nearby areas will be benefited directly or indirectly by this expansion project. Following benefits due to the proposed expansion project are expected. 8.1.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure Due to a number of actions and planning proposed by the HDPL management, status of physical infrastructure in command area of the industry is bound to improve. Thus there shall be a positive impact on this aspect. Following are certain steps that the industry would take – • HDPL has planned to improve existing roads and accesses in the study area. There under,

actions like construction of new facilities, repairs of existing ones, improvements by providing tarred surfacing etc. are decided. Thus, the same will not only help improve shipping of raw materials and products to and from the industry but also it will enhance overall transportation facilities and road connectivity in the area.

• Implementation of the RWH measures by HDPL, will improve the ground water table status in the area. As no any groundwater is utilized in the projects under industrial complex, entire water storage in the aquifer shall remain available for drinking and farming activities of the villagers. This will have a positive impact on ground water quantity in the study region.

• Plantation of trees in the industrial area and its surrounding under the proposed green belt implementation shall help in improving the aesthetics and beauty of the surrounding environment giving a pleasant look and improvising the air quality. Also, the green belt will help in arresting dust emissions as well as noise.

8.1.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure Benefits of HDPL projects in improving overall socioeconomic status of the study area are as under – • Presence of HDPL has created enormous potential towards creating employment in the

region. Both primary and secondary jobs and contract jobs are created which principally benefit the local residents. As much as 85% of the nearby villagers have been employed under existing set up of HDPL. Same practice shall be continued under the expansion projects also.

• Due to expansion, frequency of the local transportation will increase in this area. This will help shorten the time reaching destination and utilize it for some fruitful productive work.

• Due to the awareness and promotional programs, taken up by the Industry, people residing in nearby areas have been benefited. This include education, literacy, safety and personal wellbeing, care to be taken to avoid diseases like aids, swine flu, dengue etc.

• Industry shall organize various campaigns and workshops regarding medical and health check up for workers/ labours. This will help improve overall health status.

179

PROJECT BENEFITS…8

8.2 ACTIVITIES DONE BY HDPL UNDER CER

Table 8.1 Activities Done under CER

No Name of Activity Cost by Industry 1 Promotion of Education facility in village Soundatti.

Rs. 8.5 Lakhs

2 Community Services at village Diggewadi 3 Promotion for development of women and youth 4 Financial Assistance for conducting medical camps 5 Training to farmers for good agricultural practices and water

harvesting Total Amount Spent by the Industry on CER Rs. 8.5 Lakhs

8.2.1 Proposed CER Plan An amount of Rs. 4.40 Cr. have been earmarked towards proposed activities under CER plan. the same is about 2.9 % of total Capital investment of expansion unit. Detailed CER plan have been at chapter 6, section 6.6.2.

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

In any industrial activity; all three types i.e. skilled, semi skilled and unskilled people are required. In HDPL complex; preference is given for employment to local people based on qualifications and requirement. As HDPL planed for expansion of existing distillery availability of employment may further enhance. Hence, it can be stated that by the existing and proposed activities in HDPL, employment potential certainly will have positive impact for all the three classes namely - skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled. 8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS After execution of the project the above mentioned benefits shall accrue. Apart from this other tangible benefits are mentioned below - • After establishment, the industry will meet the national interest of economical growth

through sustainable development, as alcohol has been a great source of revenue through excise duty levied by the Government.

• First Aid Training and fire safety training will be given to all the workers. • Insurance Policies for the workers and local people will be made available. • Improvement in the aesthetic through green belt development. • Ground water recharging shall be done by arresting rain water.

180

Chapter 9

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

9.1 INTRODUCTION Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required for ensuring sustainable development. It should not affect the surrounding environment adversely. Management plan presented in this chapter needs to be implemented by the expansion of distillery unit. EMP aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Waste minimization and waste recycling measures are emphasized. In addition to the Industry specific control measures, the proposed industry should adopt following guidelines-

• Application of Low and Non Waste Technology in the production process;

• Adoption of reuse and recycling technologies to reduce generation of wastes and to optimize the production cost of the industry.

Recycling and reuse of industrial waste not only reduces waste generation but also can be an economic gain to the industry. For the distillery expansion project, the management of HDPL will take all the necessary steps to control and mitigate environmental pollution in the designing stage itself. Moreover, while implementing the project, the management will follow guidelines issued by CPCB. EMP is prepared based on the existing environmental status of the project location and anticipated impacts of the project activities on environment. 9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC) As a part of the EMP, it is essential to formulate an Environmental Management Cell (EMC). The HDPL is already having a cell functioning under its existing distillery. The cell works under Chairman of the industry and responsible persons from certain departments have been taken as members. EMC is responsible for all the activities and actions as well as outputs and management of entire infrastructure provided for control and abatement of pollution in the HDPL project. Further, the cell is also active in protecting state of environment in the study area around existing campus of HDPL. Various programs and tasks towards conservation, awareness, promotion, review etc. are undertaken and implemented through the existing environmental management cell of HDPL. This cell will also be responsible for taking care of actions and implementations subsequent to the expansion program of the distillery. Further, the EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain new members since the work load on existing ones is going to be increased substantially subsequent to commissioning of expansion project. Table 9.1 gives details about EMC in the industry. EMC and members thereof shall look after HDPL existing distillery project as well as proposed expansion of the Distillery

181

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

Table 9.1 Environmental Management Cell in HDPL

Sr. No.

Name of Member Designation No. of Working Person(s)

1 Mr. Dhanajay Vartak CEO 1 2 Mr. Giridhar Galande GM ( Distillery ) 1 3 Mr. Aravind Nyamgouda GM (Co-gen) 1 4 Mr. Shekhar H. Senier Executive (Bottling Unit) 1 5 Mr. N. M. Patil Distillery Manager 1 6 Dr. Sangram Ghugare Env. Consultant

Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd.

1

7 Mr. S.S. Rajigire Environment Engineer 1 8 Mr Shridhar Kabadge Environment Engineer 1 Total 7

. Figure 9.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities

Members of the Environmental cell are well qualified and experienced in the concerned fields. Some of the routine tests of wastewater such as pH, solids, temperature etc. will be carried out in the laboratory that would be established at the site. However, for additional tests of water, wastewater, soil, air etc., services of accredited laboratories as well as that of a consultant would be hired.

General Manager Effective implementation of EMP

Health & Safety Manager Reporting to Vice President, Operational Risk Committee and the Board on matters regarding SHE performance, SHE Management System performance & SHE risk position in the Industry

Environmental Officer Providing technical advice on implementation of SHE

management plan.

Lab Chemist Collecting & analyzing the samples and developing remediation programs.

Distillery & Co-gen Team Responsible for all activities in this unit related to Production, Safety, Health & Environment (SHE)

Safety Officer Developing & implementing occupational health & safety policy, program & procedure, Increasing health & safety awareness at all levels within organizations.

182

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

9.3 WORKING OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Figure 9.2 Environmental Management Plan 9.4 RECOMMENDATION & IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE Mitigation measures suggested in Chapter 4 would be implemented. This will reduce the impact on environment due to the proposed molasses based distillery expansion project. To facilitate easy implementation, recommendations suggested are grouped in different phases. Most important measures are accommodated in earlier phase whereas the lesser important ones are grouped in later phase. 9.4.1 Summary of Recommendations

Table 9.2 Summary of Recommendations No Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed

Action 1. Water

Consumption a) As far as the water conservation

is concerned, it has been suggested to the PP to make maximum use of the CPU treated water thus saving the fresh water demand. HDPL has fresh water permission of 0.019 trillion M3 i.e. 19,000 Million per Year as granted by Irrigation Department. HDPL has been allowed to take up water from the River Krishna. Due to the water conservation steps suggested, total fresh water

a) Entire trade effluent from existing & proposed expansion activity would be treated in upgraded CPU to be provided industrial premises & recycled back in process.

b) Total Concentrated spentwash - would be blend with coal and burnt in incineration boiler.

c) MEE condensate would be treated in CPU and recycled back in process. Reject from CPU would be forwarded to MEE.

d) Streams from grain based

Environmental Policy

Planning • Environmental Aspects • Objectives & Targets •Environmental Management Plan

Implementation • Implementation of EMP in all the

Distillery units • Document Control • Operational Control • Emergency Preparedness /Response

Checking / Corrective Action • Monitoring & Measurement • Non-conformance & Corrective & Preventive Action

• Records • EMS Audits

Management Review Preparing Environmental

Plan and Policy

183

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

No Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed Action

demand in HDPL complex is 0.389 Million M3/Year which is less than the sanctioned one.

b) Total water requirement in

HDPL complex is 3180 M3/D. Out of this 1181 M3/D is the fresh water (37%) whereas 1999 M3/D (63%) is the recycled water from CPU as well as recycled lees.

c) Water required for domestic

purpose will be 25 M3/D.

distillery- FOC, RC, PRC leese, thin slope aggregating to 700 M3/D will be fully recycled back in the process for liquefaction of flour.

e) Other effluents from grain based distillery such as cooling blow down – 10 M3/D, effluents from lab & washing – 50 M3/D will be forwarded to CPU.

f) Domestic effluent – 15 M3/D shall be treated in STP.

g) Storm water drains would be kept separate from other drains. Natural drains if found, would not be altered under any circumstances.

h) No drains will be kept open in the plant.

2. Effluent Treatment

a) Total effluent generated from existing & expansion activities of molasses based distillery would be – raw spentwash -1560 M3/D (7.8 KL/KL of Alc.), Conc. spentwash – 516 M3/D (2.58 KL/KL of alc.), spentlees-240 M3/D, condensate - 1044 M3/D and other effluents - 159 M3/D.

b) Moreover, from proposed 100 KLPD grain based distillery number of streams namely - FOC leese – 100 M3/D, PRC leese – 120 M3/D Condensate –395 M3/D and Thin Slop – 85 M3/D would be generated.

3. Air Pollution Control

a) Steam required for the distillery operations in expansion shall be taken from the new boiler of 75 TPH boiler. Coal blended with conc. spentwash will be used as fuel for the same. ESP will be provided along with stack of 90 M.

b) Under existing setup of distillery 35 TPH boiler is already installed. Refer Appendix F for stack height calculations.

c) Two D.G. Set (500 KVA) are installed on site under existing project. Same is provided with adequate stack height of 7 M as per stack height calculations presented in EIA and

a) Regular self-monitoring of the AAQ and work zone air quality to be done by the industry through approved labs to check and control dust levels / concentrations at certain places so that same could be kept always below the stipulated norm.

b) Inlet and outlet of APC shall be provided with all necessary sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB.

184

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

No Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed Action

recommendation by EC. Under expansion new DG set of 625 KVA capacity will be installed.

4. Solid Waste Management

a) Total yeast sludge to the tune of 1200 MT/M shall be generated after expansion of distillery.

b) Boiler ash to the tune of 4450 MT/M will be generated after expansion.

c) Total CPU Sludge generated after expansion to the tune of 2 MT/M.

a) Yeast sludge will burnt in boiler along with coal and conc. spent wash.

b) Boiler ash will be sold to brick manufacturer.

c) CPU sludge will be used as manure in field.

5. Ecological & Socio-economic Aspects.

a) Proposed expansion will not have negative impact on ecology and socio-economic status. Details of ecology & biodiversity (flora, fauna, fishes, etc.) observed in existing unit are described in Chapter 3.

a) Villages namely Kadapur, Nandikurli and Hulyalkeri are recommended for conservation of ecology and biodiversity of the near catchments of the tanks in the area through CSR activity.

b) Industry has been advised to undertake implementation of green belt plan. Plantation of trees along the periphery and along the roads of proposed unit.

c) Awareness camps in study area. d) Industry would always take lead in

contributing towards community development.

6. Noise Control Measures

a) Noise generating sources generally are the boiler house, turbine rooms etc.

b) Expected noise levels in these sections would be in the range of 65 to 70 dB (A).

a) Provision and use of earmuffs in High Noise Area.

b) Providing separate sitting and control room for workers.

c) Changing of shifts and exposure time to high Noise Area would be reduced

7. CER a) Implementations under CER shall be done in a time bound manner with a periodic update to KSPCB.

b) Planning for CSR shall be started with the identification of activities/ projects and may be undertaken in periphery of industrial area.

a) Industry, by involving workers and locals, shall demonstrate, encourage, and promote suitable Participation in Govt. Missions, Water Supply Infrastructure, Rural Sanitation, RWH, Afforestation, Non-Conventional Energy Promotion etc.

185

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL POST MONITORING PROGRAMMES After commissioning of the expansion project, monitoring of Environmental Attributes such as AAQM, Stack Emissions, Noise, and Effluent would be done on regular basis.

Table 9.3 Implementation Schedule

Sr. No.

Aspect Time period Implementation Schedule Immediate Progressive As per Time

Schedule of Unit 1. Air Pollution Control

(Stack of Proposed Boiler) Before

commissioning of Expansion

Project.

* - -

2. Water Pollution Control (Spentwash & Concentration infrastructure, CPU)

* - -

3. Noise Control (Green belt development as well as isolation and Insulation)

* - -

4. Ecological aspects (Green belt development)

Stage wise

* * -

5. Solid waste Management (Yeast sludge, DDGS/ DWGS)

- * -

6. Socio-economic aspects (CER) - - *

Note :-‘ * ’ indicates implementation of recommendations 9.6 POST ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM Post environmental clearance monitoring for industrial premises & for study area around the HDPL is given at chapter 6, Refer table 6.5. Following compliance against the consent conditions after commissioning of project would be observed under the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act ,1974, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Trasnboundry Movement) Rules 2010

Table 9.4 Compliance against the Consent Condition

No. Description Frequency Remark 1. Renewal of

Consent Once in a

year Application for renewal shall be done 60 days before the expiry date.

2. Environmental Statement

Once in a year

Would be submitted for every financial year before 30th September of next year.

3. Hazardous Waste Returns

Once in a year

Would be submitted for every financial year before 30th June of next year.

4. Cess Returns Monthly Twelve Returns would be submitted every year.

186

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

9.7 Monitoring Equipment A. Air Quality and Meteorological Instruments 1. Fine Dust Sampler 2. Weather station with Wind Vane, Anemometer, Thermometer, Dry/ Wet Bulb

Thermometer, Rain-gauge 3. Spectrophotometer 4. Single pan balance up to 0.0001 gms detection levels. 5. Relevant chemicals as required 6. Oven B. Water and Wastewater Quality

1. BOD Incubator 2. COD reflux assembly 3. Refrigerator 4. Thermometer 5. pH meter 6. Stop watch 7. Distilled water plant 8. Pipette box 9. Titration set 10. Relevant chemicals and glass wares

C. Noise Levels Sound level meter in different scales like A, B and C with slow and fast response options D. Soil Characteristics Soil sampler (auger) to collect soil samples.

187

Chapter 10

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION…10

10.1 INTRODUCTION This EIA report has been prepared for distillery expansion project by Hermes Distillery Pvt. Ltd. (HDPL) located at Village- Yadrav, Taluka-Raibag, Dist- Belgavi, Karnataka. An integrated complex of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery, 86.4 KLPD IMFL bottling plant and 4.5 MW co-gen plant (13 MW permission in earlier EC) is established by HDPL. Now, HDPL is planing to go for expansion of 100 KLPD molasses based distillery upto 300 KLPD multifeed distillery. Here, it is planned to operate the additional 200 KLPD distillery using molasses for 100 KLPD and using grains for 100 KLPD. Also, they have planned to expand the IMFL bottling plant from 86.4 KLPD to 216 KLPD (expansion of bottling plant by 129.6 KLPD). Above mentioned expansion project attracts the condition of prior Environmental Clearance procurement as per the EIA Notification No. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendments thereto. Accordingly, it has been listed under Category – A; Item No.: 5 (g). Standard Terms of Reference (TORs) issued by MoEFCC vide letter No. J-11011/424/2017-IA II(I) dated 25.01.2018 to HDPL. Distillery expansion shall be implemented in premises of existing distillery project of HDPL. Total capital investment of HDPL project after expansion will be Rs. 306 Cr. For the proposed expansion of distillery, capital investment will be Rs.153 Cr. 10.2 PROJECT AT A GLANCE

Table 10.1 HDPL Expansion Project Details

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1. Name and Address of the Industry

Hermes Distillery Pvt. Ltd. (HDPL) Gat No.: 96/5A, 96/5B, 96/5C, 96/3A/2, 98/1B/3, 98/1B/4, 98/1B/5, Village- Yadrav, Taluka-Riabag, Dist- Belgavi, KA.

2 Type and capacity of Project

Proposed Expansion of molasses based Distillery form 100 KLPD to 300 KLPD multifeed distillery

3

Latitude, Longitude and Elevation

16031’28.74" N, Latitude 74043’16.69" E Longitude 560 M above MSL

4 Land area and break up

Total Plot Area – 72,237 Sq. M Built - Up Area – 48,686 Sq. M Open Space Available – 24,551 Sq. M Green belt after expansion – 25,737.98 Sq. M.

[35.6% of the total plot area] 5 Nearest habitation Village Yadrav (0.4 Km) 6 Nearest city Raibag Taluka (6.8 Km) 7 Nearest highway SH- 72 (5.5 Km ) & NH – 4 (42 Km) 8 Nearest railway

station Raibag Railway station (11 Km)

9 Nearest airport Belgaum Airport (75 Km) 10 Nearest Rivers /

water body Krishna River (5 Km)

188

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION…10

Sr. No. Particulars Details

11 Capital & Recurring Cost towards EMP

Investment to be done by HDPL towards environment protection under expansion of distillery is presented as –

Sr. No.

Description Cost Component (In Rs. crores)

Capital Annual O & M 1 Air Pollution Control: (ESP;

75 TPH incineration boiler), Stack 90 M

30.00 2.00

2 Installation of CPU 50.00 5.00 3 Installation of STP 0.20 0.02 4 Noise Pollution Control 0.15 0.01 5 Occupational Health &

Safety 0.10 0.05

6 Env. Monitoring & Online Systems for Stack

0.50 0.05

7 Solid Wastes Disposal –Ash Silos, Transportation

1.00 0.05

8 Green Belt Augmentation Plan & Rain Water Harvesting implementation.

0.10 0.02

9 CER amount (for 5 years after expansion)

4.40 ---

Total 86.45 7.2

10.3 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

10.3.1 Product and Raw Material

Details of raw materials and products that are being manufactured under existing distillery as well as those to be manufactured under expansion are presented in following table-

Table 10.2 Products of the Distillery

Industrial Unit

Product Quantity Existing

(100 KLPD) Expansion

(200 KLPD) Total

(300 KLPD) Distillery Rectified Spirit (RS) 100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD

Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA) 100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD Ethanol 100 KLPD 200 KLPD 300 KLPD IMFL Bottling Plant 86.4 KLPD 129.6 KLPD 216 KLPD

Co-gen Power 4.5 MW* ---- 13 MW By-products CO2 2100 MT/M 4200 MT/M 6300 MT/M Fusel Oil 50 Lit/M 100 Lit/M 150 Lit/M

Product --

Proposed Grain based

distillery (100 KLPD)

Total Grain based

distillery (100 KLPD)

DWGS --- 15000 MT/M 15000 MT/M DDGS --- 3000 MT/M 3000 MT/M

189

Industrial Unit

Distillery

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION…10

Table 10.3 List of Raw Materials for Molasses based Distillery

No Raw Materials

Existing (100 KLPD)

(MT/M)

Expansion (100 KLPD)

(MT/M)

Total (200 KLPD)

(MT/M)

Source of Material

1 Molasses 10,800.0 10,800.0 21,600.0 Nearby sugar Factories i.e. 1.M/s.Shivashakti Sugars Ltd., 2.M/s.Athani Farmers Sugars Ltd, Belagavi & 3.M/s.Doodhganga - Krisna S. S. K. Ltd.

2 Yeast Culture 5.4 5.4 10.8 Alfaenzyme 3 Antifoaming

Agent 3.0 3.0 6.0

4 Urea 10.8 10.8 21.6 M/s.Abhijeet Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. 5 H2SO4 6.0 6.0 12.0

6 D.A.P. 3.0 3.0 6.0 7 Caustic soda 10.8 10.8 21.6 8 HCl 10.8 10.8 21.6

Table 10.4 List of Raw Materials for Grain based Distillery

No Raw Materials Proposed (100 KLPD)

(MT/M) Source of Material

1 Grains-Maize, Rice 81,000.00 Nearby Talukas & Maharashtra state

2 Yeast Culture 5.40

M/s. Abhijeet Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. 3 Urea 108.00 4 H2SO4 6.00 5 D.A.P. 3.00

10.4 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES 10.4.1 Water Pollution

• Total water requirement after expansion of molasses based distillery and proposed grain

based distillery would be 3180 M3/ Day. Out of the total water requirement, 1181 M3/ Day (37 %) would be the fresh water (3.9 KL/ KL of Alcohol) while 1999 M3/ Day (63%) would be CPU treated water as well as recycled lees from grain based distillery.

• Total raw spentwash from 200 KLPD molasses based distillery to the tune of 1560 M3/Day shall be concentrated in MEE. Concentrated Spentwash to the tune of 516 M3/Day (2.58 KL/KL of alcohol) shall be blended with coal and used as fuel for proposed as well as existing incineration boiler. Other Effluents viz. MEE condensate, spent lees, cooling blow down, lab & washing total to the tune of 1443 M3/Day shall be treated in upgraded CPU.

• Effluent generated from proposed 100 KLPD grain based distillery plant shall comprise of number of streams namely - FOC leese – 100 m3/day, PRC leese – 120 m3/day, Condensate –395m3/day and Thin Slop – 85m3/day. All these streams aggregating to 700m3/day will be fully recycled back in the process for liquefaction of flour. Other

190

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION…10

effluents such as cooling blow down – 10m3/day, effluents from lab & washing – 50 m3/day will be forwarded to CPU.

• Treated effluent would be recycled back in process for various operations. • Total domestic effluent to the tune of 15 M3/day would treated in a STP proposed to be

installed under expansion unit.

For more details w.r.t water consumption and effluent generation refer Table 2.17 from chapter 2. 10.4.2 Air Pollution • Under the proposed expansion project new incineration boiler of 75 TPH shall be

installed. Fuel for same shall be coal blended with concentrated spentwash. ESP along with stack of 90 M height will be provided to the same.

• Under existing unit a boiler of 35 TPH is already installed. Coal blended with conc. Spentwash is used as fuel. ESP along with stack of 90 M height is provided on site.

• Two D.G. Sets of 500 KVA capacity shall be installed with adequate stack height and acoustic enclosure. Refer details of boiler and DG set at Table 2.25 and table 2.26 in chapter 2.

• Green belt will be augmented in and around the industry. Green belt developed in the premises acts like adsorbent of air pollutants.

10.4.3 Noise Pollution • In distillery, very high noise generating sources do not exist. Boiler house, distillation &

fermentation section would be the minor sources of noise. • Noise levels, as measured at various points in the boiler house, are not more than 85 dB

(A). Adequate care shall be taken under expansion process also so that noise from all concerned sections shall be properly attenuated and controlled through insulation, isolation, separation techniques.

• Green belt to be augmented further shall play an important role to attenuate noise levels from industry to surroundings.

10.4.4 Solid Waste

Table 10.5 Solid Waste Details

Sr. No.

Molasses Based Distillery

Quantity (MT/M) Storage Disposal Existing Expansion

1. Yeast Sludge 600 600 Immediate utilization Burnt in Boiler 2. Boiler ash 1350 3100 Store in Ash storage

area Sold to Brick manufacturer

3. CPU Sludge 1 1 HDPE Drums Used as mannure

191

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION…10

10.4.5 Hazardous Waste

Table 10.6 Hazardous Waste Details

Sr. No.

Hazardous Waste Category

Quantity Storage Disposal Existing Expansion

1. Spent Oil – Cat.5.1 50 Lit/M --- HDPE Drums

Burnt in Boiler / Authorized Re-processor

10.4.6 Odour Pollution Spentwash generated from molasses based distillery shall be carried through closed pipeline and concentrated in MEE. Hence, odour nuisance due to spentwash storage activity will be entirely eliminated. Under proposed 100 KLPD grain based distillery fermentation section, DDGS and DWGS outlet will be sources of odour pollution. Proper operations at shall curb odour generation. DWGS generated after distillation of fermentation wash will be collected & dispose off immediately. Due adequate steps towards handing, conveyance, usage, housekeeping and O & M; there is no any odour problem under existing distillery. Similar care shall be taken during expansion project also. For more details towards mitigation of odour problems, Chapter 2 (Section 2.7.6) may be referred. 10.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Table 10.7 Area Details

No. Description Area (Sq. M) A Total Built up area including structures & internal roads 48,686.00 B Existing Green Belt Area (13% of Total plot area) 9,550.58 C Proposed Green Belt Area under expansion

(22.4% of Total plot area.) 16,187.40

Total Green belt – 35.6 % of total Plot area 25,737.98 Total plot area 72,237.00

For detailed area break up of entire industrial complex Table 2.2 of Chapter 2 may be referred. Under existing developed green belt about 1500 trees planted. 10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM Monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following: • State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity; • Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant; • Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; • To assess environmental impacts

192

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION…10

Project management will carry out the monitoring regularly and record shall be maintained of the same. For details w.r.t post monitoring program to be conducted; refer Chapter - 6 (Table 6.5). 10.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN Environment Management Plan aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Under the existing 100 KLPD distillery & 13 MW co-gen plant, HDPL has effectively implemented the EMP. As a part of EMP, it is essential to formulate an Environmental Management Cell (EMC). HDPL is already having a cell functioning under its existing Distillery & co-gen plant. EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain new members subsequent to commissioning of expansion project. For more details, the separate chapter on EMP may be referred. 10.8 CONCLUSION Proposed expansion of distillery by HDPL will help to elevate the economic growth at the local level as well as national level. It will also generate employment for the people residing in study area around industrial complex, thereby improving the standard of living of people. expansion activity shall not disturb the land use pattern in study area of 10 Km. No rehabilitation is involved under this project since proposed expansion is carried out in existing premises of HDPL complex. Solid waste generated from distillery in the form of DWGS / DDGS. Same will be sold to farmers as cattle feed. This increases quality and quantity of cattle milk. Thus, HDPL expansion project is beneficial for society without hampering the environment and thereby accomplishing the aim of sustainable development.

193

Chapter 11

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED…11

11.1 ORGANIZATION Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL) is a major company under the 'Equinox Group' (EG). It is one of the leading environmental consultants in the country and renders all the environmental services, under one roof, needed by various industries. EG companies offer services related to Environmental; Civil & Chemical Engineering, Pollution Control & its abatement, Industrial Safety, health & Hygiene. EEIPL is an ISO 9001:2008 certified organization (DNV-GL) that has been duly accredited through QCI – NABET for the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi as recognized and approved ‘Environmental Consultant’ at the National Level. EG group is in environmental business since 1997 and operates through its offices located in Kolhapur, New New Mumbai, Hyderabad and New Delhi in India as well as at Baltimore in Maryland; USA. Moreover, the organization is having back up of a most modern laboratory infrastructure. The NABL accredited lab, also approved by Govt. of India through the MoEFCC; New Delhi has received certifications namely ISO/ IEC – 17025:2005. The 'Equinox Group' have rendered services as well as expert consultation to a number of industries such as sugar factories, power plants, distilleries, foundries, sponge iron & steel plants, textile industries, bulk drug manufacturing units and chemical industries, food processing & beverage manufacturing units, asbestos products & roofing, timber and particle board Industries etc. 11.2 TECHNICAL KEY PERSONNEL

1. Dr. Sangram P. Ghugare (Chairman & MD)

Ph.D., ME (Environmental by Research), BE (Env.) AMIE (India), MISWA (Austria), MIWA (UK), Chartered Engineer. EIA Co-ordinator: (Sectors- Thermal Power Plants, Metallurgical Industries, Synthetic Organic Chemicals, Distilleries, Sugar Industries) Functional Area Expert (Cat. A - AP, WP, SHW) 30 years' all-round experience in Environmental and Civil Engineering consultation services, civil construction & erection activities (cast in situ; prefabricated & pre-stressed). Doctoral research - ‘Study on Optimization of Surface Aerobic Bio-composting (SABC) Process in the Distillery Wastewater Management.’ Patents for the research findings have been applied for. Master's degree program research – 'Engineering Aspects in the Treatment of Spentwash by using Aquatic treatment System (ATS)'. Worked on four research projects funded by MoEFCC, MNES and MEDA that contemplated - innovative wastewater techniques and treatments (ATS), conservation of resources, non-conventional energy recovery & utilization (pressmud, night soil, vegetable wastes, poultry wastes, slaughter house wastes), environmental value addition through by-product processing to gain energy / clean fuel, rural sanitation and hygiene etc. Involved in - preparation of DPRs for Lake Conservation projects (worth Rs. 315 Cr.) and their implementation, assignments of procuring Environmental Clearance, rendering services under pollution control and environmental management.

194

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED…11

2. Ms. Sulakshna Ayarekar (Joint MD & In-charge -Projects) M.Sc. (Env. Science), PGDEM & ISO 14000/14001, PG. DIP. Industrial Water & Waste Water Treatment) EIA Co-ordinator (Sectors - Asbestos milling and asbestos based products, Synthetic Organic Chemicals, Distilleries) Functional Area Expert (EB) 12 years’ experience in assignments of – Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies; environmental clearance jobs, environmental management & pollution control, environmental monitoring & measurement.

3. Mr. Yuvraj N. Damugade (Executive Director & Sr. Env. Engineer) BE (Env.) Functional Area Expert (ISW, AP, AQ) 13 years’ experience in - designing of ETP, STP, water treatment system, EIA studies; environmental clearance jobs, environmental management & pollution control, DPRs for lake conservation projects and their implementation.

4. Mr. Jaydeep S. Patil (Dy. Engineer)

BE (Env.), DCE Functional Area Expert (WP) 10 years’ experience in - environmental engineering and management, ETPs; STPs; WTPs, Technical and administrative expertise in the DPRs on lake and river conservation projects under NRCD (NLCP, SLCP) and their implementation, project monitoring and performance evaluation.

5. Dr. Rohan J. Lad (Dy. Head- Projects)

Ph.D., M.Sc. (Env. Science), B.Sc. (Chem.), PG Dip (Industrial Safety, Health & Environment) Functional Area Expert (EB) 5 years' experience during doctoral research - Studies on the Impact of Mining Activities on Environment in Kolhapur District. Seven years’ experience in air quality & noise monitoring, Four research papers published in impact factor international & national journals.

6. Prof. (Dr.) Jay S. Samant (Tech. Director -EB)

Ph.D. Zoology (Ecology), M.Sc. Zoology (Marine Biology), B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology 50 Years' all-round experience in Research, Admin, Teaching (PG & Ph.D.), Guide for 38 Research Scholars. Member of National and International Committees / Organizations - Wetland International Asia (WISA), Ex Member SEAC Committee Maharashtra, Ex Director BNHS, Founder & Ex Head Environmental Science Department; Shivaji University; Kolhapur, High Level Monitoring Committee (HLMC) on Mahabaleshwar - Panchgani Eco-sensitive Zone; MoEFCC; Govt. of India, Governing Council; Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology & Natural History (SACON); A Research Centre of Excellence under MoEFCC, UGC's CAS Program to the Dept. of Zoology; University of Rajasthan, Steering & Monitoring Committee; Indian Institute of Science Education and Research (IISER); Pune, Maharashtra State Bio-Diversity Board, (MSBB); Govt. of Maharashtra, World Commission on Protected Areas (WCPA); (IUCN) Switzerland, Founder Secretary; World Wildlife Fund (WWF) India - Kolhapur Division (Maharashtra), Coordinator- NAAC Peer Committee; UGC, Bird Hazards Research Group; AR&DB;

195

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED…11

Ministry of Defence; Govt. of India, Steering Group for Biodiversity Conservation Prioritization Project India funded by BCPP; WWF; USAID and UNDP, IXth Five Year Plan Committee on Forest and Wildlife; MoEFCC, National Geographic Society; Washington; USA, International Society for Tropical Ecology; Selection Committees for senior scientists in Wildlife Institute of India (WII); MoEFCC & DST and for position of Professor in Universities.

7. Dr. Anuradha J. Samant (Tech. Director -SE) Ph.D. (Sociology), MA (Sociology), BA (Education, Sociology, Psychology) 40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching (PG & Ph.D.) Guide for 20 Research Scholars. Member of National Committees / Organizations - National initiative “Save the Western Ghats March” (A pioneering environmental movement in peninsular India), IWSA (Indian Women Scientist Association); An NGO - DEVRAAI (Development Research, Awareness & Action Institute), Vanita Sanskruti Sanstha, Peoples Regional Protection Movement SESA (Sahyadri Ecologically Sensitive Area); Maharashtra, Goa and Karnataka, Maharashtra State representative of PCRA (Petroleum Conservation & Research Association), Conducted 88 workshops for teachers; women and youth in Maharashtra.

8. Dr. Jaysingh B. Ghugare (Tech. Director -SC)

Ph.D.(Horticulture), M.Sc., B.Sc. (Agri.) 45 Years' experience in Research, Teaching and Administration, Ex-Director Horticulture Department; Govt. of Maharashtra. Active involvement in development of select fruit species of commercial importance (grapes, mangoes, coconut etc.), expertise in soil science.

9. Dr. Jotiram B. Pishte (Emp. Expert – HG;GEO)

Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Sc. (Geology) 40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching and Admin., Principal Gopal Krishna Gokhale College; Kolhapur, Special expertise in geology and hydrogeology.

10. Dr. Bahubali N. Patil (Emp. Expert -SE)

Ph.D. (HR Dev. in Co-op Banks), M.Phil., MSW (HR), BA (Economics), PG Dip. Env., PG Dip. HRD 30 Years' experience in Research, Teaching and Admin; Professor in Shahu Institute of Business Education & Research, Kolhapur, Expertise in socioeconomics.

11. Prof. Jayant M. Gadgil (Emp. Expert -AQ)

ME (Env. Engg.), BE (Civil Engg.), DCE 40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching in Engineering Colleges, Shivaji University Departments, Special expertise in Air Pollution Control & Air Quality Modeling Studies and Research.

12. Asso. Prof. Sunil S. Shaha (Emp. Expert - WP)

ME, BE (Env. Engg.), DCE 25 Years' experience in Teaching, Project Management Consultancy through KIT's College of Engineering; Kolhapur and Shivaji University Departments, Special expertise in Water Pollution Control; Solid as well as Hazardous Wastes Management.

196

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED…11

13. Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula (Emp. Expert - LULC, NV & SHW) M.Sc. (Geo-info Science for Environmental Modelling and Management), BE (Civil Engg.), PG Dip in Industrial Pollution Prevention and Control. 8 Years' experience in the areas of EIA, 3D noise mapping & modeling, Land use and land cover mapping, Remote sensing processing, GIS mapping and Ground vibration studies.

14. Mr. Vinod Sahasrabudhhe (Emp. Expert -RH) ME (Chem. Engg.), B.Tech. 41 Years' experience in the area of risk assessment & hazard management, Team member – Vardharajan Committee set up by Govt. of India to investigate MIC gas leak tragedy UCIL Bhopal.

15. Mr. B. S. Lole (Emp. Expert - SC) M.Sc. (Agri.) B.Sc. (Agri.) 46 Years' experience in the area of Research & Study in Soil survey and soil conservation, Research & Teaching for R. S. & GIS in SAC, ISRO, Ahmedabad

16. Ms. Sai Mohite (Associate FAE - WP) M.Sc. (Env. Sc.), B.Sc. (Ind. Microbiology) 3 Years' experience in subordinate capacity in - coordinating EIA studies, preparation of EIA reports, environmental monitoring, environmental management and pollution control.

17. Mr. Neeraj Powar (Associate FAE - SE) M.S.W. (URCD), B.A. 3 Years' experience in the field of socio-economic studies, rural-urban community development.

18. Ms. Dipali S. Ingale ( Functional Area Associate – HG;GEO) M.Sc. B.Sc. (Geology) 3 Years' experience in preparation of mining plans for mining of major and minor minerals.

19. Mr. Vaibhav V. Survase (Functional Area Associate – HG;GEO)

M.Sc. B.Sc. (Geology) 3 Years' experience in preparation of mining plans for mining of major and minor minerals.

197

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED…11

11.3 SERVICES OFFERED 1) Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies, EIA Report preparation, conducting

public hearing and procurement of Environmental Clearance (EC) from Government of

India (MoEFCC) & State Governments.

2) Consultation on - compliance of EC conditions, SPCB Consent conditions, Post EC

certification assignments.

3) Environmental Management Services - SPCB Consents, Env. Auditing, Water Cess &

Hazardous Wastes Returns, Effluent & Emission Monitoring, Performance Evaluation

and O & M of Waste Treatment Facilities, Up-gradation of Treatment Systems,

Technical & Legal Consultation.

4) ETPs, STPs, WTPs & APC Equipment (Planning, Designing, Erection, Commissioning

& Turnkey Projects)

5) Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management services

6) Planning, designing and implementation of green belt development as well as rain water

harvesting system.

7) Procurement of Ground Water Abstraction (GWA) clearance from Central Ground Water

Abstraction (CGWA) & Ministry of Water Resource (MoWR); New Delhi, Government

of India.

8) Procurement of clearance from National Board for Wild Life (NBWL); New Delhi,

Govt. of India for projects located in sanctuaries, national parks and other protected areas

as well as in their ESZs.

9) Planning, designing and installation of groundwater aquifer monitoring infrastructure

with Piezomener Stations Networking and Hydro-Geological Surveys.

10) Consultation on - Resource & Energy conservation, Non-conventional energy utilization,

Noise; Ventilation; Illumination & Temperature profile surveys, Occupational Health &

Safety.

11) Procurement of ISO 14000:14001 accreditation for proects.

12) Revival and conservation of Lakes and Rivers under National Plan for Conservation of

Aquatic Eco-System (NPCA) (Central Govt.) and State Lake Conservation Plan (State

Govt.)

198

198

199

200

201

202

203

204

ENCLOSURE – I

No.IA-J-11011/424/2017-IA-II(I)

Goverment of India

Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change

Impact Assessment Division

***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,

Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003

25 Jan 2018

To,

         M/s HERMES DISTILLERY PRIVATE LIMITED

         Village - Yadrav, Taluka - Raibag, Dist. - Belgaum,

         Belgaum-591317

         Karnataka

Tel.No.0831-2465577; Email:gm@hermesdistil.com

Sir/Madam,

                      This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.:                              IA/KA/IND2/67178/2017

2. Name of the Proposal:               M/s. Hermes Distillery Private Ltd

3. Category of the Proposal:         Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(g) Distilleries

5. Date of submission for TOR:      15 Dec 2017

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

205

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(g): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FORDISTILLERIES AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMPREPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. Inaddition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

206

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

207

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-Ifauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

208

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also touse for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

209

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time

210

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FORDISTILLERIES

1. List of existing distillery units in the study area along with their capacity and sourcing of rawmaterial.

2. Number of working days of the distillery unit.

3. Details of raw materials such as molasses/grains, their source with availability.

4. Details of the use of steam from the boiler.

5. Surface and Ground water quality around proposed spent wash storage lagoon, and compost yard.

6. Plan to reduce spent wash generation within 6-8 KL/KL of alcohol produced.

7. Proposed effluent treatment system for molasses/grain based distillery (spent wash, spent lees,condensate and utilities) as well as domestic sewage and scheme for achieving zero effluent discharge(ZLD).

8. Proposed action to restrict fresh water consumption within 10 KL/KL of alcohol production.

9. Details about capacity of spent wash holding tank, material used, design consideration. No. ofpeizometers to be proposed around spent wash holding tank.

10. Action plan to control ground water pollution.

11. Details of solid waste management including management of boiler ash, yeast, etc. Details ofincinerated spent wash ash generation and its disposal.

12. Details of bio-composting yard (if applicable).

13. Action plan to control odour pollution.

14. Arrangements for installation of continuous online monitoring system (24x7 monitoring device)

***

211